Smart Machines
IBM’s Watson and the Era of Cognitive Computing John E. Kelly III and Steve Hamm How wi l l com p ute r s s h a pe bu si n ess , the e conom y, and o u r li v es i n t h e fu t u r e ?
We are crossing a new frontier in the evolution of computing: the era of cognitive systems. The victory of IBM’s Watson on the television quiz show Jeopardy! signaled the advent of this new era, revealing how scientists and engineers at IBM and elsewhere are pushing the boundaries of science and technology to create machines that sense, learn, reason, and interact with people in new ways.
In Smart Machines, John E. Kelly III, director of IBM Research, and Steve Hamm, a writer at IBM and a former business and technology journalist, introduce the fascinating world of “cognitive systems” to general audiences and provide a window into the future of computing. Cognitive systems promise to penetrate complexity and assist people and organizations in better decision making. They can help doctors better diagnose and treat patients, augment the ways we see, anticipate major weather events, and contribute to smarter urban planning. Kelly and Hamm describe this technology inside and out and illuminate the difficulty of harnessing and understanding “big data,” one of the major computing challenges facing technicians in the coming decades. Their book will inspire governments, academics, and the global tech industry to work together to power this exciting wave in innovation. John E. Kelly III
is senior vice president
and director of IBM Research and helps guide IBM’s overall technical strategy.
“IBM's Watson is one of the most important technological breakthroughs in decades, and this is the go-to book for understanding what this new technology is all about and how it will change your life.” —Tyler Cowen, author of Average Is Over: Powering America Beyond the Age of the Great Stagnation
“This provides an understanding of the immense possibilities offered by the intelligent collaboration of man and machine; readers can then tackle the difficult yet essential task of ensuring these new cognitive technologies will, in practice, be devoted to bettering our lives.” —Ralph Gomory, Stern School of Business
Steve Hamm
is a writer for IBM. Formerly
a senior writer at BusinessWeek magazine,
$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-16856-4 $21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-53727-8
he is the author of Bangalore Tiger and
Ava i l a b l e N o w 160 pages
The Race for Perfect.
B u s i n e ss / t e c h n o lo g y Co lu m b i a B u s i n e ss S c h o o l P u b l i s h i n g
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 1
The Insect Cookbook
Food for a Sustainable Planet Arnold van Huis, Henk van Gurp, and Marcel Dicke T h e defin it ive guide to un dersta n din g a n d wo r kin g wit h in se cts as a fo o d so urce.
In The Insect Cookbook, two entomologists and a chef make the case for insects as a sustainable source of protein for humans and a necessary part of our future diet. They provide consumers and chefs with the essential facts about insects for culinary use, with recipes simple enough to make at home yet boasting the international flair of the world’s most chic dishes.
“An attractive mixture of background information on insects, their anatomy, history of use in food and other products, food culture, recipes, and interviews, this book is very carefully prepared and a pleasure to read.” —Job Ubbink, coeditor of The Kitchen as Laboratory: Reflections on the Science of Food and Cooking
“This book is beautifully presented, well written, and has a variety of authorities to support its case that we need to consider incorporating insects into our diets for ecological reasons.” —Theresia de Vroom, Marymount Institute for Faith
Insects are delicious and healthy. A large proportion of the world’s population eats them as a delicacy. In Mexico, roasted ants are considered a treat, and the Japanese adore wasps. Insects not only are a tasty and versatile ingredient in the kitchen but also are full of protein, and insect farming is much more sustainable than meat production. The Insect Cookbook contains delicious recipes; interviews with top chefs, insect farmers, political figures, and nutrition experts (including chef René Redzepi, whose establishment was elected three times as “best restaurant of the world”; Kofi Annan, former secretary-general of the United Nations; and Daniella Martin of Girl Meets Bug); and all you want to know about cooking with insects, teaching twenty-first-century consumers where to buy insects, which ones are edible, and how to store and prepare them. Arnold van Huis
is professor of tropical entomology at Wagenin-
gen University and is a consultant on insects as food and feed to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. Henk van Gurp
is a cooking instructor at the Rijn IJssel Hotel and
Tourism School in Wageningen. Marcel Dicke
is professor of entomology at Wageningen University
and Rhodes professor at Cornell University. $27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16684-3 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53621-9 M a r c h 256 pages / 126 color images Food / Cooking Arts a n d T r a d i t i o n s o f t h e Ta b l e : P e rs p e c t i v e s o n C u l i n a ry H i sto ry
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Uitgeverij Atals Contact
2 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
BUGSIT GOREN G ( f rie d wonton s ) E q u i p m e n t n e e d e d : d e e p fr y e r , w i t h v e g e ta b l e o i l f o r fr y i n g
• • • • • •
1 tablespoon sesame oil 1 shallot, minced 1 garlic clove, crushed 4 tablespoons very finely sliced leek ½ cup (20 g) mealworms, coarsely chopped 1 teaspoon sambal oelek (raw hot chili paste), or more to taste • ½ pound (230 g) ground meat (all beef or mixed pork and beef ) • 2 tablespoons bread crumbs • 1 large egg • 1 tablespoon soy sauce • Salt
FR I E D WONTON
• 20 (4-inch [10 cm] square) egg-roll wrappers • 1 tablespoon all-purpose flour • Chili sauce
1 . Heat the sesame oil in a skillet over mediumhigh heat and fry the shallot, garlic, leek, mealworms, and the teaspoon of sambal oelek lightly for about 2 minutes. Remove from the heat and allow to cool in the pan. 2. Add the ground meat, bread crumbs, egg, and seasonings and knead well. This should be a well-seasoned mixture; add a little salt and more sambal oelek, if necessary. 3. Whisk the flour into 3 tablespoons of water to make a paste. 4. Divide the meat mixture into twenty portions and roll each into a ball. Wrap each ball in an egg-roll wrapper and use the flour paste to seal the edges. Shape into a little pouch by gathering and twisting the corners together. 5. Heat oil in deep fryer to 350° F (180°C). Fry the wontons in batches for 5 minutes, until nicely browned and crisp. Drain on paper towels and serve hot, with chili sauce for dipping. Yield: 20 wontons TIPS: • If you are using fresh mealworms instead of
freeze-dried, use ¼ pound (120 g) of mealworms and ¼ pound (120 g) of ground meat. • Rinse the mealworms and blanch them in boiling water for 1 minute. Rinse with cold water and drain well, then chop them coarsely, using a food processor. Knead with the remaining ingredients.
G i r l t a s t i n g i n se c t t i d b i t s ( c o o ki n g c o n t es t, L a o s )
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 3
Jacques Lacan, Past and Present
A Dialogue
Alain Badiou and Élisabeth Roudinesco Translated by Jason E. Smith F r a n ce’ s p remier p hiloso p her a n d its lea din g h istoria n o f p sychoa n a lysis dis cuss t he n at ure o f Jacq ues Laca n ’ s t ho ught a n d his legacy.
Alain Badiou shares the clearest, most detailed account to date of his profound indebtedness to Lacanian psychoanalysis. He explains in depth the tools Lacan gave him to navigate the extremes of his other two philosophical “masters,” Jean-Paul Sartre and Louis Althusser. Élisabeth Roudinesco supplements Badiou’s experience with her own perspective on the French analytic world since Lacan’s death—critiquing, for example, the link (or lack thereof ) between politics and psychoanalysis in Lacan’s work. Their dynamic exchange is an intimate, at times contentious, yet ultimately productive debate that reinvigorates the work of a pivotal twentieth-century thinker.
“This is a highly readable and relevant discussion. Badiou and Roudinesco each contribute an important piece of the puzzle that is the figure and thought of Jacques Lacan. Both the general reader and specialists in
“This set of exchanges contributes significantly to our current appreciation of both Lacanian psychoanalysis
either Badiou or Lacan’s thought will
and Badiouian philosophy. For readers curious
be able to appreciate this book in its
about both Lacanian psychoanalysis and Badiouian
English translation.”
philosophy, this book is an irresistible must-read.”
—Bruno Bosteels,
—Adrian Johnston, University of New Mexico
author of Badiou and Politics
Alain Badiou
was shaped by his dedication to
the consequences of the May 1968 revolt in Paris and is a longtime leading member of Union des Jeunesses Communistes de France.
Élisabeth Roudinesco
is director of research
at the Université Paris Diderot and director of
M ay 128 pages P h i lo s o p h y
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions Du Seuil
4 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
© P.M. Johansson
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-16511-2 $65.00 / £45.00 cloth 978-0-231-16510-5 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-53535-9
studies at the École Pratique des Hautes-Études, Sorbonne. She is the author of Jacques Lacan, Why Psychoanalysis?, and Philosophy in Turbulent Times: Canguilhem, Sartre, Foucault, Althusser, Deleuze, Derrida.
Ahmed the Philosopher
Thirty-Four Short Plays for Children and Everyone Else Alain Badiou Translated by Joseph Litvak A com i c i ntr od uc t i o n to t h e t h o u g h t o f o n e of th e wor l d ’ s g r e at est li v i n g ph i los o ph e r s .
In Ahmed the Philosopher, Alain Badiou’s most entertaining and accessible play, translated into English here for the first time, readers are introduced to Badiou’s philosophy through a theatrical tour de force that has met with great success in France. The play presents its comic hero, the “treacherous servant” Ahmed, as a seductively trenchant philosopher even as it casts philosophy itself as a comic performance. The comedy unfolds as a series of lessons, with each “short play” or sketch illuminating a different Badiouian concept. Yet Ahmed does more than illustrate philosophical abstractions; he embodies and vivifies the theatrical and performative aspects of philosophy, mobilizing a comic energy that exposes the emptiness and pomp of the world. Through his example, the audience is moved to a living engagement with philosophy, realizing the power to break through the limits of everyday life. “Litvak’s translation is a remarkable achievement, both faithful to the original and enormously creative in its transposition into our language and culture. It is smart, eloquent, and truly a delight to read.”
“This is a terrific translation of an intriguing play. In it, Badiou presents the most fundamental elements of his philosophy, including his critique of multiculturalism, his theory of the event, and his ruminations on love, in a vivid, dramatic form. This work makes an excellent introduction to Badiou.” —Martin Puchner, author of The Drama of Ideas: Platonic Provocations in Theater and Philosophy
—Kenneth Reinhard, University of California, Los Angeles Alain Badiou
is a philosopher, playwright, novelist, political activist,
and professor emeritus at the École Normale Supérieure in Paris. He has published many philosophical works, including Being and Event and Logics of Worlds, and the play Incident at Antioch: A Tragedy in Three Acts. Joseph Litvak
is professor of English at Tufts University and the
author of Caught in the Act: Theatricality in the Nineteenth-Century English Novel.
$24.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-16693-5 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16692-8 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-53658-5 A p r i l 192 pages P h i lo s o p h y / Dr a m a
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Les Editions Actes Sud c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 5
the Fourth Kenneth J. Arrow Lecture in 2011.
Joseph E. Stiglitz, Kenneth J. Arrow and Partha Dasgupta at
kenneth J. arrow
l e c t u r e s e r ie s
Kenneth J. Arrow Lecture Series
Presented in Partnership with the Committee on Global Thought
and the Program for Economic Research at Columbia University
Columbia University Press is proud to announce the publication of an ongoing series of books based on the Kenneth J. Arrow Lectures at Columbia University. The first three books in the series—from such leading economic thinkers as Joseph E. Stiglitz, Bruce C. Greenwald, Amartya Sen, Eric Maskin, and José Scheinkman—will be available this spring.
Kenneth J. Arrow’s work has so deeply shaped the course of economics for the past sixty years that, in a sense, every modern economist is his student. His ideas, style of research, and breadth of vision have been a model for generations of the boldest, most creative, and most innovative economists. His work has yielded such seminal theorems as general equilibrium, social choice, and endogenous growth, proving that simple ideas have profound effects.
The Kenneth J. Arrow Lecture Series highlights economists, from Nobel laureates to groundbreaking younger scholars, whose work builds on Arrow’s scholarship and his innovative spirit. The books in the series are an expansion of these lectures, which to date have included
Bruce C. Greenwald and Joseph E. Stiglitz on the role of innovation in the economy, with Philippe Aghion and Robert Solow • Eric Maskin and Amartya Sen on social choice theory and the impossibility theorem, with Joseph E. Stiglitz and Kenneth J. Arrow • JosÉ a. Scheinkman on the impact of speculative trading on bubbles, with Patrick Bolton and Sandy Grossman • Partha Dasgupta on the welfare economics of climate change, with Kenneth J. Arrow, Scott Barrett, Geoffrey Heal, and Joseph E. Stiglitz • Amy Finkelstein on the economics of health care, with Jonathan Gruber, Joseph E. Stiglitz, and Kenneth J. Arrow • and Christian Gollier on carbon pricing and discount rates, with Bernard Salanié, Joseph E. Stiglitz, and Kenneth J. Arrow The Committee on Global Thought explores global modernity from an innovative, interdisciplinary perspective and reconceptual-
izes the approaches required to confront the challenges of globalization. The distinguished faculty of the Committee work to augment Columbia’s role as a global university by fostering a research community of scholars and practitioners engaged with the global and disseminating knowledge through publications, seminars, courses, and public events. The Program for Economic Research, founded in 2003, enhances the research environment for economists at Columbia Univer-
sity across a range of activities, including research-funding proposal development and portfolio management; seed funding for early-stage research; public programs, conferences, and events; and visiting researcher programs. 6 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Creating a Learning Society
kenneth J. arrow
l e c t u r e s e r ie s
A New Approach to Growth, Development, and Social Progress Joseph E. Stiglitz and Bruce C. Greenwald With Philippe Aghion, Kenneth J. Arrow, Robert M. Solow, and Michael Woodford a Ne w par ad igm fo r e co n o m i c g r ow t h t h e o ry that wi l l r e volut i o n i z e n at i o n a l a n d inte r nati onal p oli cy.
It has long been recognized that most increases in the standard of living are associated with advances in technology, not the accumulation of capital. Yet it has also become clear that what separates developed from less-developed countries is a gap in knowledge.
Therefore, how countries learn and become more productive is key to understanding how they grow and develop. In this book, Joseph E. Stiglitz and Bruce C. Greenwald spell out the implications of this insight for economic theory and policy. Starting with Kenneth J. Arrow’s 1962 paper “Learning by Doing,” they explain why the production of knowledge differs from that of other goods and why market economies are typically not efficient in the production and transmission of knowledge. Combining technical analysis with accessible prose, Stiglitz and Greenwald offer new models of “endogenous growth” that upend received thinking about global policy and trade regimes. They show why many standard policy prescriptions impede learning and why free trade may lead to stagnation while broad-based industrial protection and exchange rate interventions can benefit the whole economy. Joseph E. Stiglitz
is University Professor at Columbia University
Praise for Joseph E. Stiglitz: “Stiglitz is a Nobel Prize–winning economist, and he deserves to be. Over a long career, he has made incisive and highly valued contributions to the explanation of an astonishingly broad range of economic phenomena, including taxes, interest rates, consumer behavior, corporate finance, and much else. Especially among economists who are still of active working age, he ranks as a titan of the field.” —Benjamin M. Friedman, New York Review of Books
and cochair of Columbia University’s Committee on Global Thought. He was winner of the 2001 Nobel Prize for Economics. Bruce C. Greenwald
is Robert Heilbrunn Professor of Finance and
Asset Management at Columbia Business School. $34.95t / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-15214-3 $33.99 / £23.50 ebook 978-0-231-52554-1 J u n e 560 pages economics K e n n e t h j . Arr ow L e c t u r e S e r i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 7
The Arrow Impossibility Theorem Eric Maskin and Amartya Sen
kenneth J. arrow
l e c t u r e s e r ie s
With Kenneth J. Arrow, Prasanta K. Pattanaik, and Joseph E. Stiglitz N o bel Priz e-win n in g eco n o mists revisi t K e n n et h J. Arrow’ s gro un db rea ki n g wo rk o n vot in g ha b its a n d o utco mes .
Kenneth J. Arrow’s “impossibility theorem” was a watershed in the history of welfare economics, voting theory, and collective choice, demonstrating that there is no voting rule that satisfies the four desirable axioms of decisiveness, consensus, nondictatorship, and independence.
Praise for Amartya Sen: “Without hyperbole, no postwar intellectual of the first rank has done more good for more people—above all, many of the world’s poorest— than Amartya Sen.” —The Independent
Praise for Eric Maskin: “A great scholar is one who can identify good research questions and then, with great care and thought, begin to uncover some of their answers. By this vital standard, Eric Maskin is truly one of the greatest scholars I have ever known.” —Roger Myerson, University of Chicago
In this book, Eric Maskin and Amartya Sen explore the implications of Arrow’s theorem. Maskin discusses how to design a voting rule that gets us closer to the ideal—given that achieving the ideal is impossible—and Sen considers the theorum's ongoing utility, exploring its value and limitations in relation to recent research on social reasoning. The volume also contains a contextual introduction by social choice scholar Prasanta K. Pattanaik and commentaries from Joseph E. Stiglitz and Arrow himself, as well as essays by Maskin and Sen outlining the mathematical proof and framework behind their assertions. Eric Maskin
is an Adams University Professor at Harvard University.
He received the 2007 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics (with L. Hurwicz and R. Myerson) for laying the foundations of mechanism design theory. He has also made contributions to game theory, contract theory, social choice theory, political economy, and other areas of economics. Amartya Sen
is the Thomas W. Lamont University Professor and
professor of economics and philosophy at Harvard University. He has received the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences and the Bharat Ratna, India’s highest civilian award. He is also a senior fellow at the Harvard Society of Fellows; distinguished fellow of All Souls College, Oxford; and a Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. His books have been translated into more than thirty languages.
$19.95t / £14.00 cloth 978-0-231-15328-7 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-52686-9 J u ly 120 pages economics K e n n e t h j . Arr ow L e c t u r e S e r i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
8 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Speculation, Trading, and Bubbles
José A. Scheinkman
kenneth J. arrow
l e c t u r e s e r ie s
With Kenneth J. Arrow, Patrick Bolton, Sanford J. Grossman, and Joseph E. Stiglitz Top e conom ists w eig h i n o n t h e c au ses and conse que nc es o f o n e o f t h e wo r ld ’ s m ost p e r siste nt e co n o m i c pr o ble m s .
The history of financial markets is full of moments in which asset prices inflate far beyond their intrinsic value. These events are commonly called bubbles, and in this book, José A. Scheinkman and other top economists offer new explanations for this phenomenon.
Scheinkman discusses such factors as high trading volume and the coincidence between bubbles’ implosion and increases in supply, and he develops a model for bubbles based on differences in beliefs among investors. Patrick Bolton and Sanford J. Grossman comment on Scheinkman’s work, investigating factors that contribute to bubbles, such as excessive leverage, overconfidence, mania, and panic in speculative markets. Kenneth J. Arrow and Joseph E. Stiglitz add introductory material contextualizing Scheinkman’s findings.
José A. Scheinkman
“Scheinkman, a reigning guru of mathematical economics and a famously shrewd student of history and human nature, makes a point at once simple, valuable, and durable.” —David Warsh, author of Knowledge and the Wealth of Nations
is the Edwin W. Rickert Professor of Econom-
ics at Columbia University and the Theodore Wells '29 Professor of Economics Emeritus at Princeton University. He is a member of the National Academy of Sciences and a fellow of the Econometric Society and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Sanford J. Grossman
is an American economist and hedge fund
manager specializing in quantitative finance. He has published widely in leading economic and business journals, including American Economic Review, Journal of Econometrics, Econometrica, and Journal of Finance, and is chairman and CEO of QFS Asset Management. Patrick Bolton
is the Barbara and David Zalaznick Professor of
Business at Columbia Business School and a member of the Committee on Global Thought. He is also codirector of the Center for Contracts and Economic Organization at the Columbia Law School.
$19.95t / £13.95 cloth 978-0-231-15902-9 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-53763-6 J u ly 120 pages economics / Finance K e n n e t h Arr ow L e c t u r e S e r i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 9
The Custom-Made Brain Cerebral Plasticity, Regeneration, and Enhancement Jean-Didier Vincent and Pierre-Marie Lledo Translated by Laurence Garey A co ncise a n d lively in t ro duct io n to curren t r ese a rch at t he fro n t ier o f n euro b io lo gy t h at ex p lo res t he huma n b ra in ’ s p last icit y a n d r ege n erat ive ca pa b ilit ies.
“Highly informative, up to date, and entertaining, this book emphasizes that the brain is constantly being constructed during an individual’s lifetime, like a medieval cathedral that is never finished yet ages without reaching ‘maturity.’ The brain, like the cathedral, is forever being repaired and restored. A stimulating read.” —Israel Rosenfield, author of The Invention of Memory
Two leading neuroscientists introduce the concepts of “cerebral plasticity” and the “regenerating brain,” describing what we know now about the processes through which the brain constantly reconstructs itself and the potential benefits this knowledge might bring to neurological, cognitive, and emotional health.
The authors begin with a survey of the fundamental scientific developments that led to our current understanding of the regenerative mind, elucidating some of the breakthrough neurobiological studies that paved the way for our present understanding of the brain’s plasticity and regenerative capabilities. They then discuss the application of these findings to such issues as depression, dyslexia, schizophrenia, and cognitive therapy, incorporating the latest technologies in neuroimaging, optogenetics, and nanotechnology. Their work shows the brain is anything but a static organ, ceasing to grow as human beings become adults. Rather, the brain is dynamic, evolving organically in relation to physical, cultural, historical, and affective stimuli, a plasticity that provides great hope to survivors of trauma and degenerative disorders. Jean-Didier Vincent
is professor emeritus at the University of
Paris-Sud-Orsay and a member of the Faculty of Medicine, Paris-SudKremlin-Bicêtre. He is the author of The Biology of Emotions. Pierre-Marie Lledo
$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16450-4 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53421-5 J u n e 224 pages Science / Neuroscience
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions Odile Jacob
10 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
is a research director specializing in neuronal
stem cells at the Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
The Collapse of Western Civilization A View from the Future
Naomi Oreskes and Erik M. Conway A haunti ng , p r ovo c at i v e wo r k o f s c ie n c e - base d f ic t i on th at i m agi n es a wo r ld d e vastat e d by c limate c h ange.
The year is 2393, and a senior scholar of the Second People’s Republic of China presents a gripping, deeply disturbing account of how the children of the Enlightenment, the political and economic elites of the so-called advanced industrial societies, entered into a Penumbral period in the twenty-first century, when sound science and rational discourse about global change were prohibited and clear warnings of climate catastrophe were ignored. What ensues when soaring temperatures, rising sea levels, drought, and mass migrations disrupt the global governmental and economic regimes? This work is an important title that can change how readers look at the world. Dramatizing climate change in ways traditional nonfiction cannot, this inventive, at times humorous work reasserts the importance of scientists and reveals the self-serving interests of the so-called carbon-combustion complex that have turned the practice of sound science into political fodder. The book includes a lexicon of historical and scientific terms and an interview with the authors. Naomi Oreskes
is professor of the history
“A much-needed antidote to the ‘Agenda 21’ nonsense promulgated by Glenn Beck and the far right. Oreskes and Conway provide us with a glimpse of the dystopian future we may actually face should we fail to heed the warning of the world’s scientists regarding the looming climate-change crisis.” —Michael E. Mann, director, Penn State Earth System Science Center, and author of The Hockey Stick and the Climate Wars: Dispatches from the Front Lines
of science and affiliated professor of Earth and planetary sciences at Harvard University. With Erik Conway, she is the author of Merchants of Doubt: How a Handful of Scientists Obscured the Truth on Issues from Tobacco Smoke to Global Warming.
Erik M. Conway
is a historian of science and
technology employed by the California Institute of Technology. He recently received an AIAA History Manuscript Award for his fourth book, Atmospheric Science at NASA: A History.
$9.95t / £6.95 paper 978-0-231-16954-7 $8.99 / £6.00 ebook 978-0-231-53795-7 J u ly 112 pages E n v i r o n m e n ta l S t u d i e s
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Ayesha Pande Literary c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 11
Umami
Unlocking the Secrets of the Fifth Taste Ole G. Mouritsen and Klavs Styrbæk Translated by Mariela Johansen and Designed by Jonas Drotner Mouritsen A comprehensive look at the phenomenon revolutionizing how we make and experience food.
In the West we have identified four basic tastes: sour, sweet, salty, and bitter. Yet in many parts of East Asia over the past century, an additional flavor has entered the culinary lexicon: umami, a fifth taste impression that is savory, complex, and distinct.
“A wide-ranging and welcome progress report on our understanding of taste and deliciousness.” —Harold McGee, author of On Food and Cooking
“Mouritsen and Styrbæk demystify and explain in lay terms the science of umami, including many Japanese elements that have not been explained in English before. Along
Combining culinary history with recent research into the chemistry, preparation, nutrition, and culture of food, this book encapsulates what we know to date about the concept of umami. Umami can be found in soup stocks, meat dishes, air-dried ham, shellfish, aged cheeses, mushrooms, and ripe tomatoes, and researchers have discovered which substances bring out umami, a breakthrough that allows the casual preparation of delicious and more nutritious meals with less fat, salt, and sugar. The implications of harnessing umami are sensuous and social, enabling us to become more intimate with the subtleties of human taste while making better food choices for ourselves and our families.
“Your go-to umami resource. The content is cleverly
with Mouritsen’s other publications,
layered with molecular-level explanations of how
Seaweeds and Sushi, Umami will be
we taste alongside rich cultural perspective and
referred to time and time again.” —Yukari Sakamoto, author of Food Sake Tokyo
beautiful recipes. With its stunning graphics, the book is eye candy.” —Amy Rowat, founder of Science & Food Ole G. Mouritsen
is a professor of biophysics and director of the
Centre for Biomembrane Physics at the University of Southern Denmark. He is author of Seaweeds: Edible, Available, and Sustainable; Life, $34.95t / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-16890-8 $33.99 / £23.50 ebook 978-0-231-53758-2 A p r i l 288 pages / 84 color illustrations Food Studies / Food Science Arts a n d T r a d i t i o n s o f t h e Ta b l e : P e rs p e c t i v e s o n C u l i n a ry H i sto ry
All Rights Except Scandinavian-language Rights: Columbia University Press; Scandinavian-language Rights: The Authors
12 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
As a Matter of Fat; and Sushi: Food for the Eye, the Body, and the Soul. Klavs Styrbæk
is an award-winning Danish chef and owner of
Restaurant Kvægtorvet (The Cattle Market) in Odense. AUTHOR TOUR:
Los Angeles and New York
The Winemaker’s Hand
Conversations on Talent, Technique, and Terroir Natalie Berkowitz Wi ne m aker s r e v e a l h ow a v i n t n e r ’ s a ppr oac h af f e c ts th e natur e o f t h e w i n e t h e y pr o d u c e .
In these fascinating interviews, winemakers from the United States and abroad clarify the complex process of converting grapes into wine, with more than forty vintners candidly discussing how a combination of talent, passion, and experience shape the outcome of their individual wines. Each winemaker details their personal approach to the various steps required to convert grapes into wine. Natalie Berkowitz speaks to winemakers from different locations and backgrounds who work in diverse wine-producing regions, including Chile, England, France, Germany, Greece, Israel, Italy, Portugal, Slovenia, Spain, and the United States. They talk about familiar and unfamiliar grape varietals, their struggles with local terroirs, and the vagaries of Mother Nature. Some represent small, family wineries with limited production while others work for corporations producing hundreds of thousands of bottles. Each individual offers rare insight into how new technologies are revolutionizing historic winemaking practices. The interviews are supplemented with personal recipes and maps of winemaking regions. An aroma wheel captures the vast array of wine’s complex flavors and aromas. Natalie Berkowitz
“Few if any wine writers have devoted as much time and care as Berkowitz to the disparate paths of evolution of the winemaker’s emotional intelligence that result in memorable wines from around the world.” —Armand Gilinsky, Sonoma State University
is a freelance wine, food,
and lifestyle writer. Her articles have appeared in the New York Times, Vogue, Harper’s Bazaar, Wine Enthusiast, Wine Spectator, and many other publications. She is also the author of the wine blog Winealicious and formerly taught a wine appreciation course to seniors at Barnard College and Columbia University. $27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16756-7 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53737-7 M ay 336 pages / 43 black and white photos,
1 chart, and 14 maps Food Studies / Food Science Arts a n d T r a d i t i o n s o f t h e Ta b l e : P e rs p e c t i v e s o n C u l i n a ry H i sto ry
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 13
The Wrong Carlos
Anatomy of a Wrongful Execution James S. Liebman and The Columbia DeLuna Project A sta rt lin g in vest igat io n in to t he America n j u st i ce syst em’ s deep est flaws a n d what it w i ll ta ke to fix t hem.
In 1989, Texas executed Carlos DeLuna, a poor Hispanic man with childlike intelligence, for the murder of Wanda Lopez, a convenience store clerk. His execution passed unnoticed for years until a team of Columbia Law School faculty and students almost accidentally chose to investigate his case and found that DeLuna was almost certainly innocent.
“The Wrong Carlos is distinctive in its sheer comprehensiveness of investigation and presentation. It will be an instant classic in criminology.” —Jordan Steiker, University of Texas at Austin
“Liebman and his coauthors tell an important story of an alleged wrongful execution that highlights several important yet often overlooked problems plaguing our criminal justice system, ranging from the pitfalls of eyewitness identification to the disadvantages of the restrictions of habeas corpus.”
They discovered that no one had cared enough about the defendant or the victim to make sure the real perpetrator was found. DeLuna’s defense, that another man named Carlos had committed the crime, was not taken seriously. The evidence the Columbia team uncovered reveals that Carlos Hernandez not only existed but was well known to police and prosecutors. Families of both Carloses mistook photos of each for the other, and Hernandez’s violence continued after DeLuna was put to death. This book and its website (thewrongcarlos.net) reproduce law-enforcement, crime-lab, lawyer, court, social-service, media, and witness records, as well as court transcripts, photographs, radio traffic, and audio- and videotaped interviews, and concludes with suggestions for improving accuracy among the police, prosecutors, forensic scientists, and judges. James S. Liebman
is Simon F. Rifkind Professor of Law at Columbia
Law School and a nationally recognized expert on the death penalty. —Meghan Ryan, Southern Methodist University School of Law
The Columbia DeLuna Project
is a multiyear examination of
the execution of Carlos DeLuna conducted by James S. Liebman and five now-graduated Columbia Law students: Shawn Crowley, Andrew Marquart, Lauren Rosenberg, Lauren Gallo White, and Daniel Zharkovsky.
$27.95t / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-16723-9 $85.00 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-16722-2 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53668-4 J u ly 464 pages Cr i m o n o lo g y / L aw
All Rights: Columbia University Press
14 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Winnebago Nation
The RV in American Culture James B. Twitchell The p op ul ar c r i ti c ta kes to t h e r oa d to e xp lor e th e al lu r e o f t h e n o m a d i c life i n a h ouse on w h eels .
There are close to 8.5 million RVs on the U.S. highways and roads today, and if you are a man in your fifties, there is a good chance you have owned or are about to own a recreational vehicle. Winnebago Nation is a light-hearted look at the culture and industry behind the yearning to spend the night in one’s car. For the young, the roadtrip is a coming-of-age ceremony; for those later in life, it is the realization of a lifelong desire to be spontaneous, nomadic, and free.
James B. Twitchell recounts the RV’s origins and evolution over the twentieth century; its rise, fall, and rebirth as a cultural icon; its growing mechanical complexity as it evolved from an estate wagon to a converted bus to a mobile home; and its role in bolstering and challenging conceptions of American identity. Mechanical yet dreamy, independent yet needful, solitary yet clubby, adventurous yet homebound, life in a mobile home is a distillation of the American character and an important embodiment of American exceptionalism (Richie Rich and Hobo Hank spend time in essentially the same rig at the same campground). The frontier may be tapped out, but we still yearn for the exploratory life. Twitchell concludes with his thoughts on mobile cities becoming a part of the American landscape. James B. Twitchell
taught English and
advertising at the University of Florida for many
“This book draws on Twitchell’s own experiences as well as historical and sociological sources to explain the tremendous appeal of the RV for its aficionados, the disdain many Americans feel toward it, and the paradoxical qualities of a population of motorized nomads who seem to seek both individualistic escape and communitarian society. Twitchell locates his interpretation of these questions in the enduring mythos of the road and the frontier; in a lingering Puritanism that demands accountability along with freedom; and in the RV’s ability to reconcile
© JON fairbank
years and is the author of Adcult USA, Lead Us
autonomy and belonging, wilderness
into Temptation, and Where Men Hide. He has
and domesticity.”
traveled up and down the Eastern Seaboard in a small RV with his wife and driven across the
—Cathy Stanton, Tufts University
Deep South, up to Newfoundland, and all the way to Alaska.
$19.95t / £13.95 cloth 978-0-231-16778-9 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-53765-0 A p r i l 192 pages / 36 black and white illustrations,
2 graphs C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s / A m e r i c a n S t u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 15
The World’s First Stock Exchange Lodewijk Petram
Translated by Lynne Richards A n i mmersi ve histo ry t hat revea ls t he crit ica l r o le o f huma n b ehavio r in t he develo p men t o f t h e sto ck ma rke t.
The launch of the Dutch East India Company in 1602 initiated Amsterdam’s transformation from a regional market town into a dominant financial center. The Company introduced easily transferable shares, and within days buyers had begun to trade them. Soon the public was engaging in a variety of complex transactions, including forwards, futures, options, and bear raids, and by 1680, the techniques deployed in the Amsterdam market were as sophisticated as any we practice today.
Lodewijk Petram links today’s products to yesterday’s innovations, tying the market to the behavior of individuals and the workings of the world around them. Traveling back to seventeenth-century Amsterdam, Petram visits the harbor where merchants met to strike deals. He describes the main players, investors, shady characters, speculators, and ordinary folk who played a role in the development of the market and its crises. His history clarifies concerns that investors still struggle with today, such as fraud, the value of information, trust and the place of honor, managing diverging expectations, and balancing risk, and does so in a way that is vivid, relatable, and critical to understanding our contemporary financial predicament.
“Petram’s book is a very good example of that rare specimen: a financial history for a popular audience. The reader gets a very good feeling of atmosphere, of time and place, and of the specific society that gave rise to our contemporary financial structure.” —Joost Jonker, University of Amsterdam
“Extremely accessible and clear. Petram writes for the general reader and carefully conveys intricate details in an admirably lucid way. One of the best explanations I have seen
trading still relevant today.” —Ailsa Röell, Columbia University
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16378-1 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-53732-2 J u n e 304 pages B u s i n e ss / F i n a n c e Co lu m b i a B u s i n e ss S c h o o l P u b l i s h i n g
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Uitgeverij Atlas Contact
16 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
© merlijn doomernik
of various aspects of securities
Lodewijk Petram
is an economist and histo-
rian and regularly publishes on financial history in Dutch journals and newspapers. The Dutch edition of this book won the Dirk Jacob Veegens Prize from the Royal Holland Society of Sciences and Humanities.
Looks Good on Paper?
Using In-Depth Personality Assessment to Predict Leadership Performance Leslie S. Pratch How c an or g ani zat i o n s e n s u r e t h e y a r e h i r i n g t h e r igh t e xe c uti v e fo r t h e j o b?
Leslie S. Pratch is a practicing psychologist who focuses on assessing and coaching executives who occupy or are candidates for top positions in business organizations. In this book, she shares insights from more than twenty years of executive evaluations and offers an empirically based approach to identify executives who will be effective within organizations—and to flag those who will ultimately fail—by evaluating aspects of personality and character that are hidden beneath the surface.
Pratch compares candidates with impressive careers and tries to determine which ones are likely to act with consistently high integrity and exhibit sound, timely judgment when faced with unanticipated business problems. Central to effective leadership is a psychological quality called “active coping,” which Pratch defines and explores by referencing case studies, historical figures, and her own scholarly work. This book speaks not only to those in hiring positions and their advisors but more widely to leaders and anyone who wishes to learn more about their own character and the abilities of those around them. She offers knowledge, asks questions, and challenges common perceptions, providing a practical tool for those in business and for general readers. Leslie S. Pratch
“Looks Good on Paper? details a psychologically sophisticated methodology that can determine an individual’s style of coping. It is a must-read for anyone entering the field of executive assessment and for those who wish to have a better way of determining an executive’s readiness to assume a more senior role of leadership.” —Kathryn Williams, cofounder of KRW International
has a Ph.D. in clinical
psychology from Northwestern University and an MBA in strategy and finance from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and has published a number of scholarly articles.
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16836-6 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-53764-3 J u ly 256 pages B u s i n e ss / L e a d e rs h i p Co lu m b i a B u s i n e ss S c h o o l P u b l i s h i n g
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 17
The Nature of Value
How to Invest in the Adaptive Economy Nick Gogerty A n e w, mea n in gful a p p roach to va lue in vest in g t h at draws in sights fro m eco lo gy a n d e vo lut io n a ry t heo ry.
“In the great tradition of Charlie Munger’s Worldly Wisdom, Gogerty delivers a multidisciplinary approach to finding investment value. Through brilliant graphics and a unique lens, he educates the reader on how to discern investment opportunities that go well beyond currently reported financial results to gain insights into how value shifts over time. Any investor that feels the current ‘value investing’ paradigm is lacking in its ability to navigate our increasingly complex world will benefit from the tools Gogerty offers” —Paul Johnson, Columbia University Graduate School of Business
The Nature of Value presents a theory of how economic value functions and how it drives growth, starting with tiny sparks of innovation and scaling all the way up to the full scope of the economy. Nick Gogerty’s exploration of value borrows from a wide array of disciplines, including anthropology, psychology, physics, sociology, and ethics, but, most of all, it examines how evolution’s processes can help investors understand the economy and how investors can use this new understanding to improve their allocation decisions.
Starting with a look at how innovations can help firms succeed, Gogerty looks at the economic niches in which firms compete and explores how firms can create defensive “moats” to enhance their chances of survival. He shows allocators how to adjust their actions for best performance and returns and what to look for when assessing company management, supporting his arguments with extensive data and years of practitioner experience from scientific, social, and economic disciplines. Intuitive illustrations are used to illuminate central concepts and ideas. Gogerty’s practical takeaways, couched in vivid explanations, will help investors of all backgrounds gain fresh insight into market mechanics. Nick Gogerty
is a private account strategist
and general problem solver for the world’s leading hedge funds, banks, technology firms, and scientific research institutes. He has worked as a quantitative developer and trader on a proprietary foreign exchange desk in London, advised major institutions and the government on risk, and been a serial entrepreneur at the convergence of
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16244-9 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-53521-2 J u ly 320 pages Finance / Economics Co lu m b i a B u s i n e ss S c h o o l P u b l i s h i n g
All Rights: Columbia University Press
18 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
technology and media.
A Lever Long Enough
A History of Columbia’s School of Engineering and Applied Science Since 1864 Robert McCaughey the r ise of one A m e r i c a’ s pr e m ie r pr o fessi o n al sc h ool s and i ts r e fle c t i o n o f la r ge r t r e n ds in Am e r i c an h igh e r e d u c at i o n .
In this comprehensive social history of Columbia University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science (SEAS), Robert McCaughey combines archival research with oral testimony and contemporary interviews to build both a critical and celebratory portrait of one of the oldest engineering schools in the United States.
McCaughey follows the evolving, occasionally rocky, and now integrated relationship between SEAS’s engineers and the rest of the Columbia University student body, faculty, and administration. He also revisits the interaction between the SEAS staff and the inhabitants and institutions of New York City, where the school has resided since 1864. He compares the historical struggles and achievements of the school’s engineers with their present-day battles and accomplishments, and he contrasts their teaching and research approaches to those of their peers at other free-standing and Ivy league engineering schools. What begins as a localized history of a school striving to define itself within a university known for its strengths in the humanities and the social sciences becomes a wider story of the transformation of the applied sciences into a critical component of American technology and education. Robert McCaughey
is professor of history
and Janet H. Robb Chair in the Social Sciences at © Ann McCaughey
Barnard College, where he has served as dean of the faculty. His books include Stand, Columbia: A History of Columbia University in the City of New York, 1754–2004 and The American Nation: A History of the United States, seventh edition (with J. A. Garraty). $40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16688-1 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53752-0 J u n e 320 pages E n g i n e e r i n g / A m e r i c a n H i sto r y
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 19
A Semite
A Memoir of Algeria Denis Guénoun Foreword by Judith Butler Translated by Ann Smock and William Smock A n acco un t o f what it was like to b e Algeria n , J e w ish, a n d Fren ch at a t ime when t hose “ i d e n t it ies” were fight in g wo rds.
Denis Guénoun’s father was an Algerian Jew who inherited French citizenship and revered the principles of the French Revolution. He taught science in a French lycée and joined the French Communist Party. He was a courageous man whose best intentions were overpowered by history. This book movingly recreates the efforts of a grown-up son to understand his childhood. Gracefully weaving together youthful memories with research into Guénoun’s father’s life and times, this memoir confounds the ethnic, national, and political distinctions that might otherwise explain or justify conflict. Who belongs where? Who is one’s natural enemy? Guénoun’s father believed Jews and Arabs were bound by an authentic fraternity and could only realize a free future together. He called himself a Semite, a word that united Jewish and Arab worlds.
“This is a complex engagement with the unique temporal, linguistic, and embodied qualities of family and cultural heritage. It is philosophically important and politically engaging, speaking to the necessities of repetition and distortion in the accuracies of memory and historical truth. It is also a delicate prose work of exceptional literary quality,
“This is ‘our’ entire history, with its mistakes, blind spots, hesitations, with its truth, with everything:
an important contribution to
the families and the loves, the profession, the seizing
contemporary studies in trauma
a bit unreal of occasions, the faithfulness and the
and testimony and to the field
coincidences, and the thing most just to have been
of autobiography.”
written on ‘France.’ ” —Penelope Deutscher, —Philippe Lacoue-Labarthe, philosopher
Northwestern University
Denis Guénoun
is professor emeritus of French
literature at the Université Paris-Sorbonne (Paris-
M ay 176 pages M e m o i r / P h i lo s o p h y
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Les Editions Circe
20 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
© carolE parodi
$35.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16402-3 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53724-7
IV). A playwright and essayist, he has published numerous books on theater and philosophy,
Blood
A Critique of Christianity Gil Anidjar A c r i ti c al i nv estig at i o n i n to t h e r o le a n d prese nc e of b loo d i n C h r ist i a n i t y a n d a c a ll to r e cog ni ze i ts e ffe c ts o n t h e h isto ry a n d c u lt ur e of th e m o d e r n West.
Blood, in Gil Anidjar’s argument, maps the singular history of Christianity. A category for historical analysis, blood can be seen through its literal and metaphorical uses as determining, sometimes even defining, Western culture, politics, and social practices and their wide-ranging incarnations in nationalism, capitalism, and law.
Engaging with a variety of sources, Anidjar explores the presence and the absence, the making and unmaking of blood in philosophy and medicine, law and literature, and economic and political thought from ancient Greece to medieval Spain, from the Bible to Shakespeare and Melville. The prevalence of blood in the social, juridical, and political organization of the modern West signals that we do not live in a secular age into which religion could return. Flowing across multiple boundaries, infusing them with violent precepts that we must address, blood undoes the presumed oppositions between religion and politics, economy and theology, and kinship and race. It demonstrates that what we think of as modern is in fact imbued with Christianity. Christianity, Blood fiercely argues, must be reconsidered beyond the boundaries of religion alone. Gil Anidjar
“This book is bound to become a standard against which future scholarship on the cultural history of Christianity and several related fields will be evaluated. It achieves the feat of offering an exhaustive genealogy of the significance of ‘blood’ in Western civilization, thereby pulling blood into an urgently needed visibility.” —Elisabeth Weber, University of California, Santa Barbara
is professor of religion, comparative literature, and
Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African studies at Columbia University. His books include The Jew, The Arab: A History of the Enemy and Semites: Race, Religion, Literature.
$40.00* / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16720-8 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53725-4 M ay 560 pages R e l i g i o n / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s R e l i g i o n , C u lt u r e , a n d P u b l i c L i f e
All Rights Except Bosnian, Croatian, Montenegrin, and Serbian-language Rights: Columbia University Press; Select Foreign-language Rights: The Author c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 2 1
Roberto Bolaño’s Fiction
An Expanding Universe Chris Andrews
T h e f irst ma jo r crit ica l wo rk in En glis h to e xp lo re t he fo rma l, t hemat ic, a n d et hica l d i m e nsi o n s o f Bo la ñ o ’ s in t ricat e n ovels.
Since the publication of The Savage Detectives in 2007, the work of Roberto Bolaño (1953–2003) has achieved an acclaim rarely enjoyed in contemporary fiction. Chris Andrews, a leading translator of Bolaño’s work into English, explores the singular achievements of the author’s oeuvre, engaging with its distinct style and key thematic concerns, incorporating his novels and stories into the larger history of Latin American and global literary fiction.
“An Expanding Universe is an engaging, original, and thoroughly successful attempt to interpret Roberto Bolaño’s entire corpus of fiction. The questions Andrews raises about ethics and the relationship of literature to life are timely and should appeal to a range of readers.” —Ignacio López-Vicuña, University of Vermont
Andrews provides new readings and interpretations of Bolaño’s novels, including 2666, The Savage Detectives, and By Night in Chile while at the same time examining the ideas and narrative strategies that unify his work. He begins with a consideration of the reception of Bolaño’s fiction in English translation, examining the reasons behind its popularity. Subsequent chapters explore aspects of Bolaño’s fictional universe and the political, ethical, and aesthetic values that shape it. Bolaño emerges as the inventor of a prodigiously effective “fiction-making system,” a subtle handler of suspense, a chronicler of aimlessness, a celebrator of courage, an anatomist of evil, and a proponent of youthful openness. Written in a clear and engaging style, Roberto’s Bolano’s Fiction offers an invaluable understanding of one of the most important authors of the last thirty years. Chris Andrews
teaches at the University of
Western Sydney, where he is a member of the © University of Western Sydney
$30.00* / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-16806-9 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53753-7 J u ly 304 pages L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
All Rights: Columbia University Press
22 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Writing and Society Research Center. He has translated ten books by Roberto Bolaño. His book Lime Green Chair won the 2011 Anthony Hecht Poetry Prize.
Guilty Knowledge, Guilty Pleasure
The Dirty Art of Poetry William Logan
The notor i ous c r i t i c d i v es d eep i n to t h e ma kings and m is un d e r sta n d i n gs o f po e t ry.
These new essays and reviews take poetry at its word, often finding in its hardest cases the greatest reasons for hope. William Logan begins with a witty polemic against the wish to have critics announce their aesthetics every time they begin a review. “The Unbearable Rightness of Criticism” is a plea to read those critics who got it wrong when they reviewed Lyrical Ballads or Leaves of Grass or The Waste Land. Sometimes, Logan argues, such critics saw exactly what these books were—they saw the poems plain yet often did not see that they were poems. In such wrongheaded criticism, readers can recover the ground broken by such groundbreaking books. Logan looks again at the poetry of Wallace Stevens, Frank O’Hara, and Philip Larkin and the letters of T. S. Eliot, Elizabeth Bishop, and Robert Lowell, and at new books by Louise Glück and examines the late Seamus Heaney. Always eager to overturn settled judgments, Logan argues that World War II poets were in the end better than the much-lauded poets of World War I. He revisits the secretly revised edition of Robert Frost’s notebooks, showing that the terrible errors ruining the first edition still exist. The most remarkable essay is “Elizabeth Bishop at Summer Camp,” which prints for the first time her early adolescent verse, along with the intimate letters written to the first girl she loved. William Logan
“An archaeologist of midcentury popular culture and an extraordinary unraveler of some poets’ very raveled threads, Logan stands out for the energy of his appreciation and for the diligence in his erudition.” —Stephen Burt, Harvard University
is the author of ten volumes
of poetry and five books of essays and reviews, © debora greger
including The Undiscovered Country, which won the National Book Critics Circle Award in Criticism. Among his other honors are the Corrington Medal for Literary Excellence and the inaugural Randall Jarrell Award in Poetry Criticism. He teaches at the University of Florida. $35.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16686-7 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53723-0 A p r i l 352 pages L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 2 3
Reading Style
A Life in Sentences Jenny Davidson
A n ov elist reco un ts her idiosyn crat ic a ffa ir w i t h t yp es o f writ in g a n d t he p ower o f li t e r at ure to move us a ll in differen t ways.
A professor, critic, and insatiable reader, Jenny Davidson investigates the passions that drive us to fall in love with certain sentences over others and the larger implications of our relationship with writing style. At once playful and serious, immersive and analytic, her memoir/critique shows how style elicits particular kinds of moral judgments and subjective preferences, which turn reading into a highly personal and political act.
Melding her experiences as reader and critic, Davidson opens new vistas onto works by Jane Austen, Henry James, Marcel Proust, and Thomas Pynchon; adds richer dimension to critiques of W. G. Sebald, Alan Hollinghurst, Thomas Bernhard, and Karl Ove Knausgaard; and allows for a sophisticated appreciation of popular fictions by Stephen King, Neil Gaiman, Lionel Shriver, George Pelecanos, and Helen DeWitt. She privileges diction, syntax, point of view, and structure over plot and character, identifying the intimate mechanics that draw us in to literature’s sensuous frameworks and move us to feel, identify, and relate. Davidson concludes with a reading list of her favorite titles so others can share in her literary adventures and get to know better the imprint of her own reading style.
“This book offers a lively, unusual, and highly intelligent set of comments on the pleasures of reading—which are in Davidson’s view not quite the joys or benefits of close reading in the received academic sense but are definitely those of reading closely, paying precise attention to details of style and reflecting on the mixture of meaning and delight that such details give to anyone who cares about them.” —Michael Wood, Princeton University
Jenny Davidson © elizabeth hyman for the columbia spectator
$25.00* / £17.50 cloth 978-0-231-16858-8 $24.99 / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-53740-7 J u n e 208 pages L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Anderson Literary Management, LLC.
24 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
teaches in the Department of
English and Comparative Literature at Columbia University. She has published two books on eighteenth-century British literature, including Breeding: A Partial History of the Eighteenth Century, and four novels. She blogs at Light Reading (jennydavidson.blogspot.com).
The Elements of Academic Style Writing for the Humanities Eric Hayot An awar d -wi nni ng s c h o la r a n d au t h o r intr od uc es ne w ways o f t h i n ki n g a bo u t t h e s ub stanc e and ac t o f ac a d e m i c w r i t i n g .
Eric Hayot teaches graduate students and faculty in literary and cultural studies how to think and write like a professional scholar. From granular concerns, such as sentence structure and grammar, to bigpicture issues, such as adhering to genre patterns for successful research and publishing and developing productive and rewarding writing habits, Hayot helps ambitious students, newly minted Ph.D.’s, and established professors shape their work and develop their voices.
Hayot does more than explain the techniques of academic writing. He aims to adjust the writer’s perspective, encouraging scholars to think of themselves as makers and doers of important work. Scholarly writing can be frustrating and exhausting yet also satisfying and crucial, and Hayot weaves these experiences, including his own trials and tribulations, into an ethos for scholars to draw on as they write. Combining psychological support with practical suggestions for composing introductions and conclusions, developing a schedule for writing, using notes and citations, and structuring paragraphs and essays, this guide to the elements of academic style does its part to rejuvenate scholarship and writing in the humanities. Eric Hayot
“Charmingly, lightly, and urgently written—it is hard to get all those three together—and frequently wise, too.” —William Germano, Cooper Union
is professor of comparative litera-
ture and Asian studies at the Pennsylvania State © anjelika lÖffleri
University. He is the author of On Literary Worlds; The Hypothetical Mandarin: Sympathy, Modernity, and Chinese Pain; and Chinese Dreams: Pound, Brecht, Tel quel. He has worked for the Columbus Dispatch and the Associated Press. More recently, his writing has appeared in the Los Angeles Review of Books and Public Books. He also is a cofounder of the blog Printculture.
$20.00* / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-16801-4 $60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-16800-7 $19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-53741-4 J u ly 240 pages Wr i t i n g / L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 2 5
Alienation
Rahel Jaeggi
Translated by Frederick Neuhouser and Alan E. Smith Edited by Frederick Neuhouser A bo ld defen se o f a n eglect ed co n cep t a n d i ts releva n ce fo r crit ica l so cia l t heo ry.
The Hegelian-Marxist idea of alienation fell out of favor during the post-metaphysical rejection of humanism and essentialist views of human nature. In this book, Rahel Jaeggi draws on phenomenological analyses grounded in modern conceptions of agency, along with recent work in the analytical tradition, to reconceive of alienation as the absence of a meaningful relationship to oneself and others, which manifests in feelings of helplessness and the despondent acceptance of ossified social roles and expectations.
“Jaeggi’s scholarship and writing
A revived approach to alienation helps critical social theory engage with phenomena, such as meaninglessness, isolation, and indifference, that have broad implications for issues of justice. By severing alienation’s link to a problematic conception of human essence while retaining its social-philosophical content, Jaeggi provides resources for a renewed critique of social pathologies, a much-neglected concern in contemporary liberal political philosophy. Her work revisits the arguments of Rousseau, Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Heidegger, placing them in dialogue with Thomas Nagel, Bernard Williams, and Charles Taylor.
in this book are excellent, and the resuscitation of the concept of alienation in critical social theory is a welcome event in the literature.” —Matthias Fritsch, Concordia University
“One of the most exciting books to have appeared on the German philosophical scene in the last decade. It not only rejuvenates a lagging discourse on the topic of alienation; it also shows how an account of subjectivity
be employed in the service of new philosophical insights.” —Frederick Neuhouser, Barnard College
$35.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15198-6 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53759-9 J u ly 352 pages P h i lo s o p h y N e w D i r e c t i o n s i n Cr i t i c a l T h e o ry
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Campus Verlag
26 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Rahel Jaeggi © juergen-bauer.com
elaborated two centuries ago can
is professor of social and political
philosophy at the Humboldt University in Berlin. Her research focuses on ethics, social philosophy, political philosophy, philosophical anthropology, social ontology, and critical theory.
Atheists in America
Melanie E. Brewster, Editor
An i nti m ate p syc h o lo gic a l st u dy o f a lar gely i nv isi b l e m i n o r i t y n av igat i n g lif e i n a r e l igi ous wo r ld.
This collection features more than two dozen narratives by atheists hailing from different backgrounds across the United States. Ranging in age, race, sexual orientation, and firmness in their irreligiosity, these individuals address religious deconversion, community building, parenting, and romantic relationships, providing a nuanced look at living without God in a predominantly Christian nation. These narratives illuminate the complexities and consequences for nonbelievers in the United States. Stepping away from religious belief can have serious social and existential ramifications, forcing atheists to discover new ways to live meaningfully without the guidance of a religious community. Yet shedding the constraints of a formal belief system can also be a freeing experience. Ultimately, this volume shows that claiming an atheist identity is anything but an act isolated from the other dimensions of the self. Upending common social, political, and psychological assumptions about atheists, this collection helps carve out a more accepted space for this minority to live within American society. Melanie E. Brewster
is assistant professor of
“A unique contribution to the literature on atheism, touching on topics rarely discussed or researched. I don’t know of any other book on the market that seeks to bring together individual narratives of deconversion and the challenges faced afterwards.” —Amarnath Amarasingam, York University
“Atheists in America reveals in their own words how a wide range
psychology and education at Columbia University.
of people learned to live lives of
Her research focuses on marginalized groups and
integrity and meaning without God.
examines how experiences of discrimination and stigma may shape the mental health of minority
The book also grants readers ready to
group members, such as LGBTQ individuals, athe-
hear it the message that not only is it
ists, and people of color.
okay not to believe, being an atheist can be enlightening and liberating.” —Michael Shermer, editor of Skeptic
$28.00* / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-16358-3 $27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-53700-1 J u n e 272 pages Ps yc h o lo g y / R e l i g i o n
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 27
Derrida / Searle
Deconstruction and Ordinary Language Raoul Moati Translated by Timothy Attanucci and Maureen Chun Foreword by Jean-Michel Rabaté Re v isit in g t he schis m t hat ren dered t wen t iet hc e n t ury p hiloso p hy in to irreco n cila b le co n t in en ta l a n d a n a lyt ic ca mp s.
“The fact that the debate between Derrida and Searle never took place (considering Derrida and Searle never met personally and the latter also refused to reprint one of his responses in an edited collection), as well as the fact that there are so few books on this subject, makes Moati’s book particularly useful to reconstruct the history of this famous dispute.” —Santiago Zabala, University of Barcelona
In the 1950s, the British philosopher J. L. Austin advanced a theory of speech acts, or the “performative,” that Jacques Derrida and John R. Searle interpreted in fundamentally different ways. Their disagreement centered on the issue of intentionality, which Derrida understood phenomenologically and Searle read pragmatically. The controversy had profound implications for the development of contemporary philosophy, which, Raoul Moati argues, can profit greatly by returning to this debate.
In this book, Moati systematically replays the historical encounter among Austin, Derrida, and Searle and the disruption that caused the lasting break between Anglo-American language philosophy and continental traditions of phenomenology and its deconstruction. The key issue, Moati argues, is not whether “intentionality,” a concept derived from Husserl’s phenomenology, can or cannot be linked to Austin’s speech-acts as defined in his groundbreaking How to Do Things with Words, but rather the emphasis Searle placed on the performativity and determined pragmatic values of Austin’s speech-acts, whereas Derrida insisted on the trace of writing behind every act of speech and the iterability of signs in different contexts. Raoul Moati
is a French philosopher and an assistant professor of
continental philosophy at the University of Chicago. His books include Psychanalyse, marxisme, idéalisme allemand, autour de Slavoj Zizek and Evénements nocturnes, essai sur totalité et infini. $20.00* / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-16671-3 $60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-16670-6 $19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-53717-9 A p r i l 144 pages P h i lo s o p h y
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author
28 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Head Cases
Julia Kristeva on Philosophy and Art in Depressed Times Elaine P. Miller Using th e p h i los o ph e r ’ s vast bo dy o f wo r k to s h ow h ow art c a n ac t as a n a n t i d ot e , if n ot a c ur e , to d e pr essi o n .
While philosophy and psychoanalysis privilege language and conceptual distinctions and mistrust the image, Julia Kristeva recognizes the power of art and the imagination to unblock important sources of meaning. She also appreciates the process through which creative acts counteract and transform feelings of violence and depression.
Elaine P. Miller considers Kristeva’s “aesthetic idea” and “thought spectacular” and their capacity to reshape depressive thought. She revisits Kristeva’s reading of Walter Benjamin with reference to melancholic art and the imagination’s allegorical structure; her analysis of Byzantine iconoclasm in relation to Freud’s psychoanalytic theory of negation and Hegel’s dialectical negativity; her understanding of Proust as an exemplary practitioner of sublimation; her rereading of Kant and Arendt in terms of art as an intentional lingering with foreignness; and her argument that forgiveness is a philosophical and psychoanalytic method of transcending a “stuck” existence. Focusing on specific works that illustrate Kristeva’s ideas, from ancient Greek tragedy to early photography, contemporary installation art, and film, Miller positions creative acts as a form of “spiritual inoculation” against the violence of our society and its discouragement of reflection. Elaine P. Miller
“Deftly moving through Kristeva’s corpus, Miller brilliantly stages engagements between Kristeva’s thought and that of Adorno, Arendt, Augustine, Benjamin, Freud, Green, Hegel, Kant, Klein, Lacan, and Proust, among others. Her analysis also sheds light on some of Kristeva’s most intractable concepts, including negativity, the uncanny, time, the semiotic, mimesis, art, and the aesthetic. Head Cases is filled with keen insights, rigorous scholarship, and beautiful prose.” —Kelly Oliver, Vanderbilt University
is professor of philosophy at
© miami university photographic services
Miami University and the author of The Vegetative Soul: From Philosophy of Nature to Subjectivity in the Feminine and the coeditor of Returning to Irigaray. $40.00* / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16682-9 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53711-7 M a r c h 304 pages P h i lo s o p h y / Ps yc h o lo g y Co lu m b i a T h e m e s i n P h i lo s o p h y, S o c i a l Cr i t i c i s m , a n d t h e Arts
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 2 9
Survivors of Slavery
Modern-Day Slave Narratives Laura T. Murphy Test i mo n y t hat p roves t he wides p rea d e x ist en ce o f a huma n rights t ragedy a n d t he urgen t n eed to a ddress it.
Slavery is an injustice that continues to entrap twenty-seven million people across the globe. Laura Murphy offers more than thirty survivor narratives from Cambodia, Ghana, Lebanon, Macedonia, Mexico, Russia, Thailand, Ukraine, and the United States, detailing the horrors of a system that forces people to work without pay and against their will, under the threat of violence, with little or no means of escape.
Through storytelling and firsthand testimony, this anthology shapes a twenty-first-century narrative that many believe died with the end of slavery in the Americas. Organized around such issues as the need for work, the punishment of defiance, and the move toward activism, the collection isolates the causes, mechanisms, and responses to slavery that allow the phenomenon to endure. Enhancing scholarship in women’s studies, sociology, criminology, law, social work, and literary studies, this volume establishes a common trajectory of vulnerability, enslavement, captivity, escape, and recovery, creating an invaluable resource for activists, scholars, legislators, and service providers.
“These often heart-wrenching accounts do more than reveal the tragic stories of contemporary abuse and suffering; they reveal patterns of behavior and resistance that can inform our understanding of historic slavery in the eighteenth and ninteenth centuries, on the plantations of the Americas and in households of Africa and the commercial firms of India and the Islamic world. This collection clearly establishes the international
Laura T. Murphy
dimensions and the persistence
—Paul E. Lovejoy, director, the Harriet Tubman Institute
research focuses on historical and modern slavery © eric buras
of slavery.”
in global literatures. The author of Metaphor and the Slave Trade in West African Literature, she is the National College Chapter Coordinator for Free the Slaves and director of the Survivors of Slavery speakers network.
$30.00* / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16423-8 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16422-1 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53575-5 M a r c h 384 pages I n t e r n at i o n a l R e l at i o n s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
30 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
is assistant professor of
English at Loyola University in New Orleans. Her
The Power of Tolerance A Debate
Wendy Brown and Rainer Forst Edited by Luca Di Blasi and Christoph F. E. Holzhey Two l e ad i ng th e o r ists o f to le r a n c e d e bat e t h e conc e p t’s s oc i a l a n d po li t i c a l i m po rta n ce.
We invoke the ideal of tolerance in response to conflict, but what does it mean to answer conflict with a call for tolerance? Is tolerance a way of resolving conflicts or a means of sustaining them? Does it transform conflicts into productive tensions, or does it perpetuate underlying power relations? To what extent does tolerance hide its involvement with power and act as a form of depoliticization? Wendy Brown and Rainer Forst debate the uses and misuses of tolerance, an exchange that highlights the fundamental differences in their critical practice despite a number of political similarities. Both scholars address the normative premises, limits, and political implications of various conceptions of tolerance. Brown offers a genealogical critique of contemporary discourses on tolerance in Western liberal societies, focusing on their inherent ties to colonialism and imperialism, and Forst reconstructs an intellectual history of tolerance that attempts to redeem its political virtue in democratic societies. Brown and Forst work from different perspectives and traditions, yet each remains wary of the subjection and abnegation embodied in toleration discourses, among other issues. The result is a dialogue rich in critical and conceptual reflections on power, justice, discourse, rationality, and identity. Wendy Brown
“Brown and Forst are the authors of two of the most important books on tolerance to be published in the last decade. This book not only offers an overview of their positions but also puts these two authors into a surprisingly productive dialogue. The Power of Tolerance is a rich and compelling exchange between two of the best political theorists working today.” —Amy Allen, Dartmouth College
is Class of 1936 First Professor of Political Science at,
University of California, Berkeley, where she is also affiliated with the graduate program in critical theory and the Department of Rhetoric. Rainer Forst
is professor of political theory and philosophy and
codirector of the “Normative Orders” Research Cluster at Goethe University, Frankfurt am Main.
$15.00* / £10.50 paper 978-0-231-17018-5 $45.00 / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-17019-2 $14.99 / £10.50 ebook 978-0-231-53796-4 A p r i l 104 pages P h i lo s o p h y / P o l i t i c s N e w D i r e c t i o n s i n Cr i t i c a l T h e o ry
English-language Rights Throughout the World, Excluding Germany, Austria, and Switzerland: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Authors c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 31
Foundations of the Earth
Global Ecological Change and the Book of Job H. H. Shugart A w i de- ra n gin g st udy o f Ea rt h’ s i n t e r co n n ect ed syst ems, t heir dyn a mic cha n ge, a n d t heir co mp lex in t eract io n s wit h huma n it y.
“Where were you when I laid the foundation of the earth?” God asks Job in the “Whirlwind Speech,” but Job cannot reply. This passage—which some environmentalists and scholars treat as a “green” creation myth—drives H. H. Shugart’s extraordinary investigation, in which he uses verses from God’s speech to explore the planetary system, animal domestication, sea-level rise, evolution, biodiversity, weather phenomena, and climate change. Shugart calls attention to the rich resonance between the Earth’s natural history and the workings of religious feeling, the wisdom of Bible scripture, and the arguments of Bible ethicists. The divine questions that frame his study are quintessentially religious, and the global changes humans have wrought on the Earth operate in not only the physical, chemical, and biological spheres but also the spiritual realm. Shugart offers a universal framework for recognizing and confronting the global challenges humans now face: the relationship between human technology and large-scale environmental degradation; the effect of invasive species on the integrity of ecosystems; the role of humans in generating wide biotic extinctions; and the future functioning of our oceans and tides.
“Foundations of the Earth serves as a primer to our planet’s natural and anthropological history prompted by questions raised in the book of Job. With his ingenious use of Job, Shugart effectively bridges ancient issues and modern ones.” —William P. Brown, Columbia Theological Seminary
H. H. Shugart
holds the W. W. Corcoran Chair
in Environmental Sciences at the University of Virginia and has produced more than 400 scientific © tom coghill
$35.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16908-0 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53769-8 J u ly 384 pages E c o lo g y / T h e o lo g y
All Rights: Columbia University Press
32 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
publications that largely involve systems ecology and ecosystems modeling strongly focused on regional and global change.
Shadow Medicine
The Placebo in Conventional and Alternative Therapies John S. Haller Jr. Ca n e v i d e nc e - b ase d m e d i c i n e a n d com p l e m e ntary an d a lt e r n at i v e m e d i c i n e find com m on g r ou n d?
John S. Haller Jr. explores the epistemological foundations of evidence-based medicine (EBM) and the challenges they present for both conventional and alternative therapies. In his exploration, Haller maintains a healthy, scientific skepticism yet finds promise in some complementary and alternative (CAM) therapies. The placebo forms the central focus of the book, as Haller elucidates how recent research might lead to a more robust medical practice including both the objectivity of evidence-based medicine and the subjectivity and narrative truth of the physician-patient relationship.
The book offers a thoughtful tour of how and why the double blinded, randomized clinical trial (RCT) came to be called the “gold standard” in modern medicine; the challenge of postmodern medicine that countered the positivism of evidence-based medicine; the politics of modern CAM and the rise of the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine; an in-depth case study of homeopathy explaining why this modality has emerged as a poster child for CAM; and an assessment of CAM’s popularity despite its poor performance in clinical trials. Haller ends with how new experimental protocols might tease out the evidentiary basis for the placebo effect. John S. Haller Jr.
“Haller addresses the epistemological foundations of both biomedicine and complementary and alternative medicine and provides incisive analysis of each that sheds light on why tensions between them are so prevalent. By exploring their differences within a historical context, Haller has made a significant contribution to the understanding of a contemporary medical field.” —Gerry Grob, Rutgers University
is emeritus professor of
history and medical humanities at Southern Illinois University Carbondale. His most recent books include The History of American Homeopathy: From Rational Medicine to Holistic Health Care and Swedenborg, Mesmer, and the Mind-Body Complex: The Roots of Complementary Medicine. $35.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16904-2 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53770-4 J u ly 304 pages Medicine
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 33
Flight Ways
Life and Loss at the Edge of Extinction Thom van Dooren A n i nt imat e en co un t er wit h en da n gered bi r d sp ecies a n d t he et hica l dimen si o n s o f bi o d iversi t y loss .
Thom van Dooren puts philosophy into conversation with the natural sciences and his own ethnographic encounters to vivify the cultural and ethical significance of modern-day extinctions. Flight Ways incorporates the particularities of real animals and their worlds, drawing philosophers, natural scientists, and general readers into the experience of living among and losing biodiversity.
Chapters focus on North Pacific albatrosses, Indian vultures, an endangered colony of penguins in Australia, Hawaiian crows, and the iconic whooping cranes of North America. They take stock of the ramifications rippling out to implicate a number of human and more-than-human others when a life form disappears from the world. The book explores what life is like for those who live on the edge of extinction, balanced between life and oblivion, taking care of their young and grieving their dead. Accounts from scientists and local communities bolster the text. These species become fully realized characters enmeshed in complex and precarious ways of life, sparking our sense of curiosity, concern, and accountability toward others.
“I love this book. Van Dooren’s thorough, detailed, and calmly passionate scholarship adds immensely to my understanding of caring, science, and justice and conditions for recuperation that take multispecies flourishing seriously. He is a leader in learning to learn without the tools of human exceptionalism, attuned to the nuances and specificities of situated worlds, including human worlds-inrelation with other critters.”
“An excellent book that deserves wide readership.” —Marc Bekoff, editor of Ignoring Nature No More:
—Donna Haraway,
The Case for Compassionate Conservation
author of When Species Meet
Thom van Dooren
is an environmental philoso-
pher and anthropologist at the University of New
M ay 224 pages A n i m a l S t u d i e s / E c o lo g y Cr i t i c a l P e rs p e c t i v e s o n A n i m a l s : T h e o ry, C u lt u r e , S c i e n c e , a n d L aw
All Rights: Columbia University Press
34 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
© emily o’gormon
$30.00* / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-16618-8 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53744-5
South Wales, Australia. His research is situated in the interdisciplinary field of the environmental humanities.
Crowded Orbits
Conflict and Cooperation in Space James Clay Moltz A ge ne r al h istory o f i n t e r n at i o n a l s pac e relati ons and an i n si d e r pe r s pe c t i v e o n f u t ur e tr e nds .
Written for all readers, this expert analysis details the basics of space technology, diplomacy, commerce, exploration, and military applications from the mid-twentieth century to today. Space has become increasingly crowded since the end of the Cold War, and this book pays particular attention to the politics and economics of space and recent debates over national security, focusing on the competing themes of international competition and cooperation and the effort to avoid dangerous conflicts.
Unfortunately, the growth of human space activity and challenges to existing international tools of management, such as rules, laws, and treaties, have increased the likelihood of conflict over a diminishing pool of space resources close to Earth. Drawing on more than twenty years of experience in international space debates and policy, James Clay Moltz points to the logic of cooperation and collaboration among the expanding number of space actors, considering their shared challenges regarding space traffic, orbital debris, radio-spectrum crowding, space situational awareness, and space weaponization. He concludes with policy recommendations for improving international space relations, focusing on enhanced communication, data sharing, and operational cooperation. James Clay Moltz
is a professor at the Naval
Postgraduate School and holds a joint appoint© sarah j. diehl
ment in the Department of National Security Affairs and the Space Systems Academic Group. He is the author of The Politics of Space Security:
“Moltz provides a broad audience with a long-needed book that explains ‘space basics,’ the importance of space to the general public, the challenges of operating in space, and the political conundrums of international cooperation and competition in space—and in language laypeople can understand. Each time I teach a course on this material, my students say, ‘Everyone should be aware of this information and the issues.’ Now, Moltz has made that possible. His book is scholarly, readable, and fills a significant gap in the literature.” —Joan Johnson-Freese, U.S. Naval War College
Strategic Restraint and the Pursuit of National Interests and Asia’s Space Race: National Motivations, Regional Rivalries, and International Risks.
$30.00* / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-15912-8 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-52817-7 A p r i l 224 pages S e c u r i t y S t u d i e s / I n t e r n at i o n a l R e l at i o n s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 35
Video Revolutions
On the History of a Medium Michael Z. Newman A st u dy o f t he Video medium’ s sta rrin g ro le i n t he p o p ula r imagin at io n .
“Looking at the distinct ways in which the term ‘video’ has been defined in relation to a number of institutions and technologies, Video Revolutions covers more than a half-century of historical material and draws upon a wide range of specialized secondary research. The result is a stimulating and satisfying intellectual tour and argument, chiefly for Newman’s ability to encompass the oftendisparate case studies within a single historical lens.” —William Boddy, Baruch College, City University of New York
Since the days of early television, video has been an indispensable part of culture, society, and movingimage media industries. Over the decades, it has been an avant-garde artistic medium, a high-tech consumer gadget, a format for watching movies at home, a force for democracy, and the ultimate, ubiquitous means of documenting reality. In the twenty-first century, video is the name we give all kinds of moving images. We know it as an adaptable medium that bridges analog and digital, amateur and professional, broadcasting and recording, television and cinema, art and commercial culture, and old media and new digital networks.
In this history, Michael Z. Newman casts video as a medium of shifting value and legitimacy in relation to other media and technologies, particularly film and television. Video has been imagined as more or less authentic or artistic than movies or television, as more or less democratic and participatory, as more or less capable of capturing the real. Techno-utopian rhetoric has repeatedly represented video as a revolutionary medium, promising to solve the problems of the past and the present—often the very problems associated with television and the society shaped by it—and to deliver a better future. Video has also been seen more negatively, particularly as a threat to movies and their culture. This study considers video as an object of these hopes and fears and builds an approach to thinking about the concept of the medium in terms of cultural status. Michael Z. Newman
is an associate professor at the University
of Wisconsin–Milwaukee. He is the author of Indie: An American Film Culture and coauthor of Legitimating Television: Media Convergence and Cultural Status. $9.00* / £6.00 paper 978-0-231-16951-6 $8.99 / £6.00 ebook 978-0-231-53775-9 A p r i l 160 pages Film Studies / Media Studies
All Rights: Columbia University Press
36 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Lady in the Dark
Iris Barry and the Art of Film Robert Sitton The d e f i ni ti v e b i og r a ph y o f a c a pt i vat i n g I n te l l e c tual wh o c e m e n t e d t h e c r i t i c a l legi ti m acy of f i l m.
Iris Barry (1895–1969) was the mother of film preservation internationally. She founded the film department at New York City’s Museum of Modern Art and became its first curator. Barry augmented MoMA’s film library until World War II, when she joined the Office of Strategic Services to develop pro-American films with Orson Welles, Walt Disney, John Huston, Samuel Goldwyn, and Frank Capra. Yet Barry’s “foreignness” and association with such filmmakers as Luis Buñuel made her the target of an anticommunist witch hunt. She eventually left for France and died in obscurity. Drawing on letters, memorabilia, and other sources, Robert Sitton reconstructs Barry’s remarkable life and work, sharing the story of a thoroughly modern muse and mentor to the most influential artists of her day. “Barry mattered to cinema history, and this book makes her life matter as well. Sitton’s sharp biography spans her fascinating times among the literati of post-Victorian Britain to her famed U.S. career, which entailed her virtually founding the influential MoMA Film Library. This is a rich, captivating story that makes an original and significant contribution by giving us the development of a life in film that was so consequential for its serious study of the art.” —Dana Polan, author of Scenes of Instruction: The Beginnings of the U.S. Study of Film, 1915–1935 Robert Sitton
is adjunct professor of media and culture at Maryl-
“Chock full of fascinating detail, this book tells a compelling story about a woman who built institutions and contributed to a way of thinking about film that we take for granted today. It captures the multiple and often overlapping spheres that Barry actively participated in and ultimately shaped: literary modernism, museums, journalism, cinema, archives, and governmental organizations. There is no book that weaves together the threads of her story so thoroughly. The result is a much larger and untold history about art, film, and culture.” —Haidee Wasson, author of Museum Movies: The Museum of Modern Art and the Birth of Art Cinema
hurst University in Portland, Oregon. He has worked on the cultural news staff of the New York Times, as director of film education for the Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, and developed the Northwest Film Study Center of the Portland Art Museum.
$40.00* / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16578-5 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53714-8 A p r i l 512 pages B i o gr a p h y / F i l m S t u d i e s
All Rights Excluding Performance and Merchandising Rights: Columbia University Press; Performance and Merchandising Rights: Literary Artists Representatives c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 37
Must We Kill the Thing We Love?
Emersonian Perfectionism and the Films of Alfred Hitchcock William Rothman
A n e w view o f t he mast er’ s o euvre, fo cusi n g o n h is a mb iva len ce towa rd t he Emerso n ia n way o f t hin ki n g he lo n ged to emb race b ut resist ed fo r the sa ke o f his a rt.
William Rothman argues that the driving force behind Hitchcock’s work was his struggle to reconcile the dark vision of his favorite Oscar Wilde quote, “Each man kills the thing he loves,” with the quintessentially American philosophy, articulated in Emerson’s writings, that gave classical Hollywood movies of the New Deal era their extraordinary combination of popularity and artistic seriousness.
A Hitchcock thriller could be a comedy of remarriage or a melodrama of an unknown woman, both Emersonian genres, except for the murderous villain and godlike author, Hitchcock, who pulls the villain’s strings—and ours. Because Hitchcock believed that the camera has a murderous aspect, the question “What, if anything, justifies killing?,” which every Hitchcock film engages, was for him a disturbing question about his own art. Tracing the trajectory of Hitchcock’s career, Rothman discerns a progression in the films’ meditations on murder and artistic creation. This progression culminates in Marnie (1964), Hitchcock’s most controversial film, in which Hitchcock overcame his ambivalence and fully embraced the Emersonian worldview he had always also resisted.
“In his seminal book, The Murderous Gaze, Rothman emerged as a central voice in the study of Hitchcock with his probing and fine grained analysis of the filmmaker’s style and deep interpretations of his work. This new project builds on the critical premises of this earlier work yet modifies its predominantly ironic view of Hitchcock. Here Rothman argues with critical verve that Hitchcock’s films also contain a redemptive vision of the perfectibility of human nature.” —Richard Allen,
William Rothman
author of Hitchcock’s Romantic Irony © Kitty Morgan
$30.00* / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16603-4 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16602-7 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53730-8 A p r i l 352 pages Film Studies F i l m a n d C u lt u r e S e r i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
38 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
is professor of cinema and
interactive media at the University of Miami. His other books include Hitchcock: The Murderous Gaze; The “I” of the Camera: Essays in Film Criticism, History, and Aesthetics; and Documentary Film Classics.
New Tunisian Cinema
Allegories of Resistance Robert Lang
A pr ovoc ati v e i nv est igat i o n i n to t h e m ost dar i ng of al l A r a b c i n e m as .
Tunisian cinema is described as a model of equipoise between “East” and “West” and the defender of a fierce, sovereign style. Even during the repressive regime of 1987 to 2011, a generation of filmmakers produced allegories of resistance that defied their society’s increasingly illiberal trends.
In New Tunisian Cinema, Robert Lang reads nine critical modern Tunisian films, many by some of the nation’s best-known directors, including Man of Ashes (1986), Bezness (1992), and Making Of (2006) by Nouri Bouzid; Halfaouine (1990) by Férid Boughedir; The Silences of the Palace (1994) by Moufida Tlatli; Essaïda (1997) by Mohamed Zran; Bedwin Hacker (2002) by Nadia El Fani; and The TV Is Coming (2006) by Moncef Dhouib. He explores the political economy and social, historical, and psychoanalytic dimensions of these works and the strategies filmmakers deployed to preserve cinema’s ability to shape debates about national identity. These debates not only helped initiate the 2011 uprising but also did much to inform and articulate the social, political, and cultural aspirations of the Tunisian people in the new millennium. “The decoding of these films as allegories of political
“Lang’s impressive study is a valuable and timely achievement. Through subtle and rich close readings of eight films released between 1986 and 2006, he examines how contemporary Tunisian filmmakers resisted authoritarianism in both the public and private spheres of their society and successfully forged a national cinema that sought to keep in sight the secular and modern vision of their country’s founding
resistance is well argued and draws on an immense
intellectuals.”
wealth of knowledge both theoretical and practical.”
—Hakim Abderrezak, University of Minnesota
—Florence Martin, author of Screens and Veils: Maghrebi Women’s Cinema Robert Lang
is professor of cinema at the
University of Hartford and the author of Masculine © Imma Fernandez
Interests: Homoerotics in Hollywood Film and American Film Melodrama: Griffith, Vidor, Minnelli. $35.00* / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-16507-5 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-16506-8 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53719-3 A p r i l 448 pages Film Studies F i l m a n d C u lt u r e S e r i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 39
Moved by the Past
Discontinuity and Historical Mutation Eelco Runia A pr omin en t Dutch histo ria n up se ts o ur lin ea r co n cep t io n o f t ime a n d even t a n d in t ro duces a n e w way to en visi o n histo ry.
Historians seek to explain why such events as the fall of the Berlin Wall, George W. Bush’s invasion of Iraq, and the introduction of the euro logically develop from what came before. Eelco Runia radically breaks with this tradition, incites us to fully acknowledge the discontinuous nature of discontinuities, and proposes to use the fact that history is propelled by unforeseeable leaps as a starting point for a truly evolutionary conception of history.
“Runia is one of the only scholars I know who is developing a sub stantive philosophy of history and doing so in terms that are accessible to academic readers regardless of discipline. His main ideas about presence, metonymy, discontinuity, and adaptation through radical niche construction deserve a wide readership.” —Michael S. Roth, author of Memory, Trauma, and History: Essays on Living with the Past
Runia identifies two modes of being “moved by the past”: regressive and revolutionary. In the regressive mode, the past can either overwhelm us—as in nostalgia—or provoke us to act out what we believe to be solidly dead. When we are moved by the past in a revolutionary sense, we embody history: we burn our bridges behind us and create accomplished facts we have no choice but to live up to. Runia believes human beings energize their own evolution by habitually creating situations (“catastrophes” or sublime historical events) that put a premium on mutations. In this simple yet radical view, Runia reorients how we think and theorize about history. “Runia’s ability to convey complex ideas about the theory of history in elegant, exciting, and often surprising prose is virtually unmatched, and I have the highest regard for him as a writer, as an original thinker, and as a scholar.” —Ethan Kleinberg, executive editor of History and Theory Eelco Runia
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16820-5 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53757-5 M ay 272 pages H i sto r y / P h i lo s o p h y E u r o p e a n P e rs p e c t i v e s : A S e r i e s i n S o c i a l T h o u g h t a n d C u lt u r a l Cr i t i c i s m
All Rights Except Dutch-language Rights: Columbia University Press; Dutch-language Rights: The Author
40 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
is a novelist and chair of the Centre for Metahistory at
Groningen University in the Netherlands.
History and Popular Memory
The Power of Story in Moments of Crisis Paul A. Cohen A c u ltur al and p o li t i c a l st u dy o f o u r
relati ons h i p to h isto ry i n t i m es o f c r isis .
When people experience a traumatic event, such as war or the threat of annihilation, they often turn to history for stories that promise a positive outcome to their suffering. During World War II, the French took comfort in the story of Joan of Arc and her heroic efforts to rid France of foreign occupation. To bring the Joan narrative more into line with current circumstances, popular retellings modified the original story so that what people believed took place in the past was often quite different from what actually occurred.
Paul A. Cohen believes this interplay between story and history is a worldwide phenomenon found in countries of radically different cultural, religious, and social character. He focuses on Serbia, Israel, the Soviet Union, China, Great Britain, and France, all of which experienced severe crises in the twentieth century and appropriated age-old historical narratives to serve a unifying, restorative purpose. A central theme is the distinction between popular memory and history, which is routinely blurred in people’s minds. The historian’s truth often cannot compete with the power of a compelling story from the past, even when it has been distorted by myth or political manipulation. Cohen concludes that the patterns of interaction he probes, given their near universality, may well be rooted in certain human propensities that transcend cultural difference. Paul A. Cohen
“History and Popular Memory is a superb book. The writing is fluid, the material fascinating, the inter pretive points made gracefully and effectively.” —Jeffrey Wasserstrom, author of China in the Twenty-first Century: What Everyone Needs to Know
is Wasserman Professor of Asian
Studies and History Emeritus at Wellesley College. His books include Discovering History in China: © lisa cohen
American Historical Writing on the Recent Chinese Past and History in Three Keys: The Boxers as Event, Experience, and Myth.
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16636-2 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53729-2 M ay 304 pages H i sto r y
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 41
Capital of Capital
Money, Banking, and Power in New York City Steven H. Jaffe and Jessica Lautin M a pp in g t he o rigin s a n d co n t roversi a l h istory o f t he America n b a n ki n g in dust ry a n d i ts ro le in t he eco n o mic t ra n sfo rmat io n o f New Yo rk Cit y.
From Revolutionary-era bank notes to stock and bond trading during the Civil War to the invention of modern mortgages and the 2008 financial collapse, Capital of Capital explores how New York City gave rise to a banking industry that in turn made the American and world economies. In addition to exploring the contentious evolution of the banking industry, the book examines the role of banks in making New York City an international economic center and its influence on America’s economy, politics, society, and culture. Based on a major exhibit at the Museum of the City of New York, Capital of Capital profiles the key leaders and critics of banking, such as Alexander Hamilton, the Rockefellers, and the Occupy Wall Street protesters. The book also covers the events and controversies that have shaped the history of banking and includes a fascinating array of primary materials ranging from speeches and political documents to advertisements and journalistic accounts. Lavishly illustrated, Capital of Capital provides a multifaceted, original understanding of the profound impact of banking on the life of New York City and the world’s economy. Steven H. Jaffe
is a writer and historian specializing in the history
of New York City. His previous books include New York at War: Four Centuries of Combat, Fear, and Intrigue in Gotham and Who Were the Founding Fathers? Two Hundred Years of Reinventing American History. Jessica Lautin
is a Andrew W. Mellon Postdoctoral Curatorial Fellow
at the Museum of the City of New York and was curator of the exhibit $45.00* cloth 978-0-231-16910-3 $44.99 ebook 978-0-231-53771-1 M ay 288 pages / 150 illustrations H i sto r y / E c o n o m i c s Co lu m b i a S t u d i e s i n t h e H i sto ry o f U . S . C a p i ta l i s m
English-language Rights in the United States: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Museum of the City of New York
42 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
on which this book is based.
Jerusalem Unbound
Geography, History, and the Future of the Holy City Michael Dumper Ma king se nse of Je r u sa le m ’ s m a n y, o ft e n ove r l ap p i ng b or d e r s to be t t e r u n d e r sta n d its p ossi b l e f utur e .
The lines delineating Israeli authority in Jerusalem are frequently different from those delineating segregated housing, areas of service provision, or national electoral districts of competing educational jurisdictions. The city’s holy sites and restricted religious compounds create enclaves that continually threaten to undermine the Israeli state’s authority and control. This lack of congruity between political control and the actual spatial organization and everyday use of the city leaves many areas of occupied East Jerusalem in a kind of twilight zone where citizenship, property rights, and the enforcement of the rule of law are ambiguously applied.
Michael Dumper plots a history of Jerusalem that examines this intersecting and multileveled matrix, revealing the constraints on Israeli control and the resilience of Palestinian enclaves after forty-five years of Israeli occupation. Adding to this mix are the external religious, political, financial, and cultural influences that turn Jersualem into a crucible for broader contestation. While the Palestinians may not return to their previous preeminence in the city, neither will Israel be able to assert a total and irreversible dominance. Dumper argues the city will have to be shared according to these borders and the interplay among history, geography, and religion. Michael Dumper
“Starting from the proposition that boundaries, whether social or political, are pervasive but porous, Dumper has written an admirable and engaging account of developments over the past decade or so that affect Jerusalem and reflects upon the impact these might have on the future of the city.” —Iain Scobbie, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
is professor in Middle East
politics at the University of Exeter and the author © Razan Makhlouf
of The Future of the Palestinian Refugees; The Politics of Sacred Space: The Old City of Jerusalem and the Middle East Conflict, 1967–2000; and The Politics of Jerusalem Since 1967.
$35.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16196-1 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53735-3 M ay 336 pages M i d d l e s E a st S t u d i e s / P o l i t i c s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 43
A Daughter’s Memoir of Burma Wendy Law-Yone
With a Foreword by David I. Steinberg A n a dven t ure sto ry, a love sto ry, a n d a po li tica l memo ir se t aga in st Burma’ s t urb ulen t t w e nt iet h- cen t ury histo ry.
Wendy Law-Yone was fifteen at the time of Burma’s military coup in 1962. The daughter of Ed Law-Yone, daredevil proprietor of Rangoon Nation, Burma’s leading postwar English-language daily, she experienced firsthand the perils and promises of a newly independent Burma.
On the eve of Wendy’s studies abroad, Ed LawYone was arrested, his newspaper was shut down, and Wendy was briefly imprisoned. After his release, Ed fled to Thailand with his family, where he formed a government-in-exile and tried, unsuccessfully, to foment a revolution. Emigrating to America with his wife and children, Ed never gave up hope that Burma would adopt a new democratic government. While he died disappointed, he left in his daughter’s care an illuminating trove of papers documenting the experiences of an eccentric, ambitious, humorous, and determined patriot, vividly recounting the realities of colonial rule, Japanese occupation, postwar reconstruction, and military dictatorship. This book tells the twin histories of Law-Yone’s kin and country, a nation whose vicissitudes continue to intrigue the world.
“A rich portrait of a family equally rich in spirit and mind, and for those of us less familiar with the complicated history of Burma . . . the book serves as a fast-paced yet thorough crash course in Burma’s post-colonial politics.” —Asian Review of Books
“An unexpectedly delightful memoir . . . compelling yet delicate.” —Literary Review
Wendy Law-Yone
is the author of The Road
to Wanting, Irrawaddy Tango, and The Coffin Tree. © Vanessa Gavalya
Her short stories have appeared in Grand Street and literary anthologies, and her book reviews and articles in the Times Literary Supplement, the Washington Post, Atlantic Monthly, Architectural Digest, and Time magazine. Her awards and honors have included a National Endowment for the Arts creative writing fellowship, a Harvard Foundation award, and a David T. K. Wong creative writing fellowship at the University of East Anglia in Norwich. She lives in London.
$30.00* cloth 978-0-231-16936-3 $29.99 ebook 978-0-231-53780-3 J u ly 336 pages M e m o i r / S o u t h As i a n S t u d i e s
English-language Rights in North America: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Susanna Lea Associates
44 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
The Sarashina Diary
A Woman’s Life in Eleventh-Century Japan Sugawara no Takasue no Musume Translated, with an Introduction, by Sonja Arntzen and Itō Moriyuki A n e w tr ans l ati on o f a Ja pa n ese d i a ry c lassic that c ap tur es th e ly r i c a l r i c h n ess o f t h e original te xt wh i le r e v e a li n g i ts s u bt le st ru c tur e and i r o n i c m e a n i n g .
A thousand years ago, a young Japanese girl embarked on a journey from the wild East Country to the capital. She began a diary she would continue for the next forty years and compile later on in life to bring prestige to her family. Some aspects of the author’s life and text seem modern. She married late and identified more as a writer than as a wife and mother. Enthralled by romantic fiction, she wrote extensively about the disillusioning blows reality can deal to fantasy. The Sarashina Diary is a portrait of the writer as reader and a tribute to the power of reading to shape one’s expectations and aspirations. It presages the medieval era in Japan with its deep concern for Buddhist belief and practice. The narrative’s main thread follows a trajectory from youthful infatuation to the disillusionment of age and concern for the afterlife. This translation and its introduction draw attention to the diary’s poetry and the juxtaposition of poetic passages and narrative prose, which brings metameanings into play. The translators’ commentary offers insight into the author’s family and world, as well as the fascinating textual legacy of her work.
“As the first translation to do justice to the complexity of the Sarashina nikki, Arntzen’s work offers a fresh perspective into premodern Japanese diary literature as well as an accessible yet scholarly window into Heian culture, the life of one woman, and the transformation of a life into literature.” —Christina Laffin, author of Rewriting Medieval Japanese Women
“A significant contribution to the field. The introduction provides the most thorough analysis of this canonical
is professor emerita of literature at the University of
text in English.”
Toronto and the University of Alberta. She is the author of Ikkyū and the
—Joshua Mostow,
Sonja Arntzen
Crazy Cloud Anthology: A Zen Poet of Medieval Japan and The Kagerō Diary: A Woman’s Autobiographical Text from Tenth-Century Japan. Moriyuki Itō
University of British Columbia
is professor of Japanese literature at Gakushûin
Women’s College, Tokyo. His book, Sarashina nikki Kenkyû (Research on the Sarashina Diary), is recognized as a definitive work on the subject.
$40.00* / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16718-5 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53745-2 A u g u s t 272 pages J a pa n e s e L i t e r at u r e T r a n s l at i o n s fr o m t h e As i a n C l a ss i c s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 45
Time and the Other
How Anthropology Makes Its Object
Johannes Fabian
Kant and the Meaning of Religion Terry F. Godlove
“A distinctive and original contribution to the current
Foreword by Matti Bunzl and with a
interest in Kant’s relevance for philosophy of religion.
New Postscript by the Author
Rather than focusing on Kant’s concept of God and philosophical theology, Godlove shows how his
“A radical epistemological critique of
epistemology and reflection on the role of concepts
anthropological writing.”
in experience can illumine topics in the study of
—George Marcus, University of California, Irvine
religion. His reading of Kant is informed by issues
Time and the Other is a classic work that upended the relationship between anthropologists and their subjects and reoriented the approach literary critics, philosophers, and historians took to the study of humankind. Johannes Fabian challenges the assumption that anthropologists live in the “here and now,” that their objects live in the “there and then,” and that the “other” exists in a time not contemporary with our own. He finds in the history of anthropology the emergence, transformation, and differentiation of a variety of uses of time that set specific parameters between power and inequality. A new postscript revisits conceptions of the “other” and attempts to produce and represent the knowledge of other(s). Johannes Fabian
raised by Nietzsche, Geuss, Brandom, and McDowell, among others, and by recent theorists of religion. I recommend it highly.” —Wayne Proudfoot, Columbia University
Terry F. Godlove argues Kant’s theoretical philosophy, also called “the critical philosophy,” contains resources with implications extending far beyond monotheism and its beliefs. Focusing on the philosopher’s account of experience and his argument that human perception of incomplete and finite concepts can yield genuine knowledge and insight, Godlove subtly uses Kant’s “humanizing project” to reshape the discipline. Terry F. Godlove
is professor of philosophy at
Hofstra University.
is professor of cultural anthropology
and nonwestern sociology at the University of Amsterdam. $30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16927-1 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16926-4 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53748-3 A p r i l 272 pages
$30.00 paper 978-0-231-17033-8 $90.00 cloth 978-0-231-17032-1 $29.99 ebook 978-0-231-53798-8 J u n e 192 pages R e l i g i o n / P h i lo s o p h y
A n t h r o p o lo g y / P h i lo s o p h y
English-language Rights in the North America:
All Rights: Columbia University Press
Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: I.B. Tauris
46 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Our Broad Present
Time and Contemporary Culture Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht An i nte r nati onal ly acc la i m e d t h e o r ist e xa m i n es the conse que nc es o f o u r c h a n gin g r e lat i o n s hip to ti m e and s pac e .
Considering present-day phenomena, from the immediacy effects of literature to hypercommunication, globalization, and sports, Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht notes an important shift in our relationship to history and time. Although we continue to use concepts inherited from a “historicist” viewpoint, a notion of time articulated in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the actual construction of time in which we live, which shapes our perceptions, experiences, and actions, is no longer historicist. We now inhabit an unnamed space in which the “closed future” and “ever-available past” (a past we have not managed to leave behind) produce an “everbroadening present of simultaneities.”
This profound change to a key dimension of our existence has complex consequences for the way in which we think about ourselves and our relation to the material world. At the same time, the ubiquity of digital media has eliminated our tactile sense of physical space, altering our perception of our world. Gumbrecht draws on his mastery of the philosophy of language to enrich his everyday observations, traveling to Disneyland, a small town in Louisiana, and the center of Vienna to produce striking sketches of our broad presence in the world.
“A timely and crucial contribution to the ongoing debate in the humanities about the effects of globalization upon contemporary Western culture. It unfolds a rich and colorful tapestry of the emerging cultural practices that increasingly define our social communities and individual human behavior. It is a marvelous book full of original ideas by one of the most important thinkers in the humanities today.” —Carsten Strathausen, University of Missouri
“An original contribution not only for its philosophical insights but also for the cultural analysis of our time.” —Santiago Zabala, University of Barcelona Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht
is a German-born American literary
theorist and the Albert Guérard Professor of Literature at Stanford Cannot Convey, Living at the Edge of Time, and Making Sense in Life
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-16361-3 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16360-6 $24.99 / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-53761-2
and Literature.
J u n e 144 pages
University. He is the author of Production of Presence, What Meaning
C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s / P h i lo s o p h y I n s u rr e c t i o n s : Cr i t i c a l S t u d i e s i n R e l i g i o n , P o l i t i c s , a n d C u lt u r e
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Suhrkamp Verlag c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 47
Ne w i n P a p e r
Drinking History
Fifteen Turning Points in the Making of American Beverages Andrew F. Smith “Full of rewarding details, each chapter of Drinking History tells a concise, compelling tale likely to inspire further, more expansive investigations.” —Times Literary Supplement
“Pour yourself a cup of tea, a glass of milk, or a chilled martini and be prepared to sip your way through a compelling history of what and why we drink. This scholarly and highly readable work on the 400year history of beverages in America is a must-read for every culinary historian and anyone interested in an informative and entertaining story. Surprising facts pop up and fizz on every page.” —Joseph M. Carlin, author of Cocktails: A Global History
A companion to Andrew F. Smith’s critically acclaimed and popular Eating History: Thirty Turning Points in the Making of American Cuisine, this volume recounts the individuals, ingredients, corporations, controversies, and myriad events responsible for America’s diverse and complex beverage scene. Smith revisits the country’s major historical moments—colonization, the American Revolution, the Whiskey Rebellion, the temperance movement, Prohibition, and its repeal—and he tracks the growth of the American beverage industry throughout the world. The result is an intoxicating encounter with an often overlooked aspect of American culture and global influence. “You are what you drink, even more than what you eat, so this sweeping saga of American spirits, juices, sodas, teas, coffees, and waters is in reality an entertaining social, political, and cultural foray through American history, featuring an entertaining assortment of imbibers and teetotalers.” —Mark Pendergrast, author of For God, Country, and CocaCola: The Definitive History of the Great American Soft Drink and the Company That Makes It Andrew F. Smith
teaches food history at the New School in Manhat-
tan. He is the author or editor of twenty-three books, including Eating History: Thirty Turning Points in the Making of American Cuisine. $19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15117-7 J u n e 3 3 6 pages F o o d H i sto r y
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15116-0 Arts a n d T r a d i t i o n s o f t h e Ta b l e : P e rs p e c t i v e s o n C u l i n a ry H i sto ry
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Anderson Literary Agency
48 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
Creamy and Crunchy
An Informal History of Peanut Butter, the All-American Food Jon Krampner “Enjoyable and informative.” —New Yorker
In Creamy and Crunchy are the stories of Jif, Skippy, Peter Pan; the plight of black peanut farmers; the resurgence of natural or old-fashioned peanut butter; the reasons why Americans like peanut butter better than (almost) anyone else; the five ways that today’s product is different from the original; the role of peanut butter in fighting Third World hunger; and the salmonella outbreaks of 2007 and 2009, which threatened peanut butter’s sacred place in the American cupboard. To a surprising extent, the story of peanut butter is the story of twentieth-century America, and Jon Krampner writes its first popular history, rich with anecdotes and facts culled from interviews, research, travels in the peanut-growing regions of the South, personal stories, and recipes.
“Comprehensive and entertaining.” —Library Journal
“A fast-paced, entertaining, and wonderfully gossipy look at the history of everything about peanut butter, from nutrition to allergies and genetic modification— and with recipes, yet. Everyone who loves peanut butter will want to read this book.” —Marion Nestle, New York University Jon Krampner
“A wonderful guide to the many paradoxes of this all-American food.” —Times Literary Supplement
“A lively and entertaining book.” —The Columbus Dispatch
“Well written . . . witty.” —Washington Monthly
“An excellent, convincing book written in a casual, journalistic, almost folksy style that cleverly disguises the real research done for it.” —Noël Riley Fitch, author of Appetite for Life: The Biography of Julia Child
is also the author of The Man in the Shadows: Fred
Coe and the Golden Age of Television and Female Brando: The Legend of Kim Stanley.
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-16233-3 J u n e 320 pages F o o d H i sto r y
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-16232-6 Arts a n d T r a d i t i o n s o f t h e Ta b l e : P e rs p e c t i v e s o n C u l i n a ry H i sto ry
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 49
Ne w i n P a p e r
The Making of Lee Boyd Malvo The D.C. Sniper
Carmeta Albarus, MSW, LCSW, with forensic analysis by Jonathan H. Mack, Psy.D. “If you want a sense of the damage a broken life can create for innocent victims decades later, read this book.” —The Atlantic
“One of the more interesting aspects of the book is its lengthy excerpts from Malvo’s writings, poetry, and artwork, which reveal an introspective youth trying to make sense of his crimes.” —Washington Post
“Fascinating.” —Publishers Weekly
“A good book for readers interested in criminal justice, psychology, and social work.” —Library Journal
In 2002, a series of sniper attacks paralyzed the Washington Beltway, turning gas stations, parking lots, restaurants, and school grounds into chaotic killing fields. The perpetrators were forty-one-yearold John Allen Muhammad and his seventeen-yearold protégé, Lee Boyd Malvo. Called in to serve on Malvo’s defense team, Carmeta Albarus was instructed to uncover any information that might help mitigate the death sentence the teen faced. In this carefully documented account, Albarus details the nature of Malvo’s tragic attachment to his perceived “hero father,” his indoctrination, and his subsequent dissociation. Jonathan H. Mack analyzes the underlying processes that led to Malvo’s dissociation and turn toward serial violence. “Illuminating, especially when Albarus describes what it was like to pierce Malvo’s shield and help wrest his psyche from Muhammad.” —Newark Star Ledger Carmeta Albarus, MSW, LCSW,
is a forensic social worker of
national prominence with more than twenty years of experience as a mitigation specialist. Jonathan H. Mack, Psy.D.,
is a forensic and clinical neuropsycholo-
gist and psychologist with a national reputation as a specialist in the forensic neuropsychological and psychological assessment of homicide cases.
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-14311-0 A p r i l 288 pages p s yc h o lo g y / s o c i a l w o r k
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-14310-3
All Rights: Columbia University Press
50 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
Bonded Labor
Tackling the System of Slavery in South Asia Siddharth Kara “A valuable resource for policy makers, human-rights activists, legal experts, and academics, as well as for businesses with supply chains in developing countries. It deserves attention, and should inspire the eradication of the insidious crime of enslavement.” —Asia Literary Review
Drawing on eleven years of research in India, Nepal, Bangladesh, and Pakistan, Siddharth Kara delves into an ancient and ever-evolving mode of slavery that ensnares roughly six out of every ten slaves in the world and generates billions in profits. In addition to providing a thorough economic, historical, and legal overview of bonded labor, Kara uncovers the brutish realities of such industries as hand-woven-carpet making, tea and rice farming, construction, brick manufacture, and frozen-shrimp production. He describes the violent enslavement of millions of impoverished men, women, and children who toil in the production of numerous products at minimal cost to the global market. He also follows supply chains directly to Western consumers, vividly connecting regional bonded labor practices to the appetites of the world. “Beyond sobering, disturbing, yet so well and humanly written. The solutions proposed are the clearest in relegating this modern-day slavery, finally, to history.”
“Passionate . . . yet data-driven and absent of sensationalism, Kara’s spotlight on debt bondage, ‘at once the most ancient and most contemporary face of human servitude,’ warrants profound attention.” —Publishers Weekly
“A beautifully lucid, compelling mixture of history, investigative journalism, personal testimony, and trenchant socioeconomic criticism.” —Jacqueline Bhabha, Harvard University
—Erica Stone, president, American Himalayan Foundation Siddharth Kara
is one of the world’s foremost experts on human
trafficking and contemporary slavery. He is the first fellow on human trafficking with the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard Univer-
“A tool for a slave-free future.” —Ruchira Gupta, president/founder, Apne Aap Women Worldwide
sity and a fellow on forced labor at the Harvard School of Public Health.
$22.00 / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-15849-7 M ay 336 pages I n t e r n at i o n a l R e l at i o n s / e c o n o m i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15848-0
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 51
Ne w i n P a p e r
Serendipities
Language and Lunacy Umberto Eco Translated by William Weaver “Erudite, wide-ranging, and slyly humorous. . . . The literary examples Eco employs range from Dante to Dumas, from Sterne to Spillane. His text is thought-provoking, often outright funny, and full of surprising juxtapositions.” —The Atlantic
“Informative, instructive, and entertaining. . . . Once again we see the master of docere et delectare who can tackle linguistic and philosophical issues exploiting historical and scientific data combined with literary and fictional stories and anecdotes.”
Umberto Eco unlocks the riddles of history in an exploration of the “linguistics of the lunatic,” stories told by scholars, scientists, poets, fanatics, and ordinary people in order to make sense of the world. In a careful unraveling of the fabulous and the false, he shows us how serendipities—unanticipated truths—often spring from mistaken ideas. Eco reveals a rich history of linguistic endeavor that sought to “heal the wound of Babel.” In closing, he considers the erroneous notion of linguistic perfection and observes that the dangers we face lie not in the rules we use to interpret other cultures but in our insistence on making these rules absolute. “Informative, intellectually sophisticated, and
—World Literature Today
“Fans of Eco’s novels will not be left dissatisfied—his fictional players are still present: Templars, Illuminati, Jesuits, Theosophists, and Masons. They all have a part in this intriguing look at how the study of language can be full of surprises.” —Booklist
thoroughly entertaining.” —Library Journal
“This collection will certainly appeal to specialists. But Eco’s ability to balance technical subject matter with broadly intelligible anecdotes and illustrations should make it valuable and pleasurable for anyone seeking a gallant introduction to the philosophy of language.” —Publishers Weekly Umberto Eco
is the author of five best-selling novels and numerous
collections of essays. He is a professor of semiotics at the University of $17.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-11135-5 M ay 128 pages L i n g u i st i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 1998 978-0-231-11134-8 Ita l i a n Ac a d e m y L e c t u r e s
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author
52 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Bologna and lives in Italy.
Ne w i n P a p e r
Losing Control?
Sovereignty in an Age of Globalization Saskia Sassen
What determines the flow of labor and capital in our new global information economy? Who has the capacity to coordinate this new system, to create a measure of order? And what happens to territoriality and sovereignty? Examining the rise of private transnational legal codes and supranational institutions such as the World Trade Organization and universal human rights covenants, Saskia Sassen argues that sovereignty remains an important feature of the international system but that a profound transformation is taking place, a partial denationalizing of national territory. Two arenas stand out: the global capital market and the series of codes and institutions that have mushroomed into an international human rights regime. As Sassen shows, these two realms now have the power and legitimacy to demand accountability from national governments, though both depend upon the state to enforce their goals.
From the economic policy shifts forced by the Mexico debt crisis to the recurring battles over immigration and refugees around the world, Losing Control? presents an incisive overview of the affairs radically altering world governance in an era of globalization. Saskia Sassen
“Sassen is particularly concerned with the transformation wrought by globalization on the national state and its basic attributes: sovereignty, exclusive territoriality, and citizenship. She does a fine job of outlining the positive and negative aspects of this process.” —World Affairs
is the Robert S. Lynd Professor of Sociology and
cochairs the Committee on Global Thought at Columbia University. Her recent books are Territory, Authority, Rights: From Medieval to Global Assemblages and A Sociology of Globalization.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-10609-2 A p r i l 128 pages p o l i t i c s / i n t e r n at i o n a l r e l at i o n s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 1996 978-0-231-10608-5 L e o n a r d H a st i n gs S c h o ff L e c t u r e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 53
Ne w i n P a p e r
Race in a Bottle
The Story of BiDil and Racialized Medicine in a Post-Genomic Age Jonathan Kahn “Tackle[s] one of the most important concerns pertaining to race facing our society today. . . . Must-read material.” —New Scientist
“Extraordinary.” —BioPolitical Times
“Kahn deserves credit for teasing out all the daunting complexities behind these events, including the details of genetic analysis, the perils of racial determinations, and the minutiae of patent law.”
At a ceremony announcing the first draft of the human genome in 2000, President Bill Clinton declared, “I believe one of the great truths to emerge from this triumphant expedition inside the human genome is that in genetic terms, all human beings, regardless of race, are more than 99.9 percent the same.” Yet biomedical research has focused increasingly on mapping that .1 percent of difference. This trend is exemplified by the drug BiDil, the first drug with a race-specific indication on its label. Using BiDil as a central case study, Jonathan Kahn examines the distinct politics informing the use of race in medicine and the very real health disparities caused by racism and social injustice that are now being cast as a mere function of genetic difference. “At a time when the ties between scientific
—New York Times
researchers and the pharmaceutical industry are
“A powerful saga packed with
becoming ever more entangled, Race in a Bottle
engrossing twists and turns of plot and filled with food for thought and
provides valuable insights into the consequences of these connections for health and health care—
debate on the politics and health
and, importantly, for what passes as knowledge.”
implications of racial perception.”
—GeneWatch
—Midwest Book Review
Jonathan Kahn
is professor of law at the Hamline University
School of Law in St. Paul, Minnesota.
$27.00* / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-16299-9 A u g u s t 328 pages p u b l i c H e a lt h / P o l i t i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-16298-2
All Rights: Columbia University Press
54 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
River Republic
The Fall and Rise of America’s Rivers Daniel McCool “An easy read that raises important questions about politics, money, and development along U.S. rivers while providing vibrant accounts of restoration projects all across the country.” —H–Environment
Daniel McCool not only chronicles the history of water development agencies in America and the way in which special interests have abused rather than preserved the country’s rivers, he also narrates the second, brighter act in this ongoing story: the surging, grassroots movement to bring these rivers back to life and ensure they remain pristine for future generations.
The politics of river restoration demonstrates how strong grassroots movements can challenge entrenched powers and win. Through passion and dedication, ordinary people are reclaiming the American landscape, forming a “river republic” of concerned citizens from all backgrounds and sectors of society. As McCool shows, the history, culture, and fate of America is tied to its rivers, and their restoration is a microcosm mirroring American beliefs, livelihoods, and an increasing awareness of environmental degradation. “A broad, up-to-date, hopeful view of our nation’s rivers.” —Kirkus Reviews Daniel McCool
“McCool tempers the flow of statistics and environmental facts with liberal doses of wit and colorful anecdotes while offering a reassuring account of working-class citizens triumphing in a timely cause.” —Booklist
“Well-researched and well-written.” —Choice
“McCool leaves us inspired and hopeful for a happy ending.” —Michael Brune, executive director, Sierra Club
is the director of the Environmental and Sustainabil-
ity Studies Program and a professor in the Political Science Department at the University of Utah.
$26.00* / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-16131-2 J u ly 408 pages E n v i r o n m e n ta l S t u d i e s / P o l i t i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-16130-5
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 55
Ne w i n P a p e r
Troubled Apologies Among Japan, Korea, and the United States Alexis Dudden
“Dudden engagingly explores how the nexus of politics, war memory, and apology shapes
The China Threat
Memories, Myths, and Realities in the 1950s Nancy Bernkopf Tucker
“A crisply written, judicious, and comprehensive
contemporary trilateral relations between Korea,
appraisal of the Eisenhower administration’s policy
Japan, and the United States.”
towards China.”
—Japan Times
—H–War
Examining the interplay between political apology and apologetic history, Alexis Dudden focuses on the problematic relationship binding Japanese imperialism, South Korean state building, and American power in Asia. She examines this history through diplomatic, cultural, and social considerations in the postwar era and argues that the process of apology has created a knot from which none of these countries can escape without undoing decades of mythmaking.
Nancy Bernkopf Tucker provocatively argues that the Eisenhower administration’s hostile rhetoric and tough actions toward China obscure the president’s actual views. Behind the scenes, Eisenhower and his secretary of state pursued a more nuanced approach better suited to China’s specific challenges and the stabilization of the global community.
“Rich with insights.” —Journal of World History Alexis Dudden
is associate professor of history and
director of humanitarian studies, University of Connecticut.
“Any collection strong in China culture and politics or U.S. political history will find this a winning addition.” —Midwest Book Review Nancy Bernkopf Tucker
(1948–2012) was professor
of history at Georgetown University and the Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service and a senior scholar at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars.
$27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-14177-2
$27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15925-8
M a r c h 184 pages
M a r c h 312 pages
A m e r i c a n H i sto r y / E a st As i a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
A m e r i c a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2008 978-0-231-14176-5
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15924-1
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
56 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
Memories of Life in Lhasa Under Chinese Rule
Never Forget National Humiliation
Translated and with an Introduction
Historical Memory in Chinese Politics and Foreign Relations
by Matthew Akester
Zheng Wang
Tubten Khétsun
“A welcome and informative addition on this little-
“A valuable, and often lively, account of a crucial
understood and highly polemicized subject.”
aspect of modern China.”
—Times Literary Supplement
—Financial Times
Born in 1941, Tubten Khétsun is a nephew of the Gyatso Tashi Khendrung, one of the senior government officials taken prisoner after the Tibetan peoples’ uprising of March 10, 1959. His eloquent autobiography is one of the most dispassionate, detailed, and readable firsthand descriptions yet published of Tibet under the communist occupation. “Evocatively written and beautifully translated.” —China Review International
“A powerful indictment of the physical and psychological exploitation of the Tibetan people and natural environment in the service of building a ‘new’ China.” —Journal of Asian Studies Matthew Akester
is an independent researcher and
translator working in the field of Tibetan history.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-14287-8 M a r c h 344 pages S o u t h As i a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2007 978-0-231-14286-1
How could the CCP not only survive but thrive, regaining the support of many Chinese citizens, after the Tiananmen Square crackdown? Zheng Wang follows the Communist government’s ideological reeducation of the public, which portrays China as the victim of foreign imperialist bullying during “one hundred years of humiliation.” By concentrating on the telling and teaching of history, Wang illuminates the thinking of the patriots who will lead this power in the twenty-first century. “A must for any serious library collection on Asia. Essential.” —Choice Zheng Wang
is an associate professor in the
John C. Whitehead School of Diplomacy and International Relations at Seton Hall University.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-14891-7 M a r c h 312 pages E a st As i a n S t u d i e s / I n t e r n at i o n a l R e l at i o n s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-14890-0
All Rights Except Tibetan-language Rights: Columbia University Press;
Co n t e m p o r a ry As i a i n t h e Wo r l d
Tibetan-language Rights: The Author
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 57
Ne w i n P a p e r
Until the Fires Stopped Burning
9/11 and New York City in the Words and Experiences of Survivors and Witnesses Charles B. Strozier “Strozier’s intimate yet comprehensive, visceral,
Picturing Algeria Pierre Bourdieu
“Essential reading for those who are interested in the link between colonial politics and ethnographic practices.”
and intellectual dissection of ten years of trauma,
—Arab Studies Journal
fear, and recovery is full of pain and mystery,
As a French soldier, Pierre Bourdieu took thousands of photographs documenting the abject conditions and suffering (as well as the resourcefulness, determination, grace, and dignity) of the Algerian people as they fought in the Algerian War (1954–1962). Bourdieu became deeply and permanently invested in Algerians’ struggle to overthrow French rule and the debilitations of poverty, and this volume pairs 130 of his photographs with key excerpts from his related writings.
radiance and strength.” —Booklist
Based on the testimony of survivors, bystanders, spectators, and victim’s friends and families, Until the Fires Stopped Burning brings much-needed clarity to the conscious and unconscious meaning of 9/11 and its relationship to historical disaster, apocalyptic experience, unnatural death, and the psychological endurance of trauma. Strozier interprets and contextualizes the memories of witnesses and compares their encounter to the devastation of Hiroshima, Auschwitz, Katrina, and other events Kai Erikson has called a “new species of trouble” in the world. Charles B. Strozier ,
a historian and psychoanalyst, is
professor of history at the John Jay College of Criminal
“A seminal work . . . strongly recommended reading.” —Midwest Book Review Pierre Bourdieu
(1930–2002) served as chair of sociol-
ogy at the College de France and authored numerous works, including The Social Structures of the Economy; The Weight of the World: Social Suffering in Contemporary Society; and The Rules of Art: Genesis and Structure of the Literary Field.
Justice in New York City and directs its Center on Terrorism.
$22.00* / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-14843-6 $22.00* / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-15899-2
J u ly 248 pages / illustrated throughout
A u g u s t 312 pages
S o c i o lo g y
Ps yc h o lo g y / C u rr e n t Ev e n ts
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-14842-9
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2011 978-0-231-15898-5
A Co lu m b i a / S S R C B o o k
All Rights Excluding Audio Rights: Columbia University Press;
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;
Audio Rights: Janklow Nesbit & Associates
All Other Rights: Camera Austria and Fondation Pierre Bourdieu
58 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
Foundations of the American Century
The Ford, Carnegie, and Rockefeller Foundations in the Rise of American Power Inderjeet Parmar
“An interesting and richly detailed story about how elite networks function in democratic societies such
Globalectics
Theory and the Politics of Knowing ~ ~ Ng ugi wa Thiong’o
“An outstandingly succinct, grounded, and widereaching study that will be of interest, and an inspiration, to many scholars, especially those working and teaching in the fields of globalization and of postcolonial and comparative literary studies.”
as America’s, and how they can further particular
—Modern Langauge Review
agendas at home and abroad.”
Ng~ugi~ wa Thiong’o confronts issues integral to his work, which deploys a strategy of imagery, language, folklore, and character to “decolonize the mind.” He addresses the politics of language in African writing; linguistic imperialism and literature’s ability to resist it; the tension between national and world literature; and the role of the literary curriculum in reaffirming and undermining the dominance of the Western canon.
—International Affairs
This provocative study of the ideologically motivated, big-business-dominated, expansionist impulses of American philanthropy reveals the interrelations, shared mindsets, and collaborative efforts of public and private organizations in building American hegemony. Focusing on the involvement of the Ford, Rockefeller, and Carnegie foundations in U.S. foreign affairs, the book traces the transformation of America into the world’s only superpower and concludes with a discussion of current philanthropic organizations such as the Gates Foundation. Inderjeet Parmar
is professor of international politics
at City University London.
“In an ever-shrinking world, this book demonstrated the need to understand the similarities and differences in the stories we tell each other.” —Publishers Weekly ~ ~ Ng ugi wa Thiong’o
is Distinguished Professor of
Comparative Literature and English at the University of California, Irvine. $20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-15951-7 A p r i l 120 pages
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-14629-6 J u ly 368 pages P o l i t i c s / A m e r i c a n H i sto r y
Literary Studies
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15950-0 T h e W e l l e k L i b r a ry L e c t u r e s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-14628-9
All Rights Except East African Rights: Columbia University Press;
All Rights: Columbia University Press
East African Rights: Watkins/Loomis Agency c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 59
Ne w i n P a p e r
Literature and Film in American Showman Cold War South Korea Samuel “Roxy” Rothafel
Freedom’s Frontier
Theodore Hughes A Ch o ice O utsta n d i n g Ac ad e m i c Ti tl e
Theodore Hughes puts neglected Korean literary texts, art, and film into conversation with studies on Japanese imperialism and Korea’s colonial history, and he locates post-1945 South Korean cultural production within the transnational circulation of texts, ideas, and images that took place in the first three decades of the Cold War. “Head and shoulders above its competition.”
Ross Melnick Winner of the “Book of the Year” Award, the Theatre Historical Society of America
Samuel “Roxy” Rothafel (1882–1936) helped engineer the integration of film, music, and live performance in silent film exhibition; pioneered the convergence of film, broadcasting, and music publishing and recording; and helped movies become the dominant form of mass entertainment.
Aesthetics, Politics, Utopia Stephen Eric Bronner
Stephen Eric Bronner revisits the modernist project’s groundbreaking innovations, experimental imagination, and utopian politics. Reading the artistic and intellectual achievements of the movement’s leading figures against larger social, political, and cultural trends, he follows the rise of a flawed yet salient effort at liberation and its confrontation with modernity. “An erudite, wide-ranging, and provocative exploration of the twentieth-century avant-garde in all of its rich and multifaceted
—Cross Currents Theodore Hughes
and the Birth of the Entertainment Industry, 1908–1935
Modernism at the Barricades
“Eye-poppingly informative.” is associate
professor of modern Korean literature at Columbia University.
—Washington Post Ross Melnick
is assistant professor
of film and media studies at the University of California, Santa Barbara.
guises and incarnations.” —Richard Wolin, CUNY Stephen Eric Bronner
is Distin-
guished Professor of Political Science at Rutgers University.
$27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15749-0
$28.00* / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-15905-0
$26.00 / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-15823-7
M a r c h 304 pages
MA r c h 576 pages
J u ly 216 pages
Literary Studies / Film Studies
Film Studies / Media Studies
Literary Studies / Politics
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15748-3
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15904-3
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-15822-0
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
60 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
Hermeneutic Communism
A Farewell to Truth
Gianni Vattimo and
Translated by William McCuaig
From Heidegger to Marx Santiago Zabala
“A refreshing alternative to the hegemonic discourse, a breath of fresh air from the violent imposition of ‘metaphysics’ by those in power.” —Ceasefire Magazine
Separating communism from its metaphysical foundations in an abiding faith in the immutable laws of history and an almost holy conception of the proletariat, this volume recasts Marx’s theories at a time when capitalism’s metaphysical moorings in technology, empire, and industrialization are buckling. The book adopts an antifoundationalist stance drawn from the hermeneutic thought of Martin Heidegger, Jacques Derrida, and Richard Rorty. “Action-packed.”
Foreword by Robert T. Valgenti “Clearly written, rigorously yet passionately argued, A Farewell to Truth is Vattimo’s exciting philosophical manifesto for a credible political liberation.” —Silvia Benso, Rochester Insitute of Technology
Gianni Vattimo engages with the consequences for democracy of our changing conception of politics and truth, such as a reluctance to ground politics in science, economics, and technology. Yet in Vattimo’s conception, a farewell to truth can benefit democracy, exposing the issues that underlie all objective claims. By accounting for the cultural paradigms of others, a more “truthful” society becomes possible. “Everyone will find in this highly readable volume a stimulating incitement to further thought and animated debate.”
—Asia Times Gianni Vattimo
Gianni Vattimo
is emeritus professor of philosophy at
the University of Turin. Santiago Zabala
is ICREA Research Professor at the
University of Barcelona. $22.00* / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-15803-9
—Thomas G. Guarino, Seton Hall University Gianni Vattimo
is emeritus professor of philosophy at
the University of Turin. Robert T. Valgenti
is assistant professor of philosophy
at Lebanon Valley College.
A u g u s t 264 pages P h i lo s o p h y / P o l i t i c s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2011 978-0-231-15802-2 I n s u rr e c t i o n s : Cr i t i c a l S t u d i e s i n R e l i g i o n ,
$20.00* / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-15309-6 M ay 192 pages P h i lo s o p h y / P o l i t i c s
P o l i t i c s , a n d C u lt u r e
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2011 978-0-231-15308-9
All Rights Except Spanish, Catalan-language Rights: Columbia University
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;
Press; Spanish and Catalan-language Rights: The Authors
All Other Rights: Meltemi Editore srl c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 61
Ne w i n P a p e r
When a Woman Becomes a Religious Dynasty
The Samding Dorje Phagmo of Tibet Hildegard Diemberger
Brains, Buddhas, and Believing
The Problem of Intentionality in Classical Buddhist and CognitiveScientific Philosophy of Mind Dan Arnold
“Exhibits that rare combination of meticulous historical research and lively prose in recounting
Win n er o f t he Toshihide Numata
a tale that is sure to intrigue readers.”
Bo o k Priz e in Buddhis m
—Buddhadharma
Dan Arnold shows how seemingly arcane arguments among first-millennium Indian thinkers can illuminate matters at the heart of contemporary philosophy
In the fifteenth century, the princess Chokyi Dronma was told she was the embodiment of the ancient Indian tantric deity Vajravarahi. Today, the twelfth Samding Dorje Phagmo leads the Samding monastery and is a high government cadre in Tibet. This book discusses the importance of reincarnation in Tibetan society and religion, the role of biographies in establishing a lineage, the cultural and social innovation linked to the revival of ancient Buddhist civilizations, and women in Buddhism. “A significant contribution to Tibetan cultural history and gender studies.”
philologically, with Arnold’s characteristic erudition, analytic rigor, interpretive sensitivity, and enthusiasm evident throughout.” —H–Buddhism
“Graduate students and scholars of Buddhist scholastic thought—particularly those engaged by the philosophical dimensions of Buddhism and science discourse—are in for a treat.” —Choice Dan Arnold
—Journal of the American Academy of Religion Hildegard Diemberger
“The book is strong both philosophically and
is associate professor of the philosophy of
religions at the University of Chicago Divinity School.
is director of the Tibetan Stud-
ies Programme at the Mongolia and Inner Asia Studies Unit, Cambridge University.
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14321-9
$28.00 / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-14547-3
M a r c h 416 pages / 64 illustrations
A p r i l 328 pages
Religion / Buddhism
Religion / Buddhism
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2007 978-0-231-14320-2
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-14546-6
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
62 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n P a p e r
Making Sense of Tantric Buddhism
History, Semiology, and Transgression in the Indian Traditions Christian K. Wedemeyer
The Millennial Sovereign
Sacred Kingship and Sainthood in Islam A. Azfar Moin Na med Best First Bo o k in t he Histo ry of Re ligio n s, t he America n Aca demy
Wi nne r of th e Awa r d fo r E xc e lle n c e i n
of Re ligio n , a n d win n er o f t he Jo hn F.
the Study of Re l igi o n : Histo r i c a l St u d ies ,
Richa rds Priz e in So ut h Asia n Histo ry,
the A m e r i c an Ac ad e m y o f Re ligi o n
America n Histo rica l Asso ciat io n
Making Sense of Tantric Buddhism rethinks the transgressive theories and practices of the Buddhist Tantric traditions, situating the Tantras within larger trends in mainstream Buddhist and Indian culture.
A work of history richly informed by the anthropology of religion and art, The Millennial Sovereign traces the union of royal dynastic cults and shrine-centered Sufism in the imperial cultures of Timurid Central Asia, Safavid Iran, and Mughal India.
“Wedemeyer writes with verve, humor, and—most crucially—remarkable clarity, managing to explain difficult texts and ideas with great lucidity.” —Roger R. Jackson, Carleton College
“Wedemeyer’s methodological precision sheds light
“The Millennial Sovereign deserves tremendous praise for its conceptual clarity and innovation, deep erudition in original materials, and signature contributions to early-modern Indian and Iranian history and Islamic studies. It is essential reading
on traditional and modern historiography and makes
for experts in these fields, and its intellectual vitality
a critical intervention in the scholarship that will have
and exemplary lucidity make it an accessible yet
a major impact for generations to come.”
thoroughly sophisticated introduction for more
—Janet Gyatso, Harvard University
general audiences.”
Christian K. Wedemeyer
is associate professor of the
history of religions, University of Chicago Divinity School.
—Shahzad Bashir, Stanford University A. Azfar Moin
is assistant professor in the Clements De-
partment of History at Southern Methodist University, Dallas.
$26.00 / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-16241-8
$28.00 / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-16037-7
M ay 336 pages
J u n e 368 pages
Religion / Buddhism
R e l i g i o n / Is l a m i c S t u d i e s
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-16240-1
c l o t h e d i t i o n 2012 978-0-231-16036-0
S o u t h As i a Ac r o ss t h e D i s c i p l i n e s
S o u t h As i a Ac r o ss t h e D i s c i p l i n e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 63
reference
The Columbia Sourcebook of Mormons in the United States
Terryl L. Givens and Reid L. Neilson, Editors
“I can scarcely imagine a better collection. Teachers of Mormon studies will think of it as essential. I know of nothing that speaks to contemporary interests as well as this volume.” —Richard Bushman, Columbia University
“The best thing we will have for the foreseeable future as a compact sourcebook for the historical study of American Mormonism from the inside. This is a judicious collection. I suspect it will affect how Mormonism gets taught in the nation’s college classrooms. Precisely as the editors aspire to do, the assemblage expands the genres, subject matter, and historical scope of primary materials gathered in one place for the scrutiny of how diverse Mormons think and live.” —Philip L. Barlow, author of the 2013 edition of Mormons and the Bible
This anthology provides rare access to key original documents illuminating Mormon history, theology, and culture in the United States from the nineteenth century to today. Brief introductions describe the theological significance of each text and its reflection of the practices, issues, and challenges that have defined and continue to define the Mormon community. These documents balance mainstream and peripheral thought and religious experience, institutional and personal perspective, and theoretical and practical interpretation, representing pivotal moments in LDS history and correcting decades of misinformation and stereotype.
The authors of these documents, male and female, not only celebrate but speak critically and question mainline LDS teachings on sexuality, politics, gender, race, polygamy, and other issues. Selections largely focus on the Salt Lake–based LDS tradition, with a section on the post–Joseph Smith splintering and its creation of a variety of similar yet different Mormon groups. The documents are arranged chronologically within specific categories to capture both the historical and doctrinal development of Mormonism in the United States. Terryl L. Givens
holds the James A. Bostwick chair of English and
is professor of literature and religion at the University of Richmond. Reid L. Neilson
is managing director of the Church History
Department at the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.
$80.00 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14942-6 $79.99 / £55.00 ebook 978-0-231-52060-7 A u g u s t 496 pages Religion / Mormonism
All Rights: Columbia University Press
64 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
reference
The Columbia Anthology of Modern Japanese Drama J. Thomas Rimer, Mitsuya Mori, and M. Cody Poulton, Editors
This anthology is the first to survey the full range of modern Japanese drama and make available Japan’s best and most representative twentieth- and early-twenty-first-century works in one volume. Divided into six chronological sections—“The Age of Taishō Drama,” The Tsukiji Tsukiji Little Theater and Its Aftermath,” “Wartime and Postwar Drama,” “The 1960s and Underground Theater,” “The 1980s and Beyond,” and “Popular Theater”—the collection provides an informal yet complete history of twentieth-century Japanese theater for students, scholars, instructors, and dramatists.
The collection features original and previously published translations of plays by such writers as Masamune Hakuchō (The Couple Next Door), Enchi Fumiko (Restless Night in Late Spring), Abe Kōbō (The Man Who Turned Into a Stick), Morimoto Kaoru (A Woman’s Life), Kara Jūrō (Two Women), Terayama Shūji (Poison Boy), Noda Hideki (Poems for Sale), and Mishima Yukio (The Sardine Seller’s Net of Love). Leading translators include Donald Keene, J. Thomas Rimer, Mitsuyra Mori, M. Cody Poulton, John Gillespie, Mari Boyd, and Brian Powell. Each section features an introduction to the period, notes on the plays’ productions, and photographs of their stage performances. The volume complements any course on modern Japanese literature and any study of modern drama in China, Korea, or other Asian or contemporary Western nation. J. Thomas Rimer
is emeritus professor of Japanese literature, theater,
and art at the University of Pittsburgh. Mitsuya Mori
is emeritus professor of theater studies at Seijo
“An excellent representative sampling of modern Japanese drama and a substantial contribution to Japanese literature in translation and the body of Japanese scripts available in English for Western theater artists.” —Kevin J. Wetmore Jr., Loyola Marymount University
“Few anthologies are as comprehensive as this one, and the translators have done an admirable job in capturing the language and tone of each of the playwrights. This anthology will open up much of modern and contemporary Japanese theater work to a wider audience.” —David Jortner, Baylor University
University and the leading expert on Ibsen in Japan. M. Cody Poulton
teaches Japanese language, literature, and theater
at the University of Victoria. $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-12830-8 $74.99 / £51.50 ebook 978-0-231-53713-1 A p r i l 880 pages J a pa n e s e L i t e r at u r e / Dr a m a
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 65
reference
The Columbia Sourcebook of Literary Taiwan
Sung-sheng Yvonne Chang, Michelle Yeh,
and Ming-ju Fan, Editors
This sourcebook contains more than 160 documents and writings that reflect the development of Taiwanese literature from the early modern period to the twenty-first century. Selections include seminal essays in literary debates, polemics, and other landmark events; interviews, diaries, and letters by major authors; critical and retrospective essays by influential writers, editors, and scholars; transcripts of historical speeches and conferences; literarysociety manifestos and inaugural journal prefaces; and governmental policy pronouncements that have significantly influenced Taiwanese literature. “This book is a tour de force, bringing together many of the most important documents relating to the history of Taiwan literary criticism and many firsthand reflections on writing and the literary scene from leading writers, playwrights, and poets. Translating an impressive array of critical writings on literature into English for the first time, there is no other volume quite like this, certainly not in English, and perhaps not even in Chinese.” —Michael Berry, author of A History of Pain: Trauma in Modern Chinese Literature and Film
These texts illuminate Asia’s experience with modernization, colonialism, and postcolonialism; the character of Taiwan’s Cold War and post–Cold War cultural production; gender and environmental issues; indigenous movements; and the changes and challenges of the digital revolution. Taiwan’s complex history with Dutch, Spanish, and Japanese colonization; strategic geopolitical position vis-à-vis China, Japan, and the United States; and status as a hub for the East-bound circulation of technological and popular-culture trends make the nation an excellent case study for a richer understanding of East Asian and modern global relations. Sung-sheng Yvonne Chang
is professor of Chinese and compara-
tive literature at the University of Texas at Austin. Michelle Yeh
is professor of Chinese literature at the University of
California at Davis. Ming-ju Fan
is professor and the director of Graduate Institute of
Taiwanese Literature at National Chengchi University in Taiwan.
$75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16576-1 $74.99 / £51.50 ebook 978-0-231-53754-4 A u g u s t 688 pages E a st As i a n L i t e r at u r e / Ta i wa n e s e L i t e r at u r e
All Rights: Columbia University Press
66 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
reference
Historical Atlas of Northeast Asia, 1590–2010 Korea, Manchuria, Mongolia, Eastern Siberia Li Narangoa and Robert Cribb
Four hundred years ago, indigenous peoples occupied the region that today encompasses Korea, Manchuria, the Mongolian Plateau, and Eastern Siberia. These populations struggled as Russia, China, and Japan sought hegemony over the region. Especially from the turn of the twentieth century onward, indigenous peoples pursued self-determination in various ways, and new states rose and fell as great-power imperialism, indigenous nationalism, and modern ideologies fought for dominance.
This atlas tracks the political configuration of Northeast Asia in ten-year segments from 1590 to 1890, in five-year segments from 1890 to 1960, and in ten-year segments from 1960 to 2010. The text follows the fortunes of the Qing dynasty in China; the Russian colonization of Siberia; the growth of Japanese influence; the movements of peoples, armies, and borders; and political, social, and economic developments. Compiled from detailed research in English, Chinese, Japanese, French, Dutch, German, Mongolian, and Russian sources, the atlas incorporates information made public with the fall of the Soviet Union and includes fifty-five specially drawn maps, as well as twenty historical maps contrasting local and outsider perpectives. Four introductory maps survey the region’s diverse topography, climate, vegetation, and ethnicity. Li Narangoa
“The first comprehensive atlas of Northeast Asia, a long neglected yet vitally important regional configuration of the world. This book offers a panoramic view and captures the transition from the homeland of nomadic conquerors to a contested ground of major world powers such as China, Japan, and Russia.” —Uradyn E. Bulag, University of Cambridge
is a historian of Asia at the Australian National Univer-
sity and, with Robert Cribb, is the author of Imperial Japan and National Identities in Asia, 1895–1945. Robert Cribb
is a historian of Asia at the Australian National
University and the author of the Historical Atlas of Indonesia.
$150.00 / £103.50 cloth 978-0-231-16070-4 $149.99 / £103.50 ebook 978-0-231-53716-2 J u ly 352 pages E a st As i a n H i sto r y
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 67
Mi d d l e E a s t S t u d ies
Schools for Conflict or for Peace in Afghanistan Dana Burde
“Burde has both a theoretical grasp of the literature and an unprecedented opportunity to observe education aid in Afghanistan. The result is a fascinating analysis that frequently surprises even an experienced reader.” —Stephen Heyneman, Vanderbilt University
Ibn Sina’s Remarks and Admonitions: Physics and Metaphysics
An Analysis and Annotated Translation Shams Inati “This is an important text by one of the leading writers on Islamic philosophy, and this is the first English translation of high quality. It will certainly be heavily used by those in the discipline.” —Oliver Leaman, University of Kentucky
Al-Ishārāt wat-Tanbīhāt (Remarks and Admonitions) is one of the most comprehensive philosophical works of Ibn Sina (Avicenna, 980–1037). Grounded in an exploration of logic and happiness, the text illuminates the divine, the human being, and the nature of things. The sections Physics and Metaphysics deal with bodies and souls as well as existence, creation, and knowledge. This book provides the first annotated English translation of Physics and Metaphysics, beginning with a detailed analysis of the text and concluding with a discussion of providence, good, and evil. Shams Inati
is professor of Islamic philosophy and theol-
ogy at Villanova University. Her work can be found at
Foreign-backed funding for education does not always stabilize a country and enhance its state-building efforts. Dana Burde shows how aid to education in Afghanistan bolstered conflict in the 1980s through violence-infused, anti-Soviet curricula and in the 2000s through misguided stabilization programs. She also reveals how dominant humanitarian models determining what counts as appropriate aid have limited attention and resources toward education. Burde argues we must expand access to quality community-based education and support programs in Afghanistan that increase girls’ and boys’ attendance at school. Referring to a recent U.S. effort that has produced strong results, Burde commends the program’s efficient administration and neutral curriculum, which can reduce conflict and build peace in lasting ways. Sourcing research on humanitarian education work amid conflict zones around the world and incorporating insights gleaned from eight years of fieldwork in Afghanistan and Pakistan, Burde thoroughly recalculates and fundamentally improves a popular formula for peace. Dana Burde
is an assistant professor of international
education at New York University’s Steinhardt School.
www.homepage.villanova.edu/shams.inati.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-16616-4 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-53742-1
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-16928-8 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53751-3
J u n e 256 pages
A u g u s t 240 pages
Is l a m i c S t u d i e s / P h i lo s o p h y
M i d d l e E a st S t u d i e s / I n t e r n at i o n a l R e l at i o n s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
68 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Mi d d l e E a s t S t u d ies
The Arab Uprisings Explained
New Contentious Politics in the Middle East Marc Lynch, Editor
Why did Tunisian protests following the selfimmolation of Mohammed Bouazizi lead to a massive wave of uprisings across the entire Arab world? Who participated in those protests, and what did they hope to achieve? Why did some leaders fall in the face of popular mobilization while others found ways to survive? And what have been the lasting results? The Arab uprisings pose stark challenges to the political science of the Middle East, which for decades had focused upon the resilience of entrenched authoritarianism, the relative weakness of civil society, and what seemed to be the largely contained diffusion of new norms and ideas through new information technologies.
In this volume, leading scholars take a sharp look at the causes, dynamics, and effects of the Arab uprisings. Compiled by one of the foremost experts on Middle East politics and society, The Arab Uprisings Explained offers a fresh rethinking of established theories and presents a new framework through which scholars and general readers can better grasp the fast-developing events remaking the region. These essays not only advance the study of political science in the Middle East but also integrate the subject seamlessly into the wider political science literature. Deeply committed to the study of this region and working out the kinks of the discipline, the contributors help scholars and policy makers across the world effectively approach this unprecedented historical period. Marc Lynch
“This important volume addresses a series of core questions about the origins, dynamics, and consequences of the Arab uprisings in a rigorous way that transcends headlines and quick, opinion-based analyses.” —Melani Cammett, author of Globalization and Business Politics in North Africa: A Comparative Perspective
is the director of the Institute for Middle East Studies
at George Washington University, edits the Middle East Channel for ForeignPolicy.com, and is a nonresident senior fellow at the Center for a New American Security. He is the author of Voices of the New Arab Public: Iraq, Al-Jazeera, and Middle East Politics Today and State Interests and Public Spheres: The International Politics of Jordan's Identity. $30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15885-5 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15884-8 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53749-0 A u g u s t 400 pages M i d d l e E a st S t u d i e s / P o l i t i c s Co lu m b i a S t u d i e s i n M i d d l e E a st P o l i t i c s
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 69
philosophy
Wrestling with the Angel Experiments in Symbolic Life Tracy McNulty “A stellar piece of scholarship. Its timely intervention
Radical History and the Politics of Art Gabriel Rockhill
“Direct and uncompromising, Rockhill sets forth
into controversies at the heart of today’s theoretical
a political philosophy of aesthetics that is at
humanities will draw the admiring attention of large
once sensuous and pragmatic. Research is based
audiences in multiple fields. This book definitely and
on German and French works in their original
deservedly will be a huge success.”
articulation, and the analyses take up not what is
—Adrian Johnston, University of New Mexico
Tracy McNulty reconsiders contemporary political, legal, and social theory from a psychoanalytic perspective, arguing for the enabling function of formal and symbolic constraints in sustaining desire as a source of creativity, innovation, and social change.
McNulty begins by calling for a richer understanding of the psychoanalytic concept of the symbolic and the resources it offers for an examination of the social link and the political sphere. She analyzes examples of “experimental” articulations of the symbolic and their creative use of formal limits and constraints not as mere prohibitions or rules but as “enabling constraints” that favor the exercise of freedom. She concludes with the relationship between will and constraint in Kant’s aesthetic philosophy and the experimental works of the collective Oulipo. “This is a very exciting book, stunningly intelligent and beautifully written. It engages with theoretical arguments in a way that is always rigorous and wonderfully lucid and accessible.” —Elizabeth Weed, Brown University Tracy McNulty
is professor of French and comparative
literature at Cornell University.
thematic but better: what is couched in contradiction. A strong contribution to a practical theoretical and historical appreciation of aesthetics and politics.” —Tom Conley, Harvard University
Gabriel Rockhill rethinks the relationship between art and politics. Rather than understanding the two spheres as separated by an insurmountable divide or linked by a privileged bridge, Rockhill demonstrates that art and politics are not fixed entities with a singular relation but rather dynamically negotiated, sociohistorical practices with shifting and imprecise borders.
Rockhill proposes a significant departure from extant debates on what is commonly called “art” and “politics,” and the result is an impressive foray into the force field of history, in which cultural practices are meticulously analyzed in their social and temporal dynamism without assuming a conceptual unity behind them. Rockhill therefore develops an alternative logic of history and historical change, as well as a novel account of social practices and a multidimensional theory of agency. Gabriel Rockhill
is associate professor of philosophy at
Villanova University, directeur de programme at the Collège International de Philosophie, and director of the Critical Theory Workshop in Paris, France.
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16119-0 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16118-3 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53760-5 J u n e 336 pages p h i lo s o p h y / Ps yc h o lo g y I n s u rr e c t i o n s : Cr i t i c a l S t u d i e s i n
$28.00 / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-15201-3 $85.00 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15200-6 $27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52778-1 A u g u s t 288 pages p h i lo s o p h y / P o l i t i c s / Art
R e l i g i o n , P o l i t i c s , a n d C u lt u r e
N e w D i r e c t i o n s i n Cr i t i c a l T h e o ry
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
70 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
philosophy
Mad Mothers, Bad Mothers, and What a “Good” Mother Would Do The Ethics of Ambivalence
Sarah LaChance Adams “An insightful crafting of an existentially informed ethic of care that will be a serious and influential contribution to feminist thought in a variety of disciplines and on a variety of topics.” —Sheila Lintott, Bucknell University
Applying care-ethics philosophy and the work of Levinas, Merleau-Ponty, and de Beauvoir to real-world motherhood experiences, Sarah LaChance Adams draws a nuanced portrait of the mother and child relationship. The maternal example is particularly instructive for ethical theory, highlighting the dynamics of human interdependence while also affirming separate interests. She focuses on maternal ambivalence and its productive role in reinforcing the divergence between oneself and others, recognizing the particularities of situation, and negotiating between one’s needs and the desires of others. She ultimately argues maternal filicide is a social problem requiring a collective solution that ethical philosophy and philosophies of care can inform. “An important addition to the existing literature
Imaginal Politics
Images Beyond Imagination and the Imaginary Chiara Bottici “An excellent book. Bottici is pivotal in allowing us to understand contemporary politics and its paradoxes.” —María Pía Lara, Universidad Autonoma de Mexico
Chiara Bottici locates the imaginal’s root meaning in the image and its ability to both characterize a public and establish a set of activities within that public. She identifies the imaginal’s critical role in powering representative democracies and its amplification through globalization. She then addresses the troublesome increase in images now mediating politics and the transformation of politics into empty spectacle. “Original and suggestive. Its strength lies in its scope and potential for unifying several strands of inquiry
in feminist and phenomenological thought on
into one integrated theory of the imaginal and
mothering.”
working out the consequences of this notion for
—T. L. Welsh, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga Sarah LaChance Adams
is assistant professor of
a variety of disciplines.” —Alessandro Ferrara, University of Rome Tor Vergata
is assistant professor of philosophy at
philosophy at the University of Wisconsin, Superior, and
Chiara Bottici
the coeditor of Coming to Life: Philosophies of Pregnancy,
the New School for Social Research and the author of A
Childbirth, and Mothering.
Philosophy of Political Myth, Men, and States.
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16675-1 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16674-4 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53722-3 M ay 256 pages
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15778-0 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52781-1 M ay 320 pages P h i lo s o p h y / P o l i t i c s N e w D i r e c t i o n s i n Cr i t i c a l T h e o ry
P h i lo s o p h y / G e n d e r st u d i e s
All Rights Except Italian-language Rights: Columbia University Press;
All Rights: Columbia University Press
Italian-language Rights: The Author c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 7 1
r e l igi o n
Spells, Images, and Mandalas
Christ Without Adam
Tracing the Evolution of Esoteric Buddhist Rituals
Subjectivity and Sexual Difference in the Philosophers’ Paul
Koichi Shinohara
Benjamin H. Dunning
“This book will transform the scholarly discourse on
“The thinkers Dunning takes up are notoriously
the relationship between Dhāran.ī scriptures and
complex and not infrequently obscure. He does
esoteric Buddhism in the late Mahāyāna. In a field rife
an excellent job of making their work as clear and
with confusing and competing theories, Shinohara
accessible as possible.”
has done the nitty-gritty textual work to advance a
—Karmen MacKendrick, LeMoyne College
coherent thesis on the evolution of the use of images and the emergence of visualization practices.” —Charles D. Orzech, Glasgow University
Koichi Shinohara traces the evolution of Esoteric Buddhist rituals from the simple recitation of spells in the fifth century to complex systems involving image worship, man.d. ala initiation, and visualization practices in the ninth century. He presents an important new reading of a seventhcentury Chinese text called the Collected Dhāran.ī Sūtras, which shows how earlier rituals for specific deities were synthesized into a general Esoteric initiation ceremony and how, for the first time, the notion of an Esoteric Buddhist pantheon emerged.
The study examines translations of dhāran.ī sutras made by Bodhiruci in the early eighth century and later Esoteric texts, such as Yixing’s commentary on the Mahāvairocana sutra and Amoghavajra’s ritual manuals. It clarifies the complex relationship between images and ritual and changes how we perceive Esoteric Buddhist art and ritual. Koichi Shinohara
teaches in the Department of
Religious Studies at Yale University and is the coauthor of Speaking of Monks: Religious Biography in India and China.
This is the first book to examine the role of gender and sexuality in the turn to the apostle Paul in recent Continental philosophy. It builds a constructive proposal for embodied Christian theological anthropology in conversation with—and in contrast to—the “Paulinisms” of Stanislas Breton, Alain Badiou, and Slavoj Žižek. Paul’s letters bequeathed a crucial anthropological aporia to Christian thought: the apostle sought to situate embodied human beings typologically with reference to Adam and Christ but failed to work out the place of sexual difference within this classification. As a result, the space between Adam and Christ has functioned as a conceptual and temporal interval in which Christian anthropology poses and re-poses theological dilemmas of embodied difference. This study follows the ways in which the appropriations of Paul by Breton, Badiou, and Žižek have either sidestepped or collapsed this interval, a crucial component in their articulations of a universal Pauline subject. Benjamin H. Dunning
is associate professor of theology,
comparative literature, and women’s studies at Fordham University.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-16614-0 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-53739-1
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-16765-9 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16764-2 $24.99 / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-53733-9
A u g u s t 368 pages
A p r i l 176 pages
religion / Buddhism
Religion / Gender Studies
Sheng Yen Series in Chinese Buddhism
G e n d e r , T h e o ry, a n d R e l i g i o n
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
72 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
r e l igi o n
Religion and Ecology
Developing a Planetary Ethic Whitney A. Bauman “A very impressive book, a visionary synthesis of the most important issues concerning the intersection of science, religion, politics, and philosophy. Bauman weaves a complex and powerful narrative in his constitution of a planetary community. A unique contribution to a growing body of work that critically rethinks our ideas of nature to vitalize the possibilities of material and ecological thinking.” —Clayton Crockett, University of Central Arkansas
Whitney A. Bauman builds a planetary politics that better responds to the realities of a pluralistic world. Calling attention to the historical, political, and ecological influences shaping our understanding of nature, religion, humanity, and identity, he collapses the boundaries separating male from female, biology from machine, human from more than human, and religion from science, encouraging readers to embrace hybridity and the inherent fluctuations of an open, evolving global community. As he outlines his planetary ethic, Bauman draws on cutting-edge insights in queer, poststructural, and deconstructive theory and develops an environmental ethic of movement rooted in the daily connections we make across the planet. “Scholarship has needed this book for quite a while.” —Tim Morton, Rice University Whitney A. Bauman
is assistant professor of religious
studies and an Honors College Fellow at Florida International University.
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16343-9 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16342-2 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53710-0 A p r i l 288 pages
Religion, Food, and Eating in North America Benjamin E. Zeller,
Marie W. Dallam, Reid L. Neilson, and Nora L. Rubel, Editors Foreword by Martha L. Finch “A very welcome addition to the literature on food and religion. No other work compares with it.” —Ken Albala, University of the Pacific
The contributors to this volume consider food practices and beliefs among Christians, Jews, Muslims, and Buddhists; members of new religious movements; Afro-Carribean religions, interfaith families; and individuals who consider food itself a religion. They traverse geographic regions, from the Southern Appalachian Mountains to North America’s urban centers, and span periods from the colonial era to the present. Benjamin E. Zeller
is assistant professor of religion at
Lake Forest College. Marie W. Dallam is assistant professor of religion and culture at the University of Oklahoma. Reid L. Neilson
is managing director of the Church His-
tory Department at the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints. Nora L. Rubel is associate professor of religion at the University of Rochester. $35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-16031-5 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-16030-8 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53731-5 A p r i l 384 pages R e l i g i o n / F o o d st u d i e s Arts a n d T r a d i t i o n s o f t h e Ta b l e :
R e l i g i o n / Et h i c s
P e rs p e c t i v e s o n C u l i n a ry H i sto ry
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 73
l i t e r a r y / f i l m s t u d ies
Killing the Moonlight
Modernism in Venice
Jennifer Scappettone “A theoretically sophisticated project, far reaching
Ecosickness in Contemporary U.S. Fiction Heather Houser
“A thoughtful, original, and beautifully written
in its comparativist approach and methodologically
book that will have a major impact on studies of
rigorous throughout. Scappettone’s work brings to
contemporary U.S. fiction, environmental literature,
our attention—and patiently walks us through, so as
and the relationship between affect and literature.”
to let us appreciate—the interrelation of imaginary
—Andrew Hoberek, University of Missouri
and lived spaces, literary and cultural history, textual and urban terrains.” —Carla Billitteri, University of Maine
Spanning the history of literature, art, and architecture—from John Ruskin, Henry James, and Ezra Pound to Manfredo Tafuri, Italo Calvino, Jeanette Winterson, and Robert Coover—Killing the Moonlight tracks the pressures that modernity has placed on the legacy of romantic Venice and the strains of aesthetic invention that resulted from the clash. Whether seduced or repulsed by literary clichés of Venetian decadence, post-romantic artists found a motive for innovation in Venice. The anachronistic urban fabric and vestigial sentiment that both the nation-state of Italy and the historical avant-garde would cast off become incompletely assimilated parts of the new.
This study brings Venice into the geography of modernity as a living city and presents the archipelago as a crucible for those seeking to define and transgress the conceptual limits of modernism. It charts an elusive “extraterritorial” modernism that compels us to redraft the confines of modernist culture in both geographical and historical terms. Jennifer Scappettone
is an associate professor of
“Ecosickness fiction” rethinks the link between ecological and bodily endangerment and uses affect and the sick body to bring readers to environmental consciousness. Tracing the development of ecosickness through modern U.S. novels and memoirs, this study demonstrates the mode’s crucial role in shaping thematic content and formal and affective literary strategies. Examining works by David Foster Wallace, Richard Powers, Leslie Marmon Silko, Marge Piercy, Jan Zita Grover, and David Wojnarowicz, Heather Houser shows how these authors unite experiences of environmental and somatic damage through narrative affects that draw attention to ecological phenomena, organize perception, and convert knowledge into ethics. Traversing contemporary cultural studies, ecocriticism, affect studies, and literature and medicine, Houser juxtaposes ecosickness fiction against new forms of environmentalism and technoscientific innovations, such as regenerative medicine and alternative ecosystems. She recasts recent narrative as a laboratory in which affective and perceptual changes support and challenge political projects. Heather Houser
is assistant professor of English at the
English at the University of Chicago.
University of Texas at Austin.
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-16432-0 $59.99 / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-53774-2
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-16514-3 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-53736-0
A u g u s t 472 pages
J u n e 336 pages
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / M o d e r n i st S t u d i e s
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / E n v i r o n m e n ta l S t u d i e s
M o d e r n i st L at i t u d e s
L i t e r at u r e N ow
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
74 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Writing Resistance
Julie A. Turnock
Laura R. Brueck
Special Effects, Technology, and the Emergence of 1970s Blockbuster Aesthetics “Turnock mounts a convincing and detailed analysis of visual effects from the late 1970s onward.
The Rhetorical Imagination of Hindi Dalit Literature
“An original and timely contribution to scholarship on Hindi literature, modern Indian literature, and
She offers a rigorous historical account of how
Dalit studies. The work is well researched, using
special effects engendered the shift to a more
a judicious combination of Hindi and English
commercial, genre-driven, and assaultive kind of
sources, and provides, for the first time in English,
filmmaking in Hollywood. A groundbreaking work.”
an overview of the central concerns of Hindi Dalit
—Scott Higgins, Wesleyan University
literature as a political and aesthetic movement.”
Julie A. Turnock tracks the use and evolution of special effects in 1970s filmmaking, a development as revolutionary to film as the transition to sound in the 1920s. Beginning with the classical studio era’s early approaches to special effects, she follows the industry’s slow build toward the significant advances of the late 1960s and early 1970s, which set the stage for the groundbreaking achievements of 1977.
Turnock analyzes the far-reaching impact of the convincing, absorbing, and seemingly unlimited fantasy environments of that year’s iconic films, dedicating a section to the innovations of Star Wars and Close Encounters of the Third Kind. She then traces these films’ technological, cultural, and aesthetic influence into the 1980s. She concludes with special effects practices in the 2000s and their implications for the future of filmmaking and the production and experience of other visual media. Julie A. Turnock
is assistant professor of media and cin-
—Allison Busch, Columbia University
l i t e r a r y / f i l m s t u d ies
Plastic Reality
Writing Resistance is the first close study of contemporary Hindi-language Dalit (low caste) literature in India. Laura R. Brueck’s approach goes beyond recognizing and celebrating the subaltern speaking, emphasizing the sociopolitical perspectives and literary strategies of a range of contemporary Dalit writers working in Hindi. Brueck explores what makes Dalit literature Dalit, what makes it good, why the genre is important, and where it opposes or intersects with other bodies of Indian literature. She underscores the significance of the Dalit literary sphere as a “counterpublic” generating contemporary Dalit social and political identities and performs close readings of contemporary Hindi Dalit literary prose narratives, focusing on the aesthetic and stylistic strategies deployed by writers whose class, gender, and geographic backgrounds shape their distinct voices. Laura R. Brueck
is associate professor of Hindi literature
ema studies at the University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
and South Asian studies at Northwestern University.
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16353-8 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16352-1 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53527-4
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16605-8 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16604-1 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53756-8
A u g u s t 384 pages
J u n e 288 pages
F i l m S t u d i e s / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / S o u t h As i a n S t u d i e s
F i l m a n d C u lt u r e S e r i e s
S o u t h As i a Ac r o ss t h e D i s c i p l i n e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 75
S c ie n c e
Understanding Environmental Policy Second Edition
Steven Cohen “The beauty of this book is that it offers a holistic yet straightforward and logical approach for analyzing
Aristotle’s Ladder, Darwin’s Tree
The Evolution of Visual Metaphors for Biological Order J. David Archibald
“Archibald is one of the leading paleomammalogists in the world and one of the foremost experts
the complexity of environmental issues, and it is easy
on the biotic changes across the Cretaceous-
to digest and apply in a semester.”
Tertiary boundary. In this book, he shows a deep
—Tanya Heikkila, University of Colorado Denver
The first edition of this pragmatic course text emphasized the policy value of a “big picture” approach to the ethical, political, technological and scientific, economic, and management aspects of environmental issues. The text then applied this approach to real-world case examples involving leaking underground storage tanks, toxic waste cleanup, and global climate change. This second edition demonstrates the ongoing effectiveness of this framework to meaningful action and policy solutions. The text adds case examples concerning congestion taxes, e-waste, hydrofracking, and recent global climate change and updates references and other materials throughout, incorporating the political and policy changes of the Obama administration’s first term and developments in national and global environmental issues. Pra ise fo r T HE FIRST E D I T IO N:
“A scholarly, detailed analysis . . . invaluable.” —Midwest Book Review Steven Cohen
is the executive director of Columbia
University’s Earth Institute and a professor in the practice of public affairs at Columbia University’s School of International and Public Affairs.
understanding of the chronology and iconography of the ‘tree’ as both an iconic metaphor and a conceptual device in the history of biology.” —Kevin Padian, University of California, Berkeley
Leading paleontologist David Archibald explores the rich history of visual metaphors for biological order from ancient times to the present and their influence on human beings’ perception of their place in nature.
Specifically, he focuses on ladders and trees and the first appearance of trees to represent seasonal life cycles. The late eighteenth century saw the tree reappropriated to visualize relationships in the natural world, sometimes with a creationist view but in some instances suggesting evolution. Charles Darwin’s On the Origin of Species (1859) sparked an explosion of trees, mostly in Europe. Although Darwin’s influence waned in the early twentieth century, by midcentury his ideas fueled an even greater explosion of tree building, generated by the development of new theories on how to assemble trees, the birth of powerful computing, and the emergence of molecular technology. J. David Archibald
is professor emeritus of biology at
San Diego State University as well as curator of mammals in the SDSU Vertebrate Collections.
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-16775-8 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-16774-1 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53768-1
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-16412-2 $59.99 / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-53766-7
J u ly 272 pages
J u ly 304 pages
E n v i r o n m e n ta l S t u d i e s
Evo l u t i o n a r y S t u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
76 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S c ie n c e
Enigmas of Health and Disease How Epidemiology Helps Unravel Scientific Mysteries Alfredo Morabia
This book is an engaging account of epidemiology’s role in the development of effective measures to identify, prevent, and treat diseases. Throughout history, epidemiologists have challenged conventional knowledge, solving mysteries of causality and paving the way for remedies. From the outbreak of the bubonic plague and cholera to the nature of cancer to the search for an effective treatment of AIDS and the origins of Alzheimer’s disease, epidemiological thought has been crucial in shaping our understanding of population health issues.
Alfredo Morabia’s lucid retelling sheds new light on the historical triumphs of epidemiological research and allows for contemporary readers, patients, and nontechnical audiences to make sense of the immense amount of health information disseminated by the media. By drawing from both historical and contemporary sources, Morabia provides the reader with the tools to differentiate health beliefs from health knowledge. The book covers important topics, including the H1N1 swine flu, breast cancer, the effects of aspirin, and the link between cigarettes and lung cancer. Enigmas of Health and Disease is a concise narrative that will help patients and health providers develop a more informed relationship. Alfredo Morabia
is a professor of epidemiology at the Mailman
School of Public Health, Columbia University, and at Queens College,
“In addition to being a practicing epidemiologist, Morabia is an accomplished historian of epidemiology and a gifted teacher. These qualities give him an unusual vantage point for introducing epidemiology to a general audience through this inspired book. By eschewing technical terminology and focusing instead on what he argues is the essence of the discipline—‘group comparisons’—Morabia conveys, in an informative and readable way,
City University of New York. He is editor in chief emeritus of Preventive
the distinctive and powerful logic
Medicine and the editor of “Epidemiology in History” in the American
of epidemiology.”
Journal of Epidemiology.
—Geoffrey Kabat, author of Hyping Health Risks: Environmental Hazards in Everyday Life
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16885-4 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16884-7 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53767-4 J u ly 272 pages P u b l i c H e a lt h / E p i d e m i o lo gy
English-language Rights in North America: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions Odile Jacob c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 7 7
Asi a n S t u d ies
The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Drama
Asian and Feminist Philosophies in Dialogue
Xiaomei Chen, Editor
Jennifer McWeeny and
Abridged Edition
With a Critical Introduction by the Editor “The [anthology’s] excellent selection, colloquial
Liberating Traditions
Ashby Butnor, Editors “A serious yet creative examination of current feminist
and stage-friendly translations, and illuminating
theories as they may be applied to or refined through
introduction undoubtedly make the volume the
Asian philosophical and religious perspectives.
authoritative choice in teaching and reading
I know of no edited volume that considers such a
modern Chinese drama.”
wide range of Asian philosophies in a feminist light.”
—PRI’s The World
—Erica Fox Brindley, Pennsylvania State University
This condensed anthology of plays from 1919 to 1990 reproduces close to a dozen works from Xiaomei Chen’s well-received original collection, along with her critical introduction to the historical, cultural, and aesthetic evolution of twentieth-century Chinese spoken drama. The collection encapsulates the revolutionary rethinking of Chinese theater and performance that began in the late Qing dynasty and vividly portrays the anxiety brought on by modernism, socialism, political conflict, and war and the genesis of contemporary attitudes toward the West.
In these original essays, international scholars of philosophy and Asian, gender, and religious studies put Hinduism, Buddhism, Daoism, and Confucianism into conversation with one or more contemporary feminist philosophies. Revisiting free will, consciousness, knowledge, objectivity, sexual difference, embodiment, selfhood, the state, morality, and hermeneutics, they establish a new mode of inquiry that attends to diverse voices and complex global relationships.
Xiaomei Chen
is professor of Chinese literature
at the University of California at Davis.
$45.00 / £30.95 paper 978-0-231-16503-7 $125.00 / £86.50 cloth 978-0-231-16502-0 $44.99 / £31.00 ebook 978-0-231-53554-0
Jennifer McWeeny
is associate professor of philosophy
at Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Ashby Butnor
teaches philosophy and religion
at Metropolitan State University of Denver.
A p r i l 760 pages
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-16625-6 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-16624-9 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53721-6
C h i n e s e L i t e r at u r e / Dr a m a
A p r i l 352 pages
W e at h e r h e a d B o o k s o n As i a
P h i lo s o p h y / G e n d e r S t u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
78 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Caste, Religion, and the Social in Modern India Rupa Viswanath
“Viswanath brilliantly demonstrates the intertwining of colonial and missionary discourses and shows how
Asi a n S t u d ies
The Pariah Problem
ultimately they came to inform each other. What she offers is a tour de force in the historian’s craft.” —David Washbrook, Trinity College, Cambridge
DMZ Crossing
Performing Emotional Citizenship Along the Korean Border Suk-Young Kim “DMZ Crossing will have a profound impact not only on the ways in which we approach the historical significance of the DMZ, the multilayered meanings produced by acts of border crossing, and the issue of national division in Korea, but also on our understanding of border crossing as sociocultural performance and its relation to the idea of affective and statist citizenship globally.” —Theodore Hughes, Columbia University
DMZ Crossing focuses on a diverse selection of inter-Korean border crossers and the citizenship they acquire based on emotional affiliation rather than constitutional delineation. Drawing on North Korean documentary films, museum exhibitions, theater productions, protester perspectives, and interviews with South Korean officials and activists, the book recasts the history of Korean division and draws a more nuanced portrait of the region’s Cold War legacies. Suk-Young Kim
is a professor of theater and Asian studies
Once known as “Pariahs,” Dalits are primarily descendants of unfree agrarian laborers. They belong to India’s lowest castes, face overwhelming poverty and discrimination, and continue to be a source of public anxiety. Drawing on a wealth of previously untapped sources, this book follows the conception and evolution of the “Pariah problem” in public consciousness in the 1890s. It shows how high-caste landlords, state officials, and well-intentioned missionaries conceived of Dalit oppression and prevented substantive solutions to the “Pariah Problem”—with consequences that continue to be felt today. Methodologically, theoretically, and empirically, this book breaks new ground to demonstrate how events in the early decades of state-sponsored welfare directed at Dalits laid the groundwork for today, where the postcolonial state and well-meaning social and religious reformers continue to downplay Dalits’ landlessness, violent suppression, and political subordination. Rupa Viswanath
is professor of Indian religions at the
Centre for Modern Indian Studies at the University of Göttingen and has held positions at the University of Pennsylvania and the University of Cambridge.
at the University of California, Santa Barbara.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-16482-5 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-53726-1
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-16306-4 $59.99 / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-53750-6 J u ly 400 pages
M a r c h 272 pages
S o u t h As i a n H i sto r y / R e l i g i o n / P o l i t i c s
E a st As i a n S t u d i e s / P o l i t i c s
C u lt u r e s o f H i sto ry
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 79
Asi a n S t u d ies
The Columbia Anthology of Yuan Drama C. T. Hsia, Wai-yee Li,
and George Kao, Editors “A much broader representation of Yuan zaju drama than previous translations offer, Hsia’s work will easily supersede earlier anthologies. What’s more, the editors do a marvellous job providing ample historical sources for the plays. These rich and detailed annotations make it especially useful for teaching purposes and for general readers.” —Shuen-fu Lin, University of Michigan
This anthology features translations of ten seminal plays written during the Yuan dynasty (1279–1368), a period considered the golden age of Chinese theater. By turns lyrical and earthy, sentimental and ironic, Yuan drama combines sung arias with declaimed verses and doggerels, dialogues and mime, and jokes and acrobatic feats. A general introduction contextualizes the selections. C. T. Hsia
is professor emeritus of Chinese at
Columbia University. Wai-Yee Li
is professor of Chinese literature and director
of graduate studies at Harvard University. George Kao
(1912–2008) was a Chinese American author,
The Columbia Anthology of Japanese Essays Zuihitsu from the Tenth to the Twenty-First Century Steven D. Carter, Editor and Translator
A court lady of the Heian era, an early modern philologist, a Meiji-period novelist, and a physicist at Tokyo University: they all wrote zuihitsu—a uniquely Japanese literary genre encompassing features of the nonfiction or personal essay and miscellaneous musings. For sheer range of subject matter and perspective, the zuihitsu is unrivaled in the Japanese literary tradition. Springing from a variety of social, artistic, political, and professional discourses, it is an important literary form that reveals much about its authors and their world. This anthology presents more than one hundred zuihitsu by close to fifty authors, including Matsuo Bashō, Natsume Sōseki, and Kōda Aya, as well as Tachibana Nankei and Dekune Tatsurō, whose works appear here for the first time in English. Steven D. Carter
is Yamato Ichihashi Chair in Japanese
translator, and journalist.
History and Civilization at Stanford University.
$40.00 / £27.50 paper 978-0-231-12267-2 $120.00 / £83.00 cloth 978-0-231-12266-5 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53734-6
$40.00 / £27.50 paper 978-0-231-16771-0 $120.00 / £83.00 cloth 978-0-231-16770-3 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53755-1
A p r i l 496 pages
J u ly 512 pages
C h i n e s e l i t e r at u r e / Dr a m a
J a pa n e s e l i t e r at u r e / Ess ay s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
80 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Racial Disproportionality in Child Welfare
“In a pathbreaking analysis, Bell shows again
Foreword by Mark Courtney
Joyce M. Bell
how black Americans have been this society’s most important driving force for social justice. Accenting the National Association of Black Social Workers, a key player in the understudied Black Power movement, Bell demonstrates that movement’s brilliant antiracist strategies and transforming impacts in separate black organizations and within historically white organizations.” —Joe R. Feagin, Texas A&M University
The Black Power movement has often been portrayed as the quintessential “bad boy” of black movement making in America. Yet this image misses the full extent of Black Power’s contributions to U.S. society.
Relying on extensive archival research and oral history interviews, this study follows two groups of black social workers in the 1960s and 1970s as they mobilized Black Power ideas, strategies, and tactics to change their national professional associations. Comparing black dissenters within the National Federation of Settlements (NFS), who fought for concessions from within their organization, and those within the National Conference on Social Work (NCSW), who ultimately adopted a separatist strategy, this book provides a nuanced approach to studying race-based movements and offers a framework for understanding the role of social movements in shaping the nonstate organizations of civil society. Joyce M. Bell
is an assistant professor of sociology at the
University of Pittsburgh.
Marian Harris
African American children comprise 15 percent of children in the United States, yet they account for 37 percent of the total children placed in foster care. The numbers are also high for Native American and Latino children. Children of color are removed from parental custody and placed in care more often than their white counterparts and remain in care longer, receive fewer services, and have less contact with the caseworkers assigned to them.
Asi S o cai n a lS t Wuodries k
The Black Power Movement and American Social Work
This book identifies the practice and policy changes required to address the unequal treatment of children of color in the child welfare system and their implications for social work education, caseworker training, and institutional change. The work critiques existing social welfare acts and policies in terms of their treatment of children of color and provides best practices for each decision point in the child welfare process and for cultural competency measures and training. The text offers extensive measurement instruments agencies can use to assess and correct institutional racism. To improve social work education, it includes model syllabi for the social work curriculum, and, to deepen the discipline’s engagement with this issue, it concludes with a discussion of future directions for research and policy. Marian Harris
is an associate professor of social work at
the University of Washington Tacoma.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-16260-9 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-53801-5
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-15047-7 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-15046-0 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-52103-1
J u n e 272 pages
M ay 400 pages
S o c i a l W o r k / H i sto r y
S o c i a l Wo r k
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 8 1
Social Work
Handbook of Social Work Practice with Vulnerable and Resilient Populations
Third Edition
Alex Gitterman, Editor “Everything a social worker needs to begin thinking about practice with a specific client population, need, or context is represented in this compendium.” —Dana Grossman Leeman, Simmons College
This best-selling handbook examines not only risk and vulnerability factors in disadvantaged populations but also resilience and protective strategies for managing and overcoming adversity. The third edition reflects new demographics, research findings, and theoretical developments and accounts for changing economic and political realities and immigration and health-care policy reforms. Contributors add practice with individuals, families, and groups, and new chapters consider working with military members and their families, victims and survivors of terrorism and torture, bullied children, and young men of color. Alex Gitterman
is the Zachs Pro-
Supervision in Social Work
Fifth Edition
The Assault on Social Policy Second Edition
Alfred Kadushin
William Roth
and Daniel Harkness
and Susan Peters
This fifth edition takes into account changes in public health and social welfare policy since 2002, which have intensified concern about the social work supervision of licensed practitioners. Tax and spending limitations, combined with the unfolding effects of welfare reform and managed health care, have emphasized the need for efficient and accountable administration of health and social services in the private and public sectors. This edition confronts issues raised by these developments, including budgetary allocation and staff management, the problems of worker burnout and safety, the changing demographics and growing diversity of the supervising workforce, evidence-based and licensure supervision, and performance appraisal.
“An impressive book that should
Alfred Kadushin
is Julia C. Lath-
rop Professor Emeritus of Social Work, University of Wisconsin–Madison. Daniel Harkness
is a professor
be read by every member of Congress, by all students of social policy, and everyone else who is concerned about the future of this country and our basic institutions.” —Congressman Bernard Sanders
The attack on social policy has intensified over the past ten years, and this revised textbook reflects these developments, along with new research on the hotly contested policy areas of poverty, welfare, disability, social security, and health care. This edition also considers the recent, ongoing effects of globalization and economic challenges on social policy and includes a new chapter on education. William Roth
is Vincent O’Leary
Professor Emeritus at the State University of New York at Albany and has authored or coauthored several groundbreaking books. Susan Peters
is associate professor
emeritus at Michigan State University and the author of Achieving Education for All by Including Those with Disabilities and Special Education Needs.
fessor of Social Work at the University
in the School of Social Work at Boise
of Connecticut School of Social Work.
State University.
$95.00 / £65.50 cloth 978-0-231-16362-0 $94.99 / £65.50 ebook 978-0-231-53701-8
$90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15176-4 $89.99 / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-52539-8
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-16007-0 $90.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-16006-3 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-53797-1
J u n e 800 pages
A p r i l 448 pages
J u ly 272 pages
S o c i a l Wo r k
S o c i a l Wo r k
S o c i a l Wo r k
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
82 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
The Inner Life of the Dying Person
“This book exposes the ‘shadowy side,’ or
This uncommon book recounts the experience of facing one’s death from the dying person’s point of view. Its unmediated access challenges assumptions about the emotional and spiritual dimensions of dying, showing that—along with suffering, loss, anger, sadness, and fear—we feel courage, love, hope, reminiscence, transcendence, transformation, and even happiness as we die.
Stanley L Witkin, Editor
imperfections, of social work from those who know principles, theories, and practices. The stories made me laugh, cry, and think about the taken-for-granted, something we want our social work students to be able to do well and confidently. A brave and courageous work that must be made public.” —Sally St. George, University of Calgary
Autoethnography is an innovative approach to inquiry in which the researcher is also the subject of the research. Using scholarly and literary devices, the researcher/subject explores the social and cultural contexts of meaningful life experiences and their implications for the present. Eschewing the restrictions of conventional research writing, autoethnography generates substantial and meaningful knowledge for social workers and professionals in related fields. Researchers produce narratives that reflect the messy, experiential encounters of everyday life. This collection illustrates the value of autoethnography as an inquiry approach for social work practice and its substantial contribution to to social workers. Selections cover international adoption, cross-dressing, divorce, cultural competence, life-threatening illness, and transformative change, demonstrating accessible writing and complex lived experiences can coexist and move readers in meaningful ways. Stanley L Witkin
is a professor of social work at the
University of Vermont and president of the Global Partner-
Allan Kellehear
Social Work
Narrating Social Work Through Autoethnography
At once psychological, sociological, and philosophical, this work brings together the testimonies of those dying from terminal illness, old age, sudden injury or trauma, acts of war, and the consequences of natural disasters and terrorism. It also includes the statements of individuals who are on death row, in death camps, or planning suicide. Each form of dying highlights an important set of emotions and narratives that often eclipses stereotypical renderings of dying and reflects the numerous contexts in which this journey can occur. Chapters focus on common emotional themes linked to dying, expanding and challenging them through first-person accounts and analyses of relevant academic and clinical literature. The result is an all-encompassing investigation into an experience that will eventually include us all and is more surprising and profound than anyone can imagine. Allan Kellehear
is professor of community health at
Middlesex University in London and the author of A Social History of Dying.
ship for Transformative Social Work.
$40.00 / £27.50 paper 978-0-231-15881-7 $120.00 / £83.00 cloth 978-0-231-15880-0 $39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53762-9
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-16785-7 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-16784-0 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53693-6 J u n e 304 pages
J u ly 400 pages
S o c i a l Wo r k
S o c i a l Wo r k
End-of-Life Care: A Series
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 8 3
W a l l f l o w e r P r ess
Slow Movies
Countering the Cinema of Action For Sale Throughout the World
Ira Jaffe
Slow Movies investigates movies by modern international directors who have challenged mainstream cinema’s reliance on motion and action. Works by Lisandro Alonso, Nuri Bilge Ceylan, Pedro Costa, Jia Zhang-ke, Abbas Kiarostami, Cristian Mungiu, Alexander Sokurov, Bela Tarr, Gus Van Sant, and others radically adhere to space-times in which emotion is repressed along with motion, editing and dialogue yield to stasis and contemplation, and action surrenders to emptiness if not death.
The Ultimate Stallone Reader
The Struggle for Form
Sylvester Stallone as Star, Icon, Auteur
Perspectives on Polish Avant-Garde Film 1916–1989
Chris Holmlund, Editor
Kamila Kuc and Michael O’Pray, Editors
With The Ultimate Stallone Reader, this acting, writing, directing, and producing icon finally receives concerted academic attention. Eleven original essays by international scholars examine Sylvester Stallone’s contributions to mainstream cinema, independent film, and television. The volume also offers innovative approaches to star, gender, and celebrity studies; performance analysis; genre criticism; industry and reception inquiry; and what it means to be an auteur. Chris Holmlund
is Arts and Sci-
Essays discuss Franciszka and Stefan Themerson; the Polish futurists Jalu Kurek and Anatol Stern; the Thaw and animation ( Jan Lenica and Walerian Borowczyk, Andrzej Pawłowski, Zbigniew Rybczyński); documentary (Natalia Brzozowska, Wojciech Wiszniewski); Polish émigrés (Roman Polański, Jerzy Skolimowski, Andrzej Żuławski); and the Film Form Workshop ( Józef Robakowski, Ryszard Waśko, Wojciech Bruszewski). Kamila Kuc
teaches film at the
ences Excellence Professor of Cinema
universities of Kingston and Brighton,
former chair, and founder of the
Studies and French at the University
and Michael O’Pray is emeritus
Department of Cinematic Arts at the
of Tennessee and editor of American
professor of film at the University of
University of New Mexico.
Cinema of the 1990s.
East London.
$27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-16979-0 $80.00 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-16978-3 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-85063-6
$27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-16981-3 $80.00 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-16980-6 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-85064-3
$27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-16983-7 $80.00 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-16982-0 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-85065-0
M ay 256 pages
A p r i l 224 pages
J u n e 256 pages
f i l m st u d i e s
f i l m st u d i e s
f i l m st u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
Ira Jaffe
84 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
is emeritus professor,
Di r e c t o r s ’ c u t s
W a l l f l o w e r P r ess
The Cinema of James Cameron
The Cinema of Agnès Varda
James Clarke
Delphine Benezet
This timely volume explores the massively popular cinema of writer-director James Cameron, couching Cameron’s films within the evolving generic traditions of science fiction, melodrama, and the cinema of spectacle. The book also considers the filmmaker’s engagement with visual-effects aesthetics and the “now” of performancecapture technology, phenomena that are arguably transitioning a certain kind of event-movie cinema from photography to something more akin to painting. This study is explicit in presenting Cameron as an authentic auteur, and each chapter is dedicated to reading a single film in his entire body of work. Space is also given to a discussion of Strange Days (1995), as well as the director’s documentary work.
Agnès Varda, a pioneer of the French New Wave, has been making radical films for more than half a century. This volume considers her production as a whole, revisiting overlooked films such as Mur, Murs/ Documenteur (1980–81) and connecting the filmmaker’s cinema to her recent installation work. The study demonstrates how Varda has resisted norms of representation and production diktats and shows how she has elaborated a personal repertoire of images, characters, and settings that provide insight on their cultural and political contexts. This book therefore offers new readings of the director’s multifaceted reveries, arguing her work should be understood as an aesthetically influential and ethically driven production in which cinema is both a political and collaborative practice and a synesthetic art form.
Bodies in Heroic Motion
is a U.K.–based film writer, contributing to
numerous cinema-related publications. He has also taught film studies and has designed screenwriting courses at U.K. universities.
Delphine Benezet
For Sale Throughout the World
James Clarke
Resistance and Eclecticism
teaches comparative literature in the
School of Languages, Linguistics, and Film at Queen Mary, University of London.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-16977-6 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16976-9 $24.99 / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-85062-9
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-16975-2 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16974-5 $24.99 / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-85061-2
M ay 224 pages
A p r i l 208 pages
f i l m st u d i e s
f i l m st u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 8 5
d
Short Cuts
W a l l f l o w e r P r ess
International Politics and Film
Film Theory
For Sale Throughout the World
Space, Vision, Power
Creating a Cinematic Grammar
Sean Carter and Klaus Dodds
Felicity Colman
International Politics and Film introduces readers to the representational qualities of film but also draws attention to how the relationship between the visual and the spatial is constitutive of international politics. Using four themes—borders, the state of exception, homeland, and distant others—the study particularly highlights the territorial and imaginative dimensions of international affairs while also making clear that international politics is not just something that is “out there.” Film helps us better understand how the subject is part of everyday life within the state, affecting individuals and communities in different ways depending on axes of difference, such as gender, race, class, age, and ethnicity.
Film Theory addresses the core concepts and arguments used by academics, critical film theorists, and filmmakers, and includes the work of Dudley Andrew, Raymond Bellour, Mary Ann Doane, Miriam Hansen, bell hooks, Siegfried Kracauer, Raul Ruiz, P. Adams Sitney, Bernard Stiegler, and Pier Paolo Pasolini. The volume treats film theory as a form of writing that produces a unique cinematic grammar applicable to a wide range of media forms. By creating authorial trends, identifying the technology of cinema as a creative force, and producing films as aesthetic markers, film theories contribute an epistemological resource that connects the technologies of filmmaking and film composition. This book explores these links through film theorizations of the diagrammatization (the systems, methodologies, concepts, histories) of cinematic matters.
Sean Carter
is senior lecturer in human geography at the
University of Exeter. Klaus Dodds
is professor of geopolitics at Royal
Holloway, University of London, and coeditor of Polar
Felicity Colman
Geopolitics: Knowledges, Legal Regimes, and Resources.
chester School of Art, Manchester Metropolitan University,
is reader in screen media at the Man-
and editor of Film, Theory, and Philosophy: The Key Thinkers.
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-16971-4 $19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-85059-9
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-16973-8 $19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-85060-5
M ay 144 pages
J u n e 144 pages
f i l m st u d i e s
f i l m st u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press
86 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Short cuts
W a l l f l o w e r P r ess
The Sports Film
The Heist Film
Bruce Babington
Daryl Lee
After covering the genre’s early history and theorizing on its general characteristics, this volume focuses on specific examples of sports films, such as the biopic, the sports history film, the documentary, the fan film, and the boxing film, and explores such issues as gender, race, spectacle, and silent comedy. The volume then analyzes four major films: Chariots of Fire (1981), Field of Dreams (1989), the Indian cricket epic Lagaan (2001), and Oliver Stone’s Any Given Sunday (1999). While noting American film’s importance to the genre, the book resists concentrating too heavily on American cinema by including British, Indian, Australian, South Korean, Thai, German, New Zealand, and Spanish films and the many different sports they depict.
A concise introduction to the genre about that one last big score, The Heist Film traces the crime thriller’s development as both a dramatic and comic vehicle, beginning with film noir (Criss Cross [1949], The Killers [1946], The Asphalt Jungle [1950]), mutating into sleek capers (Ocean’s Eleven [1960], Gambit [1966], How to Steal a Million [1966]), and splashing across screens in modern remake after remake (The Thomas Crown Affair [1999], The Italian Job [2003], The Good Thief [2002]). Built around case studies of Rififi (1955), Bob le Flambeur (1956), The Killing (1956), The Lavender Hill Mob (1951), The Getaway (1972), and the Ocean’s trilogy, the volume explores why directors of such varied backgrounds, from studio regulars (Siodmak, Crichton, Siegel, Walsh, and Wise) to independents (Anderson, Fuller, Kubrick, Ritchie, and Soderbergh), are so drawn to this popular genre.
Games People Play
is emeritus professor of film at New-
books on the Hollywood, British, and New Zealand cinemas.
Daryl Lee
For Sale Throughout the World
Bruce Babington
castle University. He has written, cowritten, and edited many
Stealing With Style
is associate professor of French at Brigham
Young University.
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-16965-3 $19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-85057-5
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-16969-1 $19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-85058-2
M a r c h 144 pages
M a r c h 144 pages
f i l m st u d i e s
f i l m st u d i e s
All Rights: Columbia University Press
All Rights: Columbia University Press c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 87
Au s t r i a n Fi l m M u se u m B o o ks
Joe Dante
Edited by Nil Baskar and Gabe Klinger
In the often dreary landscape of Hollywood’s blockbuster era, the cinema of Joe Dante has stood out as a rare beacon of fearless originality. Blending humor with terror, trenchant political satire with sincere tributes to the moviegoing act itself, the “Dante touch” is best described as a free-for-all orgy of movies, memories, and mischief. CONTENTS
Preface
For Sale Throughout the World
JOHN SAYLES
A Soldier in the Field
GABE KLINGER & JOE DANTE
A Conversation
BILL KROHN
Dante’s Slashers: Hollywood Boulevard and Beyond
DUŠAN REBOLJ
Dante’s Agents
J. HOBERMAN
The Gremlins Franchise: Standing Spielberg on His Head
GABE KLINGER Keep Your Eyes Open for the Scary Parts: Matinee, The Second Civil War, and Small Soldiers CHRISTOPH HUBER
Eat at Joe’s: A Scientific Study of Corporate Identity
VIOLETA KOVACSICS
Season 1: Joe Dante and serial repetition
MARK COTTA VAZ
From Rubber to Digital: Special Effects in Joe Dante’s Cinema from The Howling to Small Soldiers
MICHAEL ALMEREYDA WITH JIM ROBISON Dante Among the Mind-Benders HOWARD PROUTY & GABE KLINGER
A Dante, Esq. Chronology
Annotated Filmography Selected Bibliography Contributors and Editors List of Illustrations
$32.50 / £22.50 paper 978-3-901644-52-8 Ava i l a b l e N o w 256 pages / 100 color and
70 b&w illustrations Film Studies F i l m m u s e u m Sy n e m a P u b l i c at i o n s
88 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
For the first time, Dante’s colorful universe—from Hollywood Boulevard (1976) to Gremlins (1984) to Small Soldiers (1998) and beyond—is comprehensively explored in an English-language volume featuring a career-encompassing interview; original essays by Michael Almereyda, Jim Hoberman, Christoph Huber, Gabe Klinger, Violeta Kovacsics, Bill Krohn, Dušan Rebolj, John Sayles, and Mark Cotta Vaz; and a treasure trove of never before seen documents and illustrations. Nil Baskar
is a film writer, researcher, and translator based in Lju-
bljana. In 2007, he cofounded KINO! magazine and has been a regular contributor ever since. He is in charge of in-house publications for the Slovenian Cinematheque and has edited and translated books by André Bazin, Jacques Rancière, and Jean-Louis Comolli, among others. Gabe Klinger
is a critic, teacher, archivist, curator, and filmmaker. His
articles have appeared in Sight & Sound, Film Comment, Cinema Scope, and other publications. His feature documentary, Double Play: James Benning and Richard Linklater (2013), premiered at the 2013 Venice Film Festival.
s l o v e n i a n c i n e m at h e q u e
Lubitsch Can’t Wait
Philosophical Discussions on Ernst Lubitsch’s Film Comedy Ivana Novak, Mladen Dolar, and Jela Krečič, Editors
Ernst Lubitsch, the great author of Hollywood comedy and pioneer of such genres as the sophisticated romantic comedy, the musical, and the screwball comedy, is a relatively overlooked figure in mainstream film theory. In this collection, renowned world thinkers and philosophers position Lubitsch as the premium director of subversive cinema, reflecting on his attitude toward love and politics, which correspond to contemporary issues.
Ivana Novak
is a freelance editor specializing in theory, contempo-
rary cinema, television, and comedy. She and Jela Krečič co-curated the 2012 edition of the international symposium on film theory in Slovenian cinematheque, which led to the English edition of Lubitsch Can’t Wait. Mladen Dolar
CONTENTS Ivana Novak and Jela Krečič
Lubitsch Can’t Wait
Aaron Schuster Comedy in Times of Austerity Russell Grigg
The Joyful Art of Ernst Lubitsch: Trouble in Paradise
Robert Pfaller
What Is So Funny About Multiple Love? The Polygamous Lubitsch Touch
Tatjana Jukić Garbo Laughs: Revolution and Melancholia in Lubitsch’s Ninotchka Mladen Dolar
For Sale Throughout the World
Followers of the Hegelian, Marxist, Freudian, Lacanian, and Deleuzian traditions discuss the philosophical, political, and ethical dimensions of Lubitsch’s late Hollywood work. They focus on love as stealing, the ethics of style, and comedy in times of austerity in the director’s masterpiece, Trouble in Paradise (1932); answer the question of why comedy is always polygamous; discuss links among masochism, melancholia, and ideology in Ninotchka (1939); celebrate the ethical gesture of comedy in To Be or Not to Be (1942); and promote the revolutionary comic spirit of Lubitsch’s last directorial effort, Cluny Brown (1946). These essays’ witty, subversive, and provocative approaches highlight Lubitsch’s unique understanding of love, sex, comedy, and politics and his idiosyncratic conception of totalitarian “nightmares” and capitalistic “paradise,” countering the non-dialectic and politically correct discourse of mainstream and independent cinema today.
To Be or Not to Be? No, Thank You
Elisabeth Bronfen Lubitsch’s War: Comedy as Political Ploy in To Be or Not to Be Gregor Moder
The Beard, the Bust, and the Plumed Helmet
Alenka Zupančič
Squirrels to the Nuts, or, How Many Does It Take to Not Give Up on Your Desire?
Slavoj Žižek
Lubitsch, the Poet of Cynical Wisdom?
Appendix: Index of Names and Film Titles
is a professor in the Department of Philosophy at the
University of Ljubljana. Jela Krečič
is a philosopher who works as a journalist for the
Slovenian newspaper Delo. $30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-961-6417-84-6 M a r c h 240 pages Film Studies
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 89
A u t e u r P u b l is h i n g
Splice 7.1
Studying Contemporary Cinema
Volume 7, Number 1
John Atkinson, Editor
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a .
The latest issue of Splice, the journal for all of those using popular cinema in the classroom, focuses on the work of one of the most successful and studied directors working today: Tim Buton. Articles in this issue discuss Edward Scissorhands (1990), Burton’s Batman films, and Sleepy Hollow (1999), covering such themes as mental illness and the representation of disability in the director’s work. John Atkinson
is the U.K.–based
publisher of Auteur.
Studying The Lord of the Rings
Gaming
Student Edition
Teacher’s Guide and Classroom Resources
Anna Dawson
Dave Harrison
Peter Jackson’s trilogy was a project of enormous artistic vision and financial risk. This volume is the first to consider each film’s major concepts: their complex origins and narrative structure; their representation of masculinity, femininity, and race; generic patterns; industrial contexts; and film language. The book relates critical debates and key terms to the texts and explores their stylistic and cultural influence. This student edition (an instructor’s edition is also available) brings the story up to date with reflections on The Hobbit films.
Gaming is now an important media studies issue, yet to date there has been very little material written for teachers to use in the classroom. Dave Harrison, a media teacher and former gaming journalist, has written the ideal introduction to this topic for educators. Covering the history of videogames from Pong to Angry Birds; offering in-depth coverage of game genres, audiences, marketing, and promotion; and including ideas for classroom work and discussion, Gaming makes the delivery of this topic accessible to all.
Anna Dawson
lectures on film
Dave Harrison
was a gaming jour-
nalist and now teaches media studies
and media at Nottingham Trent Uni-
at Long Road Sixth Form College in
versity and is the author of Studying
Cambridge, England.
The Matrix.
$20.00 paper 978-1-906733-78-0
$15.00 paper 978-1-906733-82-7
M a r c h 90 pages
M ay 120 pages
$45.00 paper 978-1-906733-76-6
Film
Film
M a r c h 100 pages
Splice
S t u dy i n g F i l m s
Film
90 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
De v i l ’ s A d v o c at es
A u t e u r P u b l is h i n g
The Thing
Halloween
Consigned to the deep freeze of critical and commercial reception upon its release in 1982, The Thing has bounced back to become one of the most highly regarded productions of the 1980s “Body Horror” cycle of films. Thirty years on, and with a recent prequel reigniting interest, Jez Conolly looks back at the film’s antecedents and forward to its changing reception and influence. Themes discussed include the significance of The Thing’s subversive antipodal environment, the role the film has played in the corruption of the onscreen monstrous form, the qualities that make it an exemplar of the director’s work, and the relevance of its visual effects despite the advent of CGI. Accompanied by a full plot breakdown and an appreciation of the film’s notoriously downbeat ending, this exploration captures The Thing’s subzero terror in all its gory glory.
John Carpenter’s Halloween (1978) is the film that capped the golden age of 1970s horror— though some say it ruined it by ushering in the era of the slasher film. Considered a paradigm of low-budget ingenuity, the film’s story of an unremarkable American town becoming the site of violence struck a chord with audiences. Much of the film’s success stems from the simple yet strong construction of its central characters: brainy, introverted teenager Laurie Strode; Dr. Loomis, the driven, obsessive psychiatrist; and Michael Myers, the inexplicable, ghostlike masked killer. Film scholar Murray Leeder offers a provocative study of Carpenter’s film, highlighting qualities occasionally effaced by its sequels and remakes. The book explores Halloween as an unexpected ghost film and examines such subjects as its construction of the teenager, the relationship of the film to the holiday, and Myers’s brand of “pure evil.”
Jez Conolly
is the coeditor of three books in the World
Film Locations series (Dublin, Reykjavik, and Liverpool)
Murray Leeder
published by Intellect. He is faculty librarian for arts and
and has published studies of The Legend of Hell House
social sciences and law at the University of Bristol.
(1973), The Fog (1980), Poltergeist (1982), Fright Night
lectures at the University of Manitoba
(1985), Ghostwatch (1992) and Stir of Echoes (1999).
$15.00 paper 978-1-906733-77-3
$15.00 paper 978-1-906733-79-7
Ava i l a b l e N o w 110 pages
M a r c h 110 pages
Film
Film
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a .
Jez Conolly
Murray Leeder
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 9 1
P r e v i o u s ly A n n o u n c e d , N o w Ava i l a b l e
A u t e u r P u b l is h i n g
Carrie
The Silence of the Lambs
Brian De Palma’s adaptation of Stephen King’s debut novel, Carrie (1976), is one of the defining films of 1970s “New Hollywood” style and a horror classic. Carrie was an enormous commercial and critical success and is still one of the finest screen adaptations of a King work. Neil Mitchell not only breaks the film down into its formal components—its themes, stylistic tropes, technical approaches, uses of color and sound, dialogue, and visual symbolism—but also considers a multitude of other factors contributing to the work’s classic status: the act of adapting King’s novel for the big screen, the origins of the novel, the place of Carrie in De Palma’s oeuvre, and the social, political, and cultural climate of the era (including the influence of second-wave feminism, loosening sexual norms, and changing representations of adolescence), as well as an explosion of interest in and the evolution of the horror genre.
The 1991 film The Silence of the Lambs, based on Thomas Harris’s best-seller, was a game-changer in the fields of both horror and crime cinema. FBI trainee Clarice Starling was a new kind of heroine, vulnerable, intuitive, and in a deeply unhealthy relationship with her monstrous helper/ opponent, the serial killer Hannibal Lecter. Jonathan Demme’s film skillfully appropriated the tropes of police procedural, gothic melodrama, and contemporary horror and produced something entirely new. The resulting film was both critically acclaimed and massively popular, and went on to have an enormous influence on 1990s genre cinema. Crime and horror authority Barry Forshaw closely examines the factors that contributed to the film’s impact, including the revelatory performances of Jodie Foster and Anthony Hopkins in the lead roles.
Neil Mitchell
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a .
Neil Mitchell
is a writer and editor, most recently of
Barry Forshaw
Barry Forshaw
is a London-based critic and author,
most recently of Death in a Cold Climate: A Guide to Scandinavian Crime Fiction.
World Film Locations: Melbourne. With Emma Bell, he is the coeditor of Directory of World Cinema: Britain.
$15.00 paper 978-1-906733-72-8
$15.00 paper 978-1-906733-65-0
ava i l a b l e n o w 112 pages
ava i l a b l e n o w 112 pages
f i l m st u d i e s
f i l m st u d i e s
D e v i l’ s A dvo c at e s
D e v i l’ s A dvo c at e s
92 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
The Barnum Museum Steven Millhauser
The Barnum Museum is a combination of waxworks, masked ball, and circus sideshow masquerading as a collection of stories. Within the book’s pages, note such exhibits as: a study of the strategies used by the participants in the game of Clue; a dilettante who constructs an imaginary woman and loses her to an imaginary man; and a legendary magician so skilled at sleight-of-hand that he is pursued by police for the crime of erasing the line between what is real and what is conjured. Ingeniously written, each exhibit in The Barnum Museum—which includes the story upon which the movie The Illusionist was based—will compel you to continue reading and lure you to the next. Originally published by Poseidon Press in 1990 and by Dalkey Archive Press in 2007, the title is now available again for a new generation to adore. ideas, and you’ll have some sense of these stories. . . . ‘A Game of Clue’ delineates the line between strategy and chance in a board game while plotting the relationships among the players. ‘Klassik Komix #1’ is a riotous pop comic version of ‘The Lovesong of J. Alfred Prufrock.’ . . . Millhauser’s distinctive mix of stylistic dazzle and erudite wonder will intrigue admirers of his Edwin Mullhouse, In the Penny Arcade, and From the Realm of Morpheus.”
dense with minute realistic detail as a fifteenth-century Flemish painting, but they never fail to take a sharp turn into fantasy. Imagination is his favorite subject as well as his precision instrument. His fiction is about virtuosity, especially his own. But it’s also about the way imagination takes possession of the world and the imaginer.” —Entertainment Weekly
for sale throughout the world
“Imagine a funhouse gallery of fictive techniques and
“Steven Millhauser’s stories are as
—Library Journal Steven Millhauser
is the author of numerous works of fiction,
including In the Penny Arcade and the Pulitzer Prize–winning Martin Dressler. His work has been translated into fifteen languages, and his story “Eisenheim the Illusionist” was the basis of the 2006 film The Illusionist. He teaches at Skidmore College and lives in Saratoga Springs, New York.
$15.00 paper 978-1-56478-179-6 A p r i l 240 pages A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
Rights only in the United States, Canada, and the Philippines c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 93
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Selected Stories
Joaquim Maria Machado de Assis Edited and Translated by Rhett McNeil
Featuring ten stories never before translated, dating from 1878 to 1886 (regarded as Joaquim Machado de Assis’s most radically experimental period), this selection of short fiction by Brazil’s greatest author ranges in tone from elegiac and philosophical to impishly ironic. Including the author’s classic essay on world literature—also appearing in English for the first time—and with pieces chosen from his vast body of work for their playfulness, pathos, and stylistic subversion, this collection is an ideal introduction to one of world literature’s greatest talents. “Joaquim Machado de Assis does not belong to the “A prodigy of accomplishment . . . deserving of a permanent place
for sale throughout the world
in world literature.” —Susan Sontag
“I couldn’t believe he lived as long ago as he did. You would’ve thought he wrote it yesterday. . . . Great wit, great originality, and no sentimentality.” —Woody Allen
$15.50 / £10.50 paper 978-1-56478-899-3 A p r i l 250 pages Br a z i l i a n L i t e r at u r e Br a z i l i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
94 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
romantic and realist current of nineteenth-century Spanish America; instead, he revives the great tradition of La Mancha: the tradition of Cervantes– Sterne–Diderot. . . . Better yet: Machado de Assis is a miracle.” —Carlos Fuentes Joaquim Maria Machado de Assis
(1839–1908) was born in Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil. Beginning his career as a fiction writer with works in the romantic vein, he broke away from this mode during middle age to produce novels and stories marked by self-reflexivity, humor, and pitch-black pessimism. He was given a state funeral, with full civil and military honors, a first for a man of letters in Brazil.
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Here
C. S. Giscombe
C. S. Giscombe’s Here is a long, single poem that unfolds in a progression of three unlikely settings: the edges of the urban South, the outskirts—just beyond and just within the city—of rural Ohio, and the places in which upstate New York forms the border with Canada, or “the next country.” Here is racial in its knowledge and acknowledgment of the great geographic archetype: the journey north, yet the work’s nature denies the closure of destination. The poem’s interest instead is in statement(s) of situation, in “the path traced by a moving point.” Dalkey Archive Press first published this work in 1994. “C. S. Giscombe’s concise poems—which are always essentially unpredictable—have an odd and vivid beauty. They move in intricately woven patterns
“C. S. Giscombe makes evident a genius of attention to all the
emotional depths of the most private places to places
determinants of any one of us,
post-personal yet not quite public, and they make this
our particulars, our people.
journey with elegance, eloquence, wit, knife-sharp
He traces with consummate art
observations, and tenderness.”
the passage of time through his
—Clarence Major
own accumulating presence, his points of origin and return.”
C. S. Giscombe
is the author of several books of poetry, including
Giscome Road and Prairie Style. He has also published a memoir
—Robert Creeley
entitled Into and Out of Dislocation. Back Burner, a collection of essays about poetry, color, transportation, and cooking, among other subjects, is forthcoming from Dalkey Archive Press. He teaches at the University of California at Berkeley.
for sale throughout the world
(like the candid language of risky dreams), from the
$14.95t / £10.50 paper 978-1-56478-338-7 M ay 64 pages A m e r i c a n P o e tr y A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 95
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Istanbul Was a Fairytale Mario Levi
Translated by Ender Gürol
A major work of contemporary Turkish literature, Istanbul Was a Fairy Tale tells the story of three generations of a Jewish family from the 1920s to the 1980s. Istanbul is their only home, yet they live in a state of total alienation, isolating themselves from the world around them.
As witness, observer, and protagonist, the story’s narrator records this family’s many tales, as well as those of their friends and neighbors, creating an expansive mosaic of characters each doing their best to survive. Dalkey Archive Press published the first edition of this book in 2012. “With its telescoping of time, its complex changeability of voice,
for sale throughout the world
its fractured and prismatic storylines, Istanbul Was a Fairy Tale clearly belongs to the extended tradition of modernism.” —Tadzio Koelb, Times Literary Supplement
$18.95t / £13.00 paper 978-1-56478-712-5 A p r i l 672 pages T u r k i s h L i t e r at u r e T u r k i s h L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
96 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
“Highly literary, lyrical . . . dense and divergent . . . replete with poignant, wrenching sentences.” —Jewish Book Council Mario Levi
graduated from Istanbul University’s Faculty of
Literature with a degree in French language and literature. He has worked as a French teacher, an importer, a journalist, a radio programmer, and a copywriter. Istanbul Was a Fairy Tale is his first novel to be translated into English.
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
More Than You Know Melissa Malouf
Alice Clark has been trying to avoid an acute state of “not-knowing” about what’s happened and what’s happening. Whatever happened has much to do with why three of her friends died early and badly and she did not. Alice is a mess, and her story is a mess, too: digressive, disheveled, and wild. She takes us across the United States in an overdue effort to find out what part she’s played, or failed to, in her own life. Along the way, she revisits her memories and meets a variety of “Cheshire cats,” who, in scary, rude, and seductive ways, help her to keep going and find things out . . . or not. “With a sure, compassionate touch, Melissa Malouf takes a woman of sorrows on a journey of great wit, imagination, and joy. This unpredictable road trip
“A fine and daring writer. Her language power does
is always insightful, and frequently hilarious.”
its scarf dance with huge
—Emma Donoghue
versatility and good humor.”
Melissa Malouf
is the Pushcart Prize–winning author of a collection
of short stories, No Guarantees, and a novel, It Had to Be You: The Joan and Ernest Story. She earned her Ph.D. at the University of California at Irvine and teaches literature and creative writing at Duke University.
—Cynthia Ozick
“[Malouf’s] stories have nerve and true zoombah!, which is the highest praise I know how to give.” —Harold Bloom
for sale throughout the world
across America—and through Alice’s painful past—
$15.50 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-044-9 A p r i l 275 pages A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 97
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Metamorphosis Nicholas Mosley
Nicholas Mosley’s Whitbread Award–winning novel, Hopeful Monsters, dealt with the suggestion that if human nature could not be improved by scientific manipulation, perhaps a suitable environment or soil might be prepared into which an appropriate seed for change might fall. In Metamorphosis, a humanitarian worker and a journalist in a refugee camp in East Africa discover a newborn child who for some reason gives them the impression it might be just such a seed. But why? And what should be done?
“Mosley’s very special talent is for describing the sensations experienced within a cocoon “Nicholas Mosley is one of the most interesting and gifted English for sale throughout the world
novelists writing today.” —New Statesman
“Nicholas Mosley is a brilliant novelist who has received nothing like the recognition he deserves—either at home in England or in this country.” —Robert Scholes, Saturday Review
$15.00 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-024-1 M ay 250 pages E n g l i s h L i t e r at u r e E n g l i s h L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
98 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
of dismay and terror.” —Sunday Times (London) Nicholas Mosley
was born in London on June 25, 1923, and was
educated at Eton and Oxford. He served in Italy during World War II and published his first novel, Spaces of the Dark, in 1951. He is also the author of several works of nonfiction, most notably the autobiography Efforts at Truth and a biography of his father, Sir Oswald Mosley, entitled Rules of the Game/Beyond the Pale. He resides in London.
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Willie Masters’ Lonesome Wife William H. Gass
In this postmodernist classic and paean to the pleasures of language, William H. Gass equates his text with the body of Babs Masters, the lonesome wife of the title, to advance the conceit that a parallel should exist between a woman and her lover and a book and its reader.
Disappointed by her inattentive husband/reader, Babs exuberantly displays the physical charms of language to entice an illicit new lover: a man named Gelvin, in one sense, but in another sense, the reader of this “essay-novella,” which has attained the status of a postmodernist classic. This book was originally published by Knopf in 1971 and by Dalkey Archive Press in 1989. “A physically exciting literary text.” —Larry McCaffery is the author of three other novels—Omensetter’s
Luck, The Tunnel, and Middle C—as well as two volumes of short stories and eight collections of essays. He was a professor of philosophy at Washington University from 1966 to 2000 and director of the Interna-
lonesome for the poet: if she is truly courted and loved, instead of insultingly ‘had,’ she will respond accordingly and save the language.” —New York Times
tional Writers Center from 1990 to 2000. He has received many awards, including the Pen-Nabokov Lifetime Achievement Award, the Lannan Foundation Lifetime Achievement Award, and the National Book Critics Circle Awards for Criticism in 1985, 1996, and 2003.
for sale throughout the world
William H. Gass
“The lonesome wife is, plainly, poetry
$13.95t / £9.50 paper 978-1-56478-212-0 A p r i l 64 pages / 9 illustrations A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 9 9
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
From Out of the City John C. Kelly
This intriguing novel portrays a future in which electricity is scarce and Dublin has gone to seed. Hawk-eyed octogenarian Monk is keeping desperate characters under surveillance—among them Schroeder, recently sacked from Trinity College, now stalking a reporter in the days leading up to the visit of the U. S. president. When the president is assassinated, Monk tries to discover what has happened to those in his care and, along the way, to the late president—yet this is not, he insists, the story of an assassination. Nor is it a thriller; it is the truth.
“Rampant wit and a deft and elegant control “Witty, inventive, exhilarating.”
of language.” —The Times
—The Guardian for sale throughout the world
John C. Kelly
“John Kelly is an immensely gifted writer—he can do things with the spoken language that are rare to behold and behear.”
is also the author of The Little Hammer
and Sophisticated Boom Boom. His radio play, The Pipes, was broadcast by RTE in 2012, and his short stories have appeared recently in The Stinging Fly and Sinéad Gleeson’s anthology Silver Threads of Hope. He lives in Dublin, Ireland, where he works as a broadcaster.
—Tom Paulin, poet and critic
$15.00 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-000-5 A p r i l 224 pages Ir i s h L i t e r at u r e Ir i s h L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
100 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Balthus
A Biography Nicholas Fox Weber With a New Preface by the Author
This is the first full-scale biography of one of the most elusive and enigmatic painters of our time: the self-proclaimed Count Balthus Klossowski de Rola, whose brilliant, markedly sexualized portraits, especially of young girls, are among the most memorable images in contemporary art.
“Nicholas Fox Weber explores Balthus’s many
“A book that often reads like an update of one of those late novels of Henry James—as adapted, say, by Vladimir Nabokov—in which the narrator finds all appearances to be
influences, from the work of Piero della Francesca
deceptive and every revelation is
to psychoanalytic theory and his brother’s fascination
calculated to raise more questions
with the Marquis de Sade. . . . A splendid account
than it answers.”
of a complex life and as fine an artist’s biography
—Wall Street Journal
as this season is likely to produce.” —Publishers Weekly Nicholas Fox Weber
“Probing the inner man and his work, the author partially explains the
is the executive director of the Josef and
Anna Albers Foundation and has written extensively about artists, as well as curated many major exhibitions and retrospectives of their work. A graduate of Columbia College and Yale University, he is the author of
mystique that has surrounded this critically acclaimed and self-invented painter whose surreal, sexually
fourteen books, including The Bauhaus Group: Six Masters of Modern-
charged images are both disturbing
ism; Le Corbusier: A Life; The Clarks of Cooperstown: Their Singer Sew-
and haunting.”
ing Machine Fortune, Their Great and Influential Art Collections, Their Forty-Year Feud; Patron Saints: Five Rebels Who Opened America to a
for sale throughout the world
Balthus’s complexities are clarified and his genius understood in this book, which derives its immediacy from Nicholas Fox Weber’s long and intense conversations with Balthus himself—who never previously consented to discuss his life and work with a biographer—as well as Weber’s interviews with the artist’s closest associates. This biography was first published by Knopf in 1999 and is now available for the first time from Dalkey Archive Press.
—Library Journal
New Art, 1928–1943; The Art of Babar, and The Drawings of Josef Albers. Weber is currently at work on a biography of Piet Mondrian.
$24.95t / £17.00 paper 978-1-56478-992-1 A p r i l 656 pages / 116 b&w and 16 color illustrations B i o gr a p h y / Art H i sto r y A m e r i c a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 101
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Selected Stories Kjell Askildsen
Translated by Sean Kinsella
A man and a woman in an isolated house, surrounded by nothing, or nearly nothing, besieged by urban desert or actual wilderness, by alcohol, cigarettes, and ghosts, by mothers, fathers, and lovers who have disappeared. Written in an unadorned style, with flashes of pitch-black humor, Kjell Askildsen’s devastating stories convey in few words life and thought as they are actually experienced, balanced between despair and hope, memories and expectations. He is widely recognized as one of the greatest Norwegian writers of the twentieth century and among the greatest short-story authors of all time.
“Kjell Askildsen’s dry, absurd humor is not unlike that of Beckett. . . . for sale throughout the world
His short stories are packed with irony, and the dialogue is sharp and expressive.”
“A great storyteller. . . . Sincere, devastating and merciless . . . can be compared to Hemingway and Carver stylistically, and Kafka, Beckett, and Camus thematically.” —El Pais
—Times Literary Supplement Kjell Askildsen
“No current Norwegian writer can say so much in so few words. No one leaves you with so much food for thought and reflection as Kjell Askildsen. . . . I have always had to return to his books. I never finish with them.” —Jahn Otto Johansen, Aftenposten
$12.00 / £8.50 paper 978-1-62897-028-9 M ay 100 pages N o r w e g i a n L i t e r at u r e N o r w e g i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
102 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
was born in 1929 in Mandal, southern Norway.
At the age of twenty-four, he published his first collection of short stories. In the 1960s and 1970s, his output was restricted to short novels, yet he turned his back on the form for good after his 1983 novella, Thomas F’s Last Notes to the General Public, which is available in English in the collection A Sudden Liberating Thought. In 1991, Askildsen was nominated to the Nordic Council’s Prize for Literature. His books have been translated into more than twenty languages. He lives and works in Norway.
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Klaus Klump: A Man Gonçalo M. Tavares
Translated by Rhett McNeil
The final installment in Gonçalo M. Tavares’s “Kingdom” cycle to be translated into English, Klaus Klump: A Man is a harrowing portrait of a man without values, making his way through a world almost as immoral. Klaus takes care of the family business; he doesn’t feel fear, hunger, or love. He plays a game, and this game and its object consist of one thing: making money. No matter who you are, Klaus thinks, there is only one thing of importance: to win rather than lose.
“The literature of Gonçalo M. Tavares is radical, and does not allow us to remain indifferent. On the contrary, it makes us uncomfortable and hurt.
—José Castello, Ipsilon Gonçalo M. Tavares
was born in 1970 in Luanda, Angola. He
Portuguese literary scene armed with an utterly original imagination that broke through all the traditional imaginative boundaries. . . .
has published numerous books since 2001 and has been awarded an
I’ve predicted that in thirty years’
impressive number of literary prizes in a very short time, including the
time, if not before, he will win
Saramago Prize in 2005. He was also awarded the Prêmio Portugal Telecom de Literatura em Língua Portuguesa 2007 for Jerusalem.
the Nobel Prize.” —José Saramago, Nobel Prize–winning author
“His writing is surreal, fun, poetic, profound, dramatic, a discourse of
for sale throughout the world
Tavares is a master of the art of shocking the reader.”
“Gonçalo M. Tavares burst onto the
shock, a small bomb that pushes past the usual boundaries, the standard patterns.” —Giulia Lancini
$12.50t / £8.50 paper 978-1-62897-034-0 M ay 120 pages P o rt u g u e s e L i t e r at u r e P o rt u g u e s e L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 103
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
The Alp
Arno Camenisch
Translated by Donal McLaughlin
The first novel in Arno Camenisch’s celebrated “alpine” trilogy unfolds over a single summer. The four main (unnamed) characters are a dairyman, his farmhand, a cowherd, and a swineherd who all live and work in close proximity—but this is no Heidi. Theirs is an existence marked by dangerous work, solitude, cruelty, alcoholism, and sheer stubbornness, yet Camenisch’s handling of these lives is full of affection, surreal humor, and a brilliant ear for the sounds of the setting. “Camenisch writes unique and wonderful prose that finds its own rhythm and its own poetry.” “With The Alp, a loose sequence of scenes from everyday life on Alp
for sale throughout the world
Stavonas at the foot of Piz Sezner,
—Die Berliner Literaturkritik Arno Camenisch
writes in both Rhaeto-Romanic and German.
He is best known for his award-winning trilogy of novels, beginning with The Alp, already excerpted in Harper’s, and continuing
Arno Camenisch has written perhaps
with Behind the Station and Last Last Orders, all of which Dalkey
the most unusual book of the season.
Archive Press will publish over the next two years.
It is certainly one of the freshest.” —Angelika Overath, NZZ
“The sound of the words and of the sentences is highly musical. Camenisch shows himself to be an accomplished rhythmist, a poet in his prose.” —Bündner Tagblatt
$12.50t / £8.50 paper 978-1-62897-010-4 A p r i l 100 pages S w i ss L i t e r at u r e Sw i ss L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
104 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Sometimes I Lie and Sometimes I Don’t Nadja Spiegel
Translated by Rachel McNicholl
Love, injury, deception, uncertainty, and selfsacrifice: debut author Nadja Spiegel is hardly the first person to write about these things, but the way she has written about them is incomparable.
Constructing virtuoso depictions of life in a style that lets them get right under the skin, Spiegel’s precise, brittle, seemingly straightforward prose paints with humor and restraint a vibrant picture of human compromise and cooperation. Bittersweet, made up of just a few simple strokes, these stories herald the arrival of an important new voice in European literature.
“It’s the tone of these stories, the way they
exceptional talent.” —KULTUR Nadja Spiegel
and of growing up. Nothing new, on the face of it, but what’s exceptional in this book are the details. It’s worth your while to have a look.” —Emily Walton, Falter
was born in 1992 in Lustenau/Vorarlberg and
has published both prose and poetry. She won the Meta-MerzPreis for young Austrian authors in 2009.
for sale throughout the world
were constructed, that highlights this author’s
“Nadja Spiegel . . . writes of friendship
$13.50 / £9.50 paper 978-1-62897-062-3 A p r i l 140 pages A u str i a n L i t e r at u r e Au str i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 10 5
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Rapids
The Dance of a Sham
Translated by Peter O. Arnds
Translated by Marlon Jones
A sideways view of the “coming-of-age” experience, Rapids is the story of a young man who moves to a strange city and finds himself lost in its warren of streets and squares. He is looking for his own identity—personal, political, and sexual. A series of encounters culminates with his meeting Anja, a strong, older woman, stuck in a relationship with another man she cannot bring herself to leave. Anja becomes an anchor for the young man, yet their relationship must remain a secret— and when that secret finally comes to light, their troubles begin.
“Paul Emond’s characters tirelessly disgorge
Patrick Boltshauser
for sale throughout the world
Patrick Boltshauser
was born in 1971 in St. Gallen,
Switzerland, and grew up in Schaan, Liechtenstein. He attended the University of Bern and worked for several theater groups as an actor, director, and playwright. Several of his plays have been performed in Austria, Germany, Switzerland, and Poland. Rapids is his first novel.
Paul Emond
their stories, which they invent as they tell them, indulging in whimsies of sequence and fantasy that make Emond a successor to Laurence Sterne in Tristram Shandy.” —Le Soir
The narrator of this novel begins by introducing himself not as a speaker but a listener, spellbound by his friend Caracala’s yarns, which blend accounts of youthful mischief with casual references to Cervantes and Laurence Sterne. At first, the spotlight is entirely on Caracala, but the narrator soon begins to distrust his friend, concluding that he is no more than a sham, a performer. Yet the reader in turn comes to doubt the narrator’s own pretensions to honesty, until every source of information has become so unreliable as to make the very notion of a “true story” seem like blatant propaganda. Paul Emond
is a professor at the Institut des Arts de Dif-
fusion. An accomplished dramatist and fiction writer, he has written more than a dozen plays performed worldwide.
$15.50 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-018-0
$13.50 / £9.50 paper 978-1-62897-032-6
A p r i l 260 pages
J u n e 160 pages
L i e c h t e n st e i n i a n L i t e r at u r e
B e lg i a n L i t e r at u r e
L i e c h t e n st e i n i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
B e lg i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
106 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
F r e n c h Li t e r at u r e S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
A Sentimental Novel Alain Robbe-Grillet
Translated by D. E. Brooke “This isn’t literature, this is masturbation!” —Alain Robbe-Grillet
In France, Alain Robbe-Grillet’s final novel was sold in shrinkwrap, labeled with a sticker warning readers that this perverse fairy tale might offend certain sensibilities.
Alain Robbe-Grillet
(1922–2008) quickly established himself as
the chief spokesman for the nouveau roman movement following his first novel, The Erasers. Along with his fiction, his essay collection, For a New Novel, and his screenplay for Alain Resnais’s Last Year at Marienbad (1961) have influenced countless artists across the world.
“What constitutes pornography is very much in the eye of the beholder, but there is little doubt that this is an openly and joyfully pornographic book, in that it turns into an unbound celebration of deviancy at its most explicit and imaginative.” —The Guardian
for sale throughout the world
The book shares the story of Gigi, also known as Djinn, who is being schooled by her father to be a perfect slave and mistress. Running the gamut of unacceptable subject matter from incest to torture, this book abounds with vignettes exploring taboos and their representation in fiction, from the Brothers Grimm to the Marquis de Sade. It is titillating and disgusting, the work of a dirty old man or brilliant agent provocateur—or both.
$14.00t / £9.50 paper 978-1-62897-006-7 J u ly 150 pages F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 107
F r e n c h Li t e r at u r e S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Works
Edouard Levé
Translated by Jan Steyn
“A book describes works conceived of but not realized by its author.” Like Suicide and Autoportrait, Works is another of Eduoard Levé’s bewitching reconceptions of what the novel can (or should) do.
A list of 533 projects, beginning with its own description—both likely and unlikely, sober and ridiculous—some of which Levé later realized, most of which he did not. Works ranks with the fiction of Georges Perec for its seemingly limitless, ingenious, and comical inventiveness. A lampoon of conceptual art—if not, indeed, an exemplar of its charms at their best—Works is another piece in the puzzle of Levé’s brief and fascinating life.
“This is fiction, but it is fiction of a for sale throughout the world
sort that raises some very serious questions about the possibility of cordoning off actual realities from imagined ones. . . . Dizzying and disturbing in a way that is quite unlike anything else I have ever read.” —The Millions
$14.00t / £9.50 paper 978-1-56478-903-7 A u g u s t 208 pages F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
108 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
“[A] mixture of thoughtfulness and self-regard, honest interrogation and mere posing . . . the kind of writing that got us reading in the first place.” —Zadie Smith Edouard Levé
was born in 1965 in Neuilly-sur-Seine, France. A
writer, photographer, and visual artist, he authored four books of writing—Works, Journal, Autoportrait, and Suicide—and three books of photographs. Suicide, published in 2008, was his final book.
F r e n c h Li t e r at u r e S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
The Great Fire of London
Orphans
Translated by Dominic Di Bernardi
Translated by Jan Steyn
“Roubaud has finally produced the book that his
“Laroche is one of the most talented and original
Jacques Roubaud
Hadrien Laroche
great and varied talent had always promised . . .
thinkers of his generation.”
a beautifully controlled examination of the effect
—Jacques Derrida
on him of his wife’s death and of the failure of his literary ambitions.”
Part novel, part autobiography, The Great Fire of London has its origins in the author’s attempt to come to terms with the death of his young wife, Alix, whose presence both haunts and gives meaning to every page. Having failed to write his intended novel, Jacques Roubaud creates a book that is about that failure while cracking open the world of the creative process. This novel stands as a lyrical counterpart to the great postmodern masterpieces of Oulipians Georges Perec and Italo Calvino. Dalkey Archive Press first published this book in 1991. Jacques Roubaud
is one of France’s most important
“An extraordinary novel, full of rare and palpable feeling, reminiscent of Sebald or Thomas Mann.” —Voici
completed his doctorate in philosophy
contemporary writers. He has published poetry, criticism,
Hadrien Laroche
drama, and fiction, including The Loop and Mathematics:
under Jacques Derrida at the École des Hautes Études en
A Novel.
for sale throughout the world
—The Independent
A forlorn traveler is taken in by three orphans: The first, orphaned by history, is in mourning for her father, murdered by the Nazis. The second, orphaned by pathology, has a rare disease and is facing madness alone in a mountain chalet. The third, orphaned by philosophy, is a teenager who has elected to cut all ties with his parents. This portrait of forgotten people is harrowing and droll, broaching essential questions about the difficulty, if not the impossibility, of maintaining one’s legacy, freedom, or happiness.
Sciences Sociales (EHESS). He is the author of three novels as well as books on Jean Genet and Marcel Duchamp.
$15.50t paper 978-1-56478-396-7 A p r i l 330 pages
$13.50t / £9.50 paper 978-1-62897-002-9
F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
J u n e 130 pages
Rights Only in the United States and Canada
F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 10 9
F r e n c h Li t e r at u r e S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
21 Days of a Neurasthenic Octave Mirbeau
Translated by Justin Vicari
Octave Mirbeau, author of the classic satires The Torture Garden and Diary of a Chambermaid (the latter made into films by both Jean Renoir and Luis Buñuel), wrote this scathing novel on the cusp of the twentieth century.
Driven mad by modern life, Georges Vasseur heads off for a rest cure. At a spa town, though, he encounters precisely those things he has been trying to escape: corrupt politicians, amnesiac coquettes, cheerfully sadistic killers, imperialist generals, and quack psychiatrists. Hypocrites are eternal, and not much has changed since Mirbeau wrote this acid portrait of his era.
“Octave Mirbeau is the greatest for sale throughout the world
contemporary French writer, and the one who best represents the eternal brilliance of France.”
“An entire social order is rendered clear through these twenty-odd outrages, admirable in the strength of their offensiveness.” —Alfred Jarry
—Leo Tolstoy Octave Mirbeau
“A man of justice who has given his heart to the wretched and miserable of this earth.” —Emile Zola
$15.50t / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-030-2 J u ly 330 pages F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
110 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
(1848–1917) was one of the leading lights of the
“Decadent” movement in French literature, as well as one of its most savage parodists. Producing works in virtually every genre (reportage, art and literary criticism, travel writing, fiction, and drama), he exploded the boundaries of the nineteenth-century novel, pointing the way toward everything from surrealism to gonzo journalism.
F r e n c h Li t e r at u r e S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Writers
Fragments of Lichtenberg
Translated by Katina Rogers
Translated by Gregory Flanders
“Dazzling in its epic proportions and
“This is no mere literary game: what hides behind all
Antoine Volodine
Pierre Senges
imaginative scope.”
this is a deep observation of the links between one’s
—The Nation
age and one’s culture; a subtle reflection on the construction of canon, schools, and literary cults
“Clever and incisive.” —New York Times Book Review Antoine Volodine
has published nineteen books under
that structures our idea of great literature.” —The Quarterly Conversation
Georg Christoph Lichtenberg (1742–1799) was a hunchback, mathematician, electrical theorist, skirt-chaser, asthmatic, hypochondriac, and author of 8,000 aphorisms. Some scholars believe his writings are the scattered pieces of a great novel, and this brilliant, polymorphous novel tracks their attempt to piece it together. The reader discovers how a spinal column gets twisted, what happened to Snow White’s eighth dwarf, how the CIA functions, how to burn down libraries, and how to get a lunar crater named after you.
for sale throughout the world
Here we have the anatomy of the contemporary writer, imagined by the pseudonymous, “post-exotic” Antoine Volodine. His writers are not the familiar, bitter, alcoholic kind; nor are they great, romantic, tortured geniuses; and least of all are they media darlings and socialites. In Volodine’s universe, the writer is pitted in a pathetic struggle against silence and sickness, when she is not about to be murdered by random lunatics or fellow inmates. Consisting of seven loosely interlocking stories, Writers exposes a chaotic reality in which self expression elicits repercussions both absurd and frighteningly familiar.
“An impressive inter-textual machine, endowed with a tremendous power of invention.” —Le Nouvel Observateur
is the author of fifteen works of fiction
this name, including Minor Angels and Naming the Jungle,
Pierre Senges
both available in English.
and essays and close to twenty radio plays.
$14.50t / £10.00 paper 978-1-62897-040-1
$19.00t / £13.00 paper 978-1-62897-046-3
J u ly 190 pages
A u g u s t 640 pages
F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
F r e n c h L i t e r at u r e
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 111
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Radio
The Round-Dance of Water
Translated by Adam Cullen
Translated by Andrew Bromfield
“Õnnepalu . . . goes further than Milan Kundera
“Kuznetsov’s novel is a battle with the fear of death.
Tõnu Õnnepalu
. . . . [his work] not only laughs at the dogma of the
Sergey Kuznetsov
The recipe is simple: love those who are close to you,
Soviet era, but also shows, by means of penetrating
and remember that you are neither the beginning,
images, the commercialized mediocrity of
nor the end. Yes, this unusual family saga also
Western democracy. It unmasks the hypocrisy and
resembles a whirlpool, engulfing its readers and
superficiality of the mechanisms of power, including
holding them till the last page.”
for sale throughout the world
‘official’ culture.”
—Leonid Yuzefovich
—World Literature Today
The protagonist of Radio is an Estonian filmmaker heading home after a decade living in Paris. He is an oversensitive and narcissistic man, openly gay though suffering from a somewhat shaky sense of self esteem, stuck in an ongoing identity crisis: Is he an Estonian or a Parisian at heart? Is he an urban dandy or rural hack? The story of an exile and a writer anatomizing a homeland he perhaps wishes to repudiate, Radio is the perfect introduction for English-language audiences to one of world literature’s great tricksters. Tõnu Õnnepalu
is one of Estonia’s best-known authors.
From the man Arturo Pèrez-Reverte has called “the most talented young Russian author,” comes this extraordinary family saga. The story is an intricate portrait of three generations of a large family, but there is no division into primary and secondary characters. Each individual fate bears significant weight and runs into the bloody river of the twentieth century. The novel drifts between years, tones, and styles, and its influences range from Rudyard Kipling to Andrei Platonov and Daniil Kharms, from gangster movies to anime. Sergey Kuznetsov
is a contributor to such magazines
such as Harper’s Bazaar, Playboy, Vogue, and L’Officiel.
Publishing under the pseudonyms Emil Tode and Anton Nigov, he is also the author of the novel Border State.
$18.00t / £12.50 paper 978-1-62897-008-1
$18.50t / £13.00 paper 978-1-62897-052-4
A p r i l 600 pages
A u g u s t 610 pages
Esto n i a n L i t e r at u r e
R u ss i a n L i t e r at u r e
Esto n i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
R u ss i a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
112 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S l o v e n i a n Li t e r at u r e S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Law of Desire: Stories
The Tree with No Name
Translated by Tamara M. Soban
Translated and with an Afterword by Michael Biggins
“Blatnik has a knack for wringing insight and meaning
“Jančar, one of Slovenia’s foremost writers,
Andrej Blatnik
Drago Jančar
out of such concision.”
skillfully infuses even the most mundane events
—Kirkus
with foreboding, dread, and paranoia.”
A best-seller in Eastern Europe, Law of Desire is Andrej Blatnik at the height of his powers. He is one of the most respected and internationally relevant post-Yugoslav authors writing today. “Bubbles with a droll, dry humor.” —Publishers Weekly Andrej Blatnik
was born in Ljubljana in 1963. In addition
—Publishers Weekly
A diary recounting four decades’ worth of sexual exploits, the memoir of a mental institution attendant, and a familiar-looking bicycle dredged out of a river—the discovery of these artifacts sends an archivist on an obsessive quest to discover their owners’ identities and fates. Shifting between Slovenia’s postcommunist present and its wartime occupation by the Axis powers, The Tree with No Name is Drago Jančar’s masterpiece: a compelling and universally significant story of an individual confronting the constraints set on truth by his— and every—culture.
for sale throughout the world
Following his short story collection, You Do Understand?, is this expansive collection of sixteen tales about “urban nomads” lost in a labyrinth of pop culture: “We go to the movies. We read books. We listen to music. No harm in that, but it’s not real.”
was born in 1948 in Maribor, Slovenia, and
to writing fiction and criticism, he has translated the work of
Drago Jančar
Paul Bowles, among others. His story collection, Skinswaps,
is one of Slovenia’s best-known writers at home and abroad.
is available in English.
He is the recipient of Slovenia’s highest literary award, the France-Preseren Prize, and was awarded the European Prize for Literature. He lives in Ljubljana.
$13.50t / £9.50 paper 978-1-62897-042-5
$15.00t / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-054-8
A u g u s t 208 pages
A u g u s t 208 pages
S lov e n i a n L i t e r at u r e
S lov e n i a n L i t e r at u r e
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 113
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Triangle
Hisaki Matsuura
Translated by David Karashima “An exceptionally modern, experimental novel filled with cinematic images.” —Mitsuyoshi Numano, Mainichi shimbun
for sale throughout the world
A chance meeting draws the shady Otsuki to the home of a master calligrapher, where he is subjected to a bizarre pornographic movie in which shots of a teenage girl alternate with close-ups of insects. Otsuki is then introduced to the calligrapher’s attractive granddaughter, the star of the film, and is asked to shoot the remainder of the work himself. A metaphysical thriller, surreal noir, and “moral tale” gone wrong, Triangle is an unsettling peek into the dark and irrational reality lying beneath a city. Hisaki Matsuura
The Review of Contemporary Fiction New Korean Fiction
John O’Brien, Editor
This issue of the Review of Contemporary Fiction features excerpts from upcoming translations of Korean literature along with a critical overview of the literary world in which these works were originally published. John O’Brien
founded the Review of Contemporary
Fiction in 1984.
was born in 1954. He is a professor of
French literature at the University of Tokyo, with a doctorate from the University of Paris III. He first gained recognition as a poet before becoming a prize-winning critic and author. His debut as a novelist came relatively late; his first collection of stories was The Jest of Things, published in 1996.
$8.00 / £5.50 paper 978-1-56478-931-0 $15.50t / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-026-5 M ay 350 pages J a pa n e s e L i t e r at u r e Ja pa n e s e L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
114 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
A u g u s t 120 pages Ko r e a n L i t e r at u r e The Review of Co n t e m p o r a ry F i c t i o n
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Where the Air Is Clear Carlos Fuentes
Translated by Sam Hileman
Carlos Fuentes’s first novel is an unsparing portrayal of Mexico City’s upper class. Departing from a traditional linear narrative, Fuentes overlays Mexican myths onto contemporary settings, showing that even the rich and powerful must succumb to the indomitable spirit of Mexico, which undermines all institutions and shapes all destinies.
Where the Air Is Clear was first published by Farrar, Straus and Giroux in 1988 and by Dalkey Archive Press in 2004. Carlos Fuentes
(1928–2012) is the author of more than a dozen
novels and story collections and was Mexico’s most celebrated novelist and critic. He received numerous honors and awards throughout his lifetime, including the Miguel de Cervantes Prize and the Belisario Domínguez Medal of Honor. Among his books are Terra Nostra, Vlad, Adam in Eden, and Distant Relations, all of which are available from
novel to come out of Mexico in a long time, and, at all odds, the most ‘modern.’ It’s the most readable, too.” —New York Times
for sale throughout the world
Dalkey Archive Press.
“This is the most ambitious and skillful
$16.50t / £11.50 paper 978-1-56478-344-8 J u ly 384 pages M e x i c a n L i t e r at u r e M e x i c a n L i t e r at u r e S e r i e s
World Rights Including Canada but Excluding the Rest of the British Commonwealth c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 115
d
S c o t t is h Li t e r at u r e se r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
The Trick Is to Keep Breathing Janice Galloway
“Meticulously observed, agonizing and funny . . . [an] unconventional account of clinical depression.”
Donal McLaughlin
“The language is consistent and wonderful, evoking something I have not yet seen in our literature—
—Publishers Weekly
for sale throughout the world
Janice Galloway’s inventive first novel, shortlisted for three major prizes and named MIND/Allan Lane Book of the Year, concerns the breakdown of a twenty-sevenyear-old drama teacher named Joy Stone. Joy blames her problems not on her work or on the accidental drowning of her illicit lover but on herself. While painful and deeply serious, this is a novel of great warmth and energy. It is the wit and irony found in moments of despair that prove to be Joy’s salvation. First published by Polygon in 1989 and Dalkey Archive Press in 1994. “Galloway provides sentences blazing with light, a gorgeous draft of terror.” —Observer Janice Galloway’s
Beheading the Virgin Mary, and Other Stories
second novel, Foreign Parts, won
the McVitie’s Prize and the American Academy of Arts and Letters E. M. Forster Award. Her latest book, This Is Not
the meld of Scottish and Northern Irish. It is both a chasm and a bridge . . . I feel like I have stepped into a secret, although I’m not entirely sure what secrets I should or should not know.” —Colum McCann
Liam O’Donnell, an Irish boy growing up in Scotland, is the focus of Donal McLaughlin’s hilarious and harrowing short stories. He steps in dog dirt on his way to Sunday Mass; experiences Bloody Sunday through a series of phone calls to the home of a Scottish neighbor; and introduces us to the next generation of O’Donnells. With his keen ear and inimitable spirit, the innovative McLaughlin remains one of the brightest writers of contemporary European fiction. “The rhythm king of Scottish fiction.” —New Statesman Donal McLaughlin
is a recipient of the Robert Louis
About Me, won the SAC Nonfiction Book of the Year Award.
Stevenson Memorial Award and is a former Hawthornden
She lives in Lanarkshire, Scotland.
Fellow. His work was included in Best European Fiction 2012.
$15.00t / £10.50 paper 978-1-56478-081-2
$14.00 / £9.50 paper 978-1-62897-012-8
J u n e 236 pages
A p r i l 180 pages
S c ott i s h L i t e r at u r e
S c ott i s h L i t e r at u r e
116 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S c h o l a r ly S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
The World Within the Word
Tests of Time: Essays
“Gass is an ironist of the highest caliber. . . .
“Of all living literary figures, William H. Gass may
William H. Gass
William H. Gass
He is an improbable éminence grise of American
count as the most daringly scathing and most
letters, festooned with accolades; if there is any
assertively fecund: in language, in ideas,
justice in the world he will one day get his Nobel
in intricacy of form; above all in relentless fury.”
prize. . . . As an essayist, his prose is gorgeously
—Cynthia Ozick, New York Times Book Review
musical, ticking along smoothly as if measured and conducts cadenzas while meandering around his subjects.” —New York Observer
The World Within the Word is a landmark collection discussing Valéry, Henry Miller, Sartre, Freud, Faulkner, suicide, “art and order,” and the transformation of language into poetry and fiction. Revelatory and gorgeous, at turns humorous and devastating, the collection was first published by Knopf in 1978 and stands among Gass’s best and most provocative books. “The finest prose stylist in America.”
In Tests of Time, William H. Gass shares his thoughts about writing, reading, cul ture, history, politics, and public opinion, providing essays on classic writers and contemporaries, literary “lists” and their use, the extent and cost of political influences on writers, and the First Amendment. The University of Chicago Press originally published this title; this is the first edition from Dalkey Archive Press. William H. Gass
is the recipient of many awards, includ-
for sale throughout the world
out by metronome. He composes miniature fugues
ing the Pen-Nabokov Lifetime Achievement Award, the Lannan Foundation Lifetime Achievement Award, and the National Book Critics Circle Awards for Criticism, awarded in 1985, 1996, and 2003.
—Washington Post William H. Gass is
emeritus professor of philosophy
at Washington University and a former director of the International Writers Center.
$17.00 / £11.50 paper 978-1-62897-038-8 J u n e 320 pages
$17.00 / £11.50 paper 978-1-62897-039-5 J u n e 352 pages Literary criticism
Literary criticism
World Rights Including Canada but Excluding the Rest of the British Commonwealth c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 117
d
S c h o l a r ly se r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Four Cold Chapters on the Possibility of Literature
(Leading Mostly to Borges and Oulipo) Pablo M. Ruiz
for sale throughout the world
What can be said about the silence that precedes a poem or story? What myths have been invented to explain the transition from “nothing” to a work of art? And when did the “account of composition” turn into a literary genre of its own? These questions are at the heart of Pablo M. Ruiz’s excursion into the center(s) of literary creativity. Filled with paradoxes and parables, Four Cold Chapters on the Possibility of Literature considers Jorge Luis Borges, Georges Perec, and Felisberto Hernández, as well as several doctoral dissertations, on its journey through the universe of writing (and writing about writing). Pablo M. Ruiz
is assistant professor of Latin American
literature at Tufts University. His literary essays, translations,
Making Figures
Re-imagining Body, Sound, and Image in a World That Is Not for Us Bruce Bromley
As a species and as a culture, we recognize ourselves by our capacity for possession so that personhood is made equivalent to ownership. If, however, the way in which we imagine objects predisposes our behavior toward them, art can encourage us to reorient how we comport ourselves in a world that is not meant to be owned, that is not even meant for us. To frustrate the desolation of avarice, we must enrich our view of things, and Making Figures takes us through the writing of Virginia Woolf, both her fiction and nonfiction, in the service of this imperative. Bruce Bromley
is senior lecturer in expository writing
at New York University, where he won the Golden Dozen Award for teaching excellence. Bromley earned his B.A. from Columbia University and his M.A., M.Phil., and Ph.D. from
and travel pieces have been published in Variaciones Borges,
New York University. His essays, fiction, and poetry have ap-
Formules, Yzur, La Habana Elegante, and Hermano Cerdo.
peared in such journals as Environmental Philosophy and the Journal of Speculative Philosophy, among other publications.
$15.95 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-058-6
$34.95 / £24.00 paper 978-1-62897-056-2
A p r i l 380 pages
A p r i l 260 pages
Literary criticism
Literary criticism
118 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S c h o l a r ly S e r ies
D a l ke y a r c h i v e p r ess
Mirror Gazing Warren Motte
“I believe (and I’m choosing my words carefully) that this is the most extraordinary book about reading I have ever read.” —Jacques Jouet
“Once in a while you come across a book that just floors you. Mirror Gazing is, for me, such a book.”
Tracing the Foreign in Literary Translation Eduard Stoklosinski
Another View examines the impact of the foreign in the context of nonnative prose writing and its implications for literature in translation. Containing significant debut translations into English from such authors as Herta Müller and Yoko Tawada, Another View also serves as an anthology demonstrating the potential for new directions in literary translation, heightening and tracing the originals’ textuality, flow, and accent. Eduard Stoklosinski
was born and grew up near Stutt-
gart, Germany, and graduated from the University of Bremen in 1987. In 1990, he migrated to Sydney, Australia, where he still resides. In 2004, he received an M.A. in research from the University of Sydney. In 2012, he was awarded a doctor
for sale throughout the world
Mirror Gazing is a book about reading and looking, about what people seek when they read, and about what stares back at them from the printed page. It is an archival project, based on a wealth of material collected daily by celebrated critic Warren Motte over thirty-five years and squirreled away for some eventual winter. It is also a love letter, a confession, a tale of deep obsession, and a cry for help addressed to anyone who takes literature seriously.
Another View
of arts from the University of Sydney, School of Letters, Art, and Media.
—Sydney Lévy
“Wonderfully luminous, entertaining, thoughtprovoking, and wide-ranging . . . an essential book.” —Gerald Prince Warren Motte
is professor of French and comparative
literature at the University of Colorado.
$15.50 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-014-2
$15.00 / £10.50 paper 978-1-62897-060-9
A p r i l 270 pages
A u g u s t 260 pages
Literary criticism
L i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m / T r a n s l at i o n
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 119
i b i d e m p r ess
A Life Dedicated to the Republic
The Treblinka Death Camp
Josette Baer
Chris Webb and Michal Chocholatý
With a Foreword by Milan Zemko
With a Foreword by Tom Lawson
Vavro Srobár’s Slovak Czechoslovakism
“Thanks to Baer’s fundamental knowledge of the historical material, her book is an outstanding contribution to the research not only on Slovak political thought in the first half of the twentieth century but also on wider political developments that reached beyond the borders of Slovakia.” —Milan Zemko, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Bratislava
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
Josette Baer retraces the eventful life of the Slovak politician Vavro Šrobár, the principal figure in the implementation of Czechoslovak democracy in Slovakia. From his student days and fight for Slovak civil rights in Upper Hungary to his active resistance to German fascism, Šrobár shaped Czechoslovakia’s turbulent history in the first half of the twentieth century. Baer’s comprehensive biography makes archived materials available to English-speaking audiences for the first time and offers unique insight into Czechoslovakia’s underresearched political history. Josette Baer
History, Biographies, Remembrance
This book is the definitive account of one of history’s most infamous death factories, where approximately 800,000 people lost their lives. From the Nazis who ran it to the Ukrainian guards and maids, the Jewish survivors, and the Poles living in the camp’s shadow—this text represents every perspective. It provides biographies of the Jews who perished in the death camp as well as those who escaped from Treblinka in individual efforts or as part of the mass prisoner uprising on August 2, 1943. It also includes unique and previously unpublished sketches of the camp’s ramp area and gas chamber, drawn by survivors. Chris Webb
has been studying the Holocaust for over
forty years. He is the cofounder of the Holocaust Education and Archive Research Team (H.E.A.R.T), one of the most visited websites on the Holocaust in the world. Michal Chocholatý
is a historian who focuses on
Treblinka and Sobibor.
is professor of political theory in the
Department of Philosophy, University of Zurich.
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0346-1
$53.00 paper 978-3-8382-0546-5
M a r c h 280 pages
A p r i l 400 pages
E a st E u r o p e a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
E a st E u r o p e a n H i sto r y / H o lo c a u st S t u d i e s
120 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
ibidem p vr e ess rlag
Doublespeak
The Rhetoric of the Far Right Since 1945
War and Literature
Matthew Feldman and
Looking Back on Twentieth-Century Armed Conflicts
Paul Jackson, Editors
Tom Burns, Elcio Cornelsen, Volker Jaeckel, and
Matthew Feldman
is a reader in contemporary history
at Teesside University; a senior research fellow at the University of Bergen, Norway; and a senior researcher with the Cantemir Institute, University of Oxford. Paul Jackson
is coeditor of Wiley-Blackwell’s online
Luiz Gustavo Vieira, Editors
This volume follows the radical change in the nature of armed conflicts and the way they are narrated and represented since the First World War, which rendered meaningless the very vocabulary of such terms as “battle,” “front,” “noncombatant,” “open city,” and “hero.” The enemy became invisible. Submarines, tanks, mines, gas, long-range artillery, and airplanes made war different from all other conflicts that came before. These essays study representations of the Canudos Civil War in Brazil, the First and Second World Wars, the Korean War, the Vietnam War, the colonial wars in Africa, and the war in Afghanistan. Tom Burns, Elcio Cornelsen, Volker Jaeckel,
and Luiz Gustavo Vieira teach and research literature in English and German at the Federal University of Minas
journal Compass: Political Religions, an editor of the Map-
Gerais in Brazil. They are also founders of the Center for
ping the Far Right book series, and an associate editor of
Studies of War and Literature (NEGUE) at the university’s
the Historicising Modernism book series.
College of Letters.
$53.00 paper 978-3-8382-0554-0 M a r c h 336 pages
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0617-2
Politics
M ay 270 pages
E x p lo r at i o n s o f t h e Fa r R i g h t
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / H i sto r y
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
This timely intervention exposes the euphemized language of the extreme right as a deceptive attempt to secure greater influence over public policy. Since the end of World War II, the extreme right has made strategic use of “doublespeak,” which apes the language of liberal democracy. Attentive observation and accurate recognition of these tactics require taking the extreme right’s deliberately crafted slogans, symbols, and themes seriously. These essays investigate the extreme right’s attempts at “repackaging” contemporary ultranationalism to make it more palatable to mainstream European and American tastes.
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 12 1
S o v ie t a n d P o s t- S o v ie t P o l i t i c s a n d S o c ie t y
i b i d e m p r ess
The Moscow Bombings of September 1999 Examinations of Russian Terrorist Attacks at the Onset of Vladimir Putin’s Rule
Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition
John B. Dunlop With a Foreword by Amy Knight “Dunlop . . . draws on investigative reporting by Russian journalists, accounts of Russian officials in law enforcement agencies, eyewitness testimony, and F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
the analyses of Western journalists and academics. The evidence he provides makes an overwhelming case that Russian authorities were complicit in these horrific attacks.” —The New York Review of Books
This volume focuses on the complex and tumultuous events unfolding in Russia during the five months preceding the terrorist attacks, sparking the Russian invasion of Chechnya and vaulting an unknown former KGB agent to the post of Russian prime minister and, ultimately, president. John B. Dunlop
is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institu-
Language Policy and the Discourse on Languages in Ukraine Under President Viktor Yanukovych, (25 February 2010– 28 October 2012) Michael Moser
“This superb book offers a dispassionate, measured, and detailed analysis of how both Ukrainian and Russian have fared in independent Ukraine. Moser understands language and policy, and he combines both skills in an utterly persuasive text that will set the standard for Ukrainian language and policy studies for years to come.” —Alexander J. Motyl, Rutgers University
Declared the country’s official language in 1996, Ukrainian has weathered constant challenges by post-Soviet political forces promoting Russian. Michael Moser provides the definitive account of the policies and ethno-political dynamics underlying this unique cultural struggle. Michael Moser
is professor of Slavic linguistics and
philology at the University of Vienna, the Ukrainian Free University in Munich, and the Pázmány Péter Catholic University in Budapest.
tion on War, Revolution, and Peace.
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0608-0
$66.00 paper 978-3-8382-0497-0
A p r i l 290 pages
J u ly 506 pages
R u ss i a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
E a st E u r o p e a n S t u d i e s / L i n g u i st i c s
122 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S o v ie t a n d P o s t- S o v ie t P o l i t i c s a n d S o c ie t y
i b i d e m p r ess
History as Therapy
Alternative History and Nationalist Imaginings in Russia Konstantin Sheiko and
Russia and the EU in a Multipolar World
Discourses, Identities, Norms Andrey Makarychev
Stephen Brown With a Foreword by Donald Ostrowski “A milestone in the analysis of one of the
“At a time when Western-Russian relations are in marked decline, Makarychev provides a wellstructured, theoretically informed, and empirically
main currents of contemporary Russian
rich account of the state and prospects of EU–Russia
nationalist thought.”
relations today. Providing concrete and well-argued policy recommendations, this book comes at the
—International Affairs
right moment and should find a wide readership
Konstantin Sheiko
earned his MA in international rela-
tions from the United States International University and his Ph. D. in history from the University of Wollongong. Stephen Brown
teaches Russian history at the University
of Wollongong.
makers of foreign policy.” —Andreas Umland, Kyiv-Mohyla Academy
This multifaceted analysis of EU–Russian relations investigates competing models of international society and unveils multiple alternatives both the EU and Russia can draw on in their policies toward each other. Assessing the repercussions of ongoing EU–Russian discord, the volume reveals the interconnectedness of the discourses dominating the EU and Russia while also accounting for their deep-seated disconnect. Andrey Makarychev
is a professor at the Institute of
Government and Politics, University of Tartu.
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0565-6
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0529-8
M ay 240 pages
A p r i l 200 pages
R u ss i a n H i sto r y
P o l i t i c s / I n t e r n at i o n a l R e l at i o n s
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
This book explores the delusional imaginings of Russia’s pseudoscientific “alternative history” movement, which diligently rewrites Russia’s past and “rediscovers” its hidden greatness. Alternative history has become a popular therapy for Russians still coming to terms with the reality of post-Soviet life. It is one of the forces shaping a new Russian nationalism and an important factor in the geopolitics of the twenty-first century.
among both Western and Russian observers and
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 12 3
S o v ie t a n d P o s t- S o v ie t P o l i t i c s a n d S o c ie t y
i b i d e m p r ess
Rocking St. Petersburg
Transcultural Flows and Identity Politics in Post-Soviet Popular Music Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition David-Emil Wickström With a Foreword by Yngvar B. Steinholt “Wickström has given us an interesting
Filming the Unfilmable
Casper Wrede’s One Day in the Life of Ivan Denisovich Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition Ben Hellmann and Andreii Rogachevskii “A valuable resource for scholars who study either
ethnomusicological study about the post-Soviet
Wrede’s films or Solzhenitsyn’s literary text. It is
rock/pop music scenes in St. Petersburg (Russia)
a well-researched case study of a film adaptation
and Berlin (Germany).”
based on a controversial literary text.” —Slavic and East European Journal
—Slavic Review F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
Focusing on Germany’s post-Soviet emigrant community and their “Russendisko,” this volume portrays St. Petersburg’s vibrant music scene as an electrifying platform for exchange. Its findings illuminate Soviet and post-Soviet popular music history and Russia’s relationship with the Ukraine. The text enables not only a deeper understanding of popular music’s role in society but also a better comprehension of cultural processes since the fall of the Soviet Union. David-Emil Wickström
works at the Popakademie
Baden-Württemberg–University of Popular Music and
This volume shares the fascinating story of the cinematic adaptation of one of the world’s most influential novels. An all-encompassing account of the film’s production and reception, the book is filled with little-known facts and valuable insight into Solzhenitsyn’s complex relationship with filmmaking. “A labour of love for Russian literature scholars . . . chock-full of fascinating and often witty footnotes.” —The Scotland-Russia Forum Review Ben Hellman
is a lecturer at the University of Helsinki. is the Russian Programme direc-
Music Business in Mannheim and is the editor in chief of the
Andrei Rogachevskii
Norient Academic Online Journal.
tor at the University of Glasgow.
$53.00 paper 978-3-8382-0600-4
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0594-6
J u n e 370 pages
A p r i l 260 pages
R u ss i a n H i sto r y / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
Film Studies
1 24 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S o v ie t a n d P o s t- S o v ie t P o l i t i c s a n d S o c ie t y
i b i d e m p r ess
The Quest for an Ideal Youth in Putin’s Russia I
The Quest for an Ideal Youth in Putin’s Russia II
Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition
Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition
Back to Our Future! History, Modernity, and Patriotism According to Nashi, 2005–2013
The Search for Distinctive Conformism in the Political Communication of Nashi, 2005–2009
Ivo Mijnssen
Jussi Lassila
With a Foreword by Jeronim Perovic
With a Foreword by Kirill Postoutenko
“Mijnssen clarifies the role historical consciousness
“This intriguing and detailed analysis of Nashi’s self-image and Web-based outreach strategies
domestic and external enemies, as well as the
sheds light on the mechanisms of political-patriotic
translation of these constructions into concrete
mobilization in semi-authoritarian regimes, as well as
actions, with precise conceptual thinking and clear
their unintended consequences.”
language. This is an excellent study!”
—Valerie Sperling, Clark University
—Heiko Haumann, University of Basel
This book analyzes the dubious role of the Democratic Antifascist Youth Movement, “Nashi,” in contemporary Russia. Part of the Putinist project of political stabilization, Nashi mobilizes young Russians through its emotional appeal, skillful use of symbolic politics, and promise of professional selfrealization. Ivo Mijnssen
is a doctoral researcher at the Basel Gradu-
Government-organized yet scandal-stricken, Nashi inspires everything from broad support to a reluctance to accept all implications of Putin’s political system. This volume shows how Nashi conceptualizes an “ideal youth” within the framework of an official national identity politics and as an attempt to mobilize apolitical youth. Jussi Lassila
is a researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute,
Finnish Centre for Russian and Eastern European Studies,
ate School of History.
University of Helsinki.
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0578-6
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0585-4
A p r i l 260 pages
A p r i l 230 pages
R u ss i a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
R u ss i a n H i sto r y / P o l i t i c s
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
plays in the construction of security politics against
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 12 5
d
S t u d ies i n E n g l is h Li t e r at u r es
i b i d e m p r ess
Formal Investigations
Decadences
Aesthetic Style in Late-Victorian and Edwardian Detective Fiction
Morality and Aesthetics in British Literature
Paul Fox and
Paul Fox, Editor
Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition
Second, Revised, and Expanded Edition
Koray Melikoğlu, Editors “The vigorous endurance of fin-de-siècle ideas is “These important essays underscore how much our understanding of genre owes to the influence
apparent in this welcome collection of fifteen essays. . . . This collection shows that Decadent studies are
of mass culture on the establishment of
in no danger of decline.”
literary hierarchies.”
—English Literature in Transition, 1880–1920
—English Literature in Transition, 1880–1920 F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
These essays explore the taxonomies and relationships between the aesthetic forms, styles, and methodologies of detective and crime fiction in the late-Victorian and Edwardian period. The influences on the genre’s artists are as varied as the era’s interests in scientific method, forensics, archaeology, medicine, and the paranormal. Yet the formalizing tendencies of the investigative process remain, and this volume examines the understanding of crime’s resolution as a stylistic imposition of structure on disorder. Paul Fox
is an associate professor at East Georgia College.
Koray Melikoğlu
has published on Kazuo Ishiguro and
This volume follows shifting conceptions of decadence in art and society at various moments in British literature. The decline from a higher standard, social malaise, aesthetic ennui—all of these ideas presume certain facts about the past, the present, and time’s linear nature. To reject the past as a given and to relish the subtleties of present nuance is the beginning of decadence. This study explores the inherent conflict between society’s moral contempt toward purportedly decadent artists and the artist’s belief that the stranglehold society maintained on individual interpretation was true decadence. Paul Fox
is an associate professor at East Georgia College.
Shakespeare and has edited a volume on life writing.
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0593-9
$44.00 paper 978-3-8382-0623-3
M ay 270 pages
M ay 400 pages
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / Br i t i s h L i t e r at u r e
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / Br i t i s h L i t e r at u r e
1 26 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
i b i d e m p r ess
Spatial Social Thought
From Microfinance to Business Planning
Local Knowledge in Global Science Encounters
Escaping Poverty Traps
Michael Kuhn and
Roberto Moro Visconti
Kazumi Okamoto, Editors
Michael Kuhn
is director, Knowwhy
Global Research, and president, World
Roberto Moro Visconti
teaches
Geopolitics, Securitization, and Political DecisionMaking Andreas Heinrich and Heiko Pleines, Editors
This timely collection offers fresh perspective on the fight over access to the Caspian Sea region’s energy resources. To date, the export of Caspian crude oil and natural gas has only been assessed geopolitically, which oversimplifies the political dynamics of the region and neglects to recognize the Caspian countries as actors in their own right. Andreas Heinrich
is a researcher
at the University of Bremen. Heiko Pleines
is head of the
Social Sciences and Humanities
corporate finance at the Catholic
Network.
department of Politics and Economics
University of Milan.
at the Research Centre for East
Kazumi Okamoto
European Studies and lecturer in
is secretary
general of the World Social Sciences
comparative politics at the University
and Humanities Network.
of Bremen.
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0539-7 A p r i l 300 pages
$33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0526-7
$66.00 paper 978-3-8382-0562-5
P o l i t i c s / I n t e r n at i o n a l
M a r c h 332 pages
J u n e 650 pages
R e l at i o n s
S o c i o lo g y
B u s i n e ss / F i n a n c e
Changing Europe
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
This volume presents perspectives on spatially construed knowledge systems and their struggle to interrelate. Western social sciences tend to be wrapped up in specific, exclusionary discourses, and Northern and Southern knowledge systems are sidelined. Spatial Social Thought reimagines the social sciences as a place of encounter among all spatially bound, parochial knowledge systems.
This groundbreaking book shows how innovative microfinance solutions can help billions escape poverty and atavism. Roberto Moro Visconti offers bottom-up development strategies for microcredit-driven startups and beyond. His forceful analysis of poverty traps and practical guidelines for such strategies as how to create business-plan templates as Excel spreadsheets are designed to help practitioners and analysts alike realize the true potential of microfinance.
Export Pipelines from the CIS Region
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 127
b es t o f t h e b a c k l is t : i b i d e m p r ess
Iris Murdoch and Her Work
Bridging Cultures
M u s ta fa K i r c a
Ci a r a H o g a n ,
and Sule
N a d i n e Re n t e l ,
Ok u r o g l u ,
a n d S t e p h a n ie
e d i to r s
Schwerter,
Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn and the Modern Russo-Jewish Question N at h a n D .
E d i to r s
Larson
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0020-0
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0352-2
$37.00 paper 978-3-89821-483-4
2010 L i t e r a r y
2012 L i t e r a r y
2005 L i t e r a ry
Cr i t i c i s m
Cr i t i c i s m / L i n g u i st i c s
Civil Society in Central and Eastern Europe
Revolution, Modus Vivendi, or Sovereignty?
S a b i n e Fis c h e r
J o se t t e B a e r
Cr i t i c i s m
Informal Relations from Democratic Representation to Corruption
a n d Heiko
Zdenka
P l ei n es ,
M a n s f e l d o vá a n d
E d i to r s
Heiko P l ei n es , e d i to r s
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0041-5
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0146-7
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0173-3
2010 E a st
2010 E a st
2012 E a st
European Studies / politics
European Studies / politics
Transmissibility and Cultural Transfer
European Studies / politics
InExActArt— the Autopoietic Theatre of Augusto Boal
J e n n i f e r K . Di c k a n d S t e p h a n ie
The Role of Women in Making and Building Peace in Liberia
Bi r gi t F r i t z
Schwerter,
Anne Theobald
e d i to r s
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a ( e x c l u d i n g C h i n a a n d I n d i a )
$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-0402-4
$33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0423-9
$33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0386-7
2012 T r a n s l at i o n
2012 Dr a m a
2012 g e n d e r
Studies
Beyond Anarchy
Russian Nationalism, Foreign Policy, and Identity Debates in Putin’s Russia
S t u d i e s / Afr i c a n S t u d i e s
Governance Failure and Reform Attempts After the Global Economic Crisis of 2008/09
Dy l a n K iss a n e
Marlene
Le o n i d Ko s a l s
L a r u e l l e , E d i to r
a n d Heiko P l ei n es , e d i t o r s
$33.00 paper 978-3-8382-0325-6
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0231-0
2012 R u ss i a n
2011 P o l i t i c s / I n t e r n at i o n a l
Studies / Politics
Ethnic Belonging, Gender, and Cultural Practices
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0336-2 R e l at i o n s
2012 P o l i t i c s / I n t e r n at i o n a l
Borderlands Into Bordered Lands
R e l at i o n s
Historical Legacies and the Radical Right in Post–Cold War Central and Eastern Europe
Tat i a n a Z h u r z h e n ko
U l r ike Zie m e r
Mi c h a e l Mi n ke n b e r g , E d i to r
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0152-8
$53.00 paper 978-3-8382-0042-2
$46.00 paper 978-3-8382-0124-5
2011 R u ss i a n
2010 E a st
2010 E a st
128 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
S t u d i e s / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
European Studies / politics
European Studies / politics
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Alternative Economies and Spaces New Perspectives for a Sustainable Economy
Inventing the Muslim Cool
Islamic Youth Culture in Western Europe Maruta Herding
Hans-Martin Zademach and Sebastian Hillebrand, editors
Hans-Martin Zademach
is professor of economic
Based on a vast selection of youth cultural artifacts, participant observations, and in-depth interviews in France, Britain, and Germany, this book vividly captures the Islamic youth culture of today and the factors driving its particular development. Maruta Herding
is a sociologist at the German Youth
Institute (Deutsches Jugendinstitut e. V.) in Halle, Germany. Her research interests include the study of young people, subcultures, and Muslims in Europe.
geography at the Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt. Sebastian Hillebrand
is research and teaching
associate in the Department of Geography at the Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt.
$25.00 paper 978-3-8376-2498-4
$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-2511-0
M a r c h 150 pages
M a r c h 270 pages / 17 b&w and 1 color illustration
economics
Is l a m i c S t u d i e s
G lo b a l S t u d i e s
g lo b a l lo c a l Is l a m
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Featuring contributions by such leading scholars as Mike Goodman (Baruch College), Benjamin Huybrechts (University of Liège), Andrew E. G. Jonas (University of Hull), Roger Lee (University of Chicago), Peter North (Swansea University), and Katinka Weber (University of Liverpool), this collection explores alternative modes of economic and social exchange, including credit unions, alternative currencies, sustainable consumption, and social enterprises, and their performance in relation to and beyond the economic mainstream. The volume introduces a framework for transitioning to a more sustainable economic system while reconceptualizing the system itself in our scholarly thinking and daily lives.
Young Muslims have begun to develop a subculture within Europe’s growing Muslim population, its manifestations ranging from the proliferation of religious rap and streetwear featuring Islamic slogans to morally impeccable comedy. These forms of religiously permissible fun and youthcompatible worship are actively shaping the future of Islam in Europe and the character of Muslim and non-Muslims relations.
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 12 9
C u lt u r a l a n d Me d i a S t u d ies
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Communication of Love
Mediatized Intimacy from Love Letters to SMS: Interdisciplinary and Historical Studies
FabLab
Of Machines, Makers, and Inventors
Günther Friesinger
Herrmann and
and Jana Herwig,
Corinne Büching,
Editors
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Eva Lia Wyss, editor
Texts and e-mail have created new relational forms of intimacy, and talk shows, televised dating games, and marriage quiz shows offer popular theatrical communications of love. Are we sacrificing intimacy to the public sphere by abandoning traditional forms of communication media, such as love letters and the telephone? Incorporating insights from sociology, history, linguistics, and cultural and media studies, this book uniquely analyzes new media’s effects.
It has been only ten years since MIT opened its first fabrication laboratory. Today, more than 120 FabLabs exist worldwide. Experts from Germany, India, and the United States discuss the devices, such as laser cutters and 3D printers, and the educationists, researchers, and FabLab practitioners who have transformed learning, work, production, design, consumer culture, law, and science on a global scale.
is professor of Ger-
man, University of Koblenz-Landau.
Open—Dissect—Rebuild
Julia Walter-
editors
Eva Lia Wyss
The Art of Reverse Engineering
Julia Walter-Herrmann
is a
research assistant and Corinne Büching
is a sociologist at the
University of Bremen.
Reverse engineering breaks down an existing object or system according to its construction and then rebuilds it based on new demands. The process encourages creative appropriation while democratizing knowledge. Contributors apply reverse engineering to art, science, and politics and highlight the importance of access, knowledge, and skills to reshaping our present and the future. Günther Friesinger
is a philoso-
pher, artist, writer, and curator, and Jana Herwig
has worked as a Web
developer, project manager, researcher, blogger, and instructor.
$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-2444-1
$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-2382-6
M a r c h 390 pages / 25 b&w and 6 color
M a r c h 262 pages / 37 b&w and 7 color
$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-2503-5
illustrations
illustrations
M a r c h 300 pages / 40 b&w illustrations
M e d i a S t u d i e s / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
M e d i a S t u d i e s / T e c h n o lo g y
M e d i a S t u d i e s / T e c h n o lo g y
1 30 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
C u t l u r a l a n d Me d i a S t u d ies
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Precarious Alliances
Cultures of Participation in Print and Other Media Martin Butler, Albrecht Hausmann, and Anton Kirchhofer, editors
Martin Butler
is junior professor of American literature
and culture at Carl von Ossietzky University, Oldenburg. Albrecht Hausmann
is professor of medieval German
literature and culture at Carl von Ossietzky University. Anton Kirchhofer
is professor of English literature at
A Cultural Critique Roman Meinhold Translated by John Irons
In addition to products and services, multinational corporations sell myths, values, and immaterial goods. These “meta-goods,” which include prestige, beauty, and strength, are major components of successful marketing and advertising. Fashion ads mine deeply rooted human values, ideals, and desires, channeled through social recognition, beautification, and rejuvenation. Although referencing meta-goods is obvious to some consumers, their connection to philosophical theories of human nature is less apparent, even among the marketers and advertisers who use them. This book will appeal to researchers and students of cultural studies, media studies, marketing, advertising, fashion, sociology, anthropology, philosophy, and psychology, and anyone interested in the operation of fashion. Roman Meinhold
is director of the Guna Chakra
Carl von Ossietzky University.
Research Center at Assumption University in Bangkok.
$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-2318-5
$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-2437-3
M a r c h 300 pages
M a r c h 170 pages
M e d i a S t u d i e s / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
M e d i a S t u d i e s / C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Beginning with an analysis of participation practices in contemporary print and other media, this volume expands historical perspectives by exploring the potential of participatory cultures to illuminate past forms of collaboration between individual and collective actors (authors, editors, publishers, fans, critics, etc.). In doing so, the volume sheds new light on the historically, culturally, and medially specific forms and functions, as well as on the economic, political, and institutional parameters, contributing to the emergence and transformation of what turn out to be precarious alliances.
Fashion Myths
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 131
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Animal Minds and Animal Ethics Connecting Two Separate Fields
Silence About Race?
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Klaus Petrus and
Reconfigurations of Racism in Contemporary Europe
Markus Wild, editors
Frank Peter, Editor
Philosophers investigating questions of animal ethics tend to draw on animal cognition research while subscribing to strong positions regarding animal minds, and philosophers pursuing the question of animal minds frequently draw conclusions from the arguments of ethical philosophers. Despite this exchange, animal mind and animal ethics research have developed in fundamentally different directions. One reason for this divison lies in the institutional distinction between theoretical and practical philosophy. This anthology brings these fields and their philosophical approaches closer together, mapping their surprising ideological and methodological overlap.
Racial semantics are shifting in Europe, race is coded in multiple ways, and the defense of naturalized privilege is regularly raised to preempt accusations of racism. The ability to identify racism as a particular kind of power formation has become complicated. This volume examines the relation of race to the operation of social power within particular contexts and the critical purchase and effectiveness of analytical concepts of racism. It combines conceptual reflections with case studies exploring the diverse ways racism is discussed in European countries today.
Klaus Petrus
is lecturer in philosophy at the University
is assistant professor of Islamic and
Switzerland. His research interests embrace political
of Berne. Markus Wild
Frank Peter
Middle Eastern studies at the University of Bern,
is SNSF–professor of philosophy at the
Islam, politics of secularism, and historical memory.
University of Fribourg.
$70.00 paper 978-3-8376-2462-5
$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-2463-2
M a r c h 358 pages
M ay 280 pages / 20 color illustrations
Animal Studies
C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s
H u m a n –A n i m a l S t u d i e s
C u lt u r e a n d S o c i a l Pr ac t i c e
1 32 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
P o l i t i c a l S c ie n c e
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Borders and Border Regions in Europe
Changes, Challenges, and Chances
Transnational Organized Crime
Analyses of a Global Challenge to Democracy
Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung and
Jan Wielgohs, Editors
Regine Schönenberg, Editors
This text follows adjustments to the borders of Europe and its neighbors from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. It pays special attention to the history and contemporary dynamics of Polish and German borders and the creation of Euroregions, as well as mutual perceptions of Poles and Germans at the border, EU Regional Policy, and media debates over the extension of the Schengen Area. The European focus is complemented by an analysis of crossborder mobility between Abkhazia and Georgia and the societal effects of Israel’s Security Fence for Palestine.
Transnational organized crime interferes with everyday life and poses a serious threat to democracy. Nevertheless, it has become an inherent feature of economic globalization, blurring the line between legal and illegal business networks. With contributions from twelve countries and twenty-five experts working in civil society organizations, private industry, journalism, and activism, this anthology offers a crosscultural and multidisciplinary analysis of transnational organized crime, the laws and regulations governing the international flow of trade, and the exploitation of these laws by criminal actors.
Arnaud Lechevalier
teaches economics and political
science at the University of Paris 1 (Panthéon-Sorbonne)
The Heinrich Böll Foundation
and is visiting professor at the European University Viadrina
and upholds human rights, taking action to prevent the
Frankfurt in Oder.
destruction of the global ecosystem, advance gender equal-
Jan Wielgohs
is coordinator of the Frankfurt Institute for
Transformation Studies at the European University Viadrina Frankfurt.
fosters democracy
ity, secure peace through conflict prevention, and defend freedom against excessive state and economic abuse. The foundation is part of an international network with twentynine offices and partner projects in close to sixty countries.
$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-2442-7
$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-2495-3
M a r c h 270 pages / 2 color illustrations
M a r c h 312 pages / 1 b&w illustration
political science
Political Science / economics
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Arnaud Lechevalier and
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 133
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Wounds and Words
Aged Young Adults
Childhood and Family Trauma in Romantic and Postmodern Fiction
Age Readings of Contemporary American Novels and Films
Christa Schönfelder
Anita Wohlmann
Trauma has become a hotly contested topic in literary studies, yet interest in trauma is nothing new. Its conceptual roots extend back to the romantic period, when novelists and early psychiatrists first began to investigate the wounded mind.
When Toula’s father in My Big Fat Greek Wedding says to his daughter (age thirty) “you look so old,” or when Don DeLillo’s protagonist in Cosmopolis (age twenty-eight) “feels old,” these characters are exhibiting an age awareness that has received little attention in age scholarship.
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
This book revisits these attempts to understand trauma, reading a selection of romantic novels in dialogue with romantic and contemporary psychiatry. It then extends that dialogue to postmodern fiction, examining how empirical approaches can deepen our theorizations of trauma. Within an interdisciplinary framework, this study brings fresh insight to the poetics, politics, and ethics of trauma fiction. Christa Schönfelder
teaches English literature at the
Leaving aside the chronological or biological dimensions of age, this study approaches the phenomenon as a metaphoric practice, arguing that “feeling old” should be thought of metaphorically rather than literally. Examining the cultural meanings of age and aging, this text recasts the meaning of such common terms as late-coming-of-age and perpetual adolescence.
University of Zurich. Her research interests include romanti-
Anita Wohlmann
cism, postmodern fiction, trauma theory, and gender studies.
American Studies Department at the Johannes
is a postdoc scholar in the
Gutenberg University Mainzt. Her research interests include age studies, North American literature, film, and cultural studies.
$60.00 paper 978-3-8376-2378-9
$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-2483-0
M a r c h 346 pages
M ay 280 pages / 15 b&w illustrations
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
L e ttr e
Ag i n g S t u d i e s
1 34 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
A m e r i c a n C u lt u r e S t u d ies
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Restless Subjects in Rigid Systems
Beware of the Other Side(s)
Multiple Personality Disorder and Dissociative Identity Disorder in American Fiction
Susanne Wegener
Heike Schwarz
Kathryn Bigelow’s Hollywood film Strange Days (1995), Karen T. Yamashita’s novel Tropic of Orange (1997), and Larissa Lai’s novel Salt Fish Girl (2002) are aesthetically intricate speculative fictions that perceptively critique current political-economic discourse and its subtle reconfiguration of race, class, and gender. This study focuses on these North American fictional texts and their dystopian near-future scenarios that position risk as a new rationality for governance. They also position neoliberal speculation as a new paradigm of subject formation within a hypercapitalist, millennial Pacific Rim.
This interdisciplinary study examines the vivid phenomenon of the most controversial psychiatric diagnosis in the United States: multiple personality disorder. Now called dissociative identity disorder this syndrome encompasses the occurrence of two or more distinct identities that take control of a person’s behavior paired with inexplicable memory loss. Synthesizing psychiatric research and the dynamics of the disorder with its influential representation in American fiction, this study confronts how psychiatry and fiction mutually influence a mysterious syndrome and how this reciprocity created a genre of fiction that persists in a distinct, self-referential mode.
Susanne Wegener
is working on a postdoc project on
genre and theory construction in literary criticism.
Heike Schwarz
teaches American studies at the Uni-
versity of Augsburg. Her research concerns psychiatry and literature, the representation of mental illness in literature, (pop)cultural studies, ecopsychology, and ecocriticism.
$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-2416-8
$55.00 paper 978-3-8376-2488-5
M a r c h 300 pages
M a r c h 440 pages / 1 b&w illustration
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Risk and Speculation in Millennial Fictions of the North-American Pacific Rim
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 135
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Metaphors in Architecture and Urbanism
Spaces of the Poor
Andri Gerber and
Perspectives of Cultural Sciences on Urban Slum Areas and Their Inhabitants
Brent Patterson, Editors
Hans-Christian Petersen, Editor
An Introduction
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Architecture and urbanism appear to be “weak” disciplines, struggling to better define their scholarly nature and borders. While both fields are immensely creative, architecture lacks a definitive conception of space and urbanism lacks a concrete definition of city. Using metaphors in these fields can be problematic. Though they bring opposites together, metaphors run the danger of becoming too literal to relate to these subjects properly. In this volume, several authors from various disciplines use different approaches to explore such dilemmas. Andri Gerber
is senior lecturer in the history of urbanism
at the Zurich University of Applied Sciences in Switzerland.
What do we know about the world’s impoverished urban areas and their living conditions? How do the urban poor cope with their surroundings? How do they interpret or adapt urban spaces to transcend their position at the social periphery?
This volume explores these questions while underscoring the ability of social science research to counter the “exotification of the ghetto,” exposing the heterogeneity and individuality that thrives behind the facade. It ultimately brings fresh insight into issues of poverty and inequality beyond collective categories.
From 2000 to 2002, he worked for Peter Eisenman in New York City, and from 2008 to 2011, he was an associate professor at the École Spéciale d’Architecture in Paris. Brent Patterson
is an architect completing a Ph.D. in
philosophy at Paris 8. He teaches history and theory courses
Hans-Christian Petersen
teaches East European
history at the Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz, Germany. His research interests concern urban history and social space, the history of science, and the history of anti-Semitism.
at architecture schools in Paris and is an associate professor at the École Spéciale d`Architecture.
$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-2372-7
$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-2473-1
M a r c h 302 pages / 93 b&w illustrations
M a r c h 250 pages / 6 color illustrations
Ur b a n S t u d i e s / Ar c h i t e c t u r e
C u lt u r a l S t u d i e s / Ur b a n S t u d i e s
Ar c h i t e c t u r e
M a i n z H i sto r i c a l C u lt u r a l S c i e n c e s
1 36 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
U r b a n S t u d ies
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
The Berlin Reader
Cairo: Images of Transition
A Compendium on Urban Change and Activism
Perspectives on Visuality in Egypt, 2011–2013
Matthias Bernt, Britta Grell,
Mikala Hyldig Dal, Editor
and Andrej Holm, Editors
Matthias Bernt
is a senior researcher at the Leibniz
Institute for Regional Development and Structural Planning (IRS) in Erkner. Britta Grell
is a political scientist, lecturer, and author
based in Berlin. Andrej Holm
Cairo: Images of Transition features a range of artistic and academic works that examine the relationship between aesthetics and politics in the wake of the Egyptian revolution of January 25, 2011. Emphasizing the political processes of 2011 and 2012, the volume traces the shifting status of the image as a communicative tool, a witness to history, and an active agent for change. Mikala Hyldig Dal
earned her degree at the University
of Arts Berlin/Institute of Time-Based Media and works as an artist and curator in the field of image politics and
teaches in the Department of Urban and
(medial) representational strategies. Her artworks have been
Regional Sociology at Berlin’s Humboldt University.
exhibited internationally.
$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-2478-6
$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-2615-5
M a r c h 280 pages
M a r c h 286 pages
Ur b a n S t u d i e s
Ur b a n S t u d i e s / Art H i sto r y
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
The Berlin Reader is an essential resource for anyone interested in urban development in one of the most interesting and important metropolises in Europe. It provides scholars, students, journalists, and visitors with a survey of essential discussions on the changes Berlin has experienced since the fall of the wall. It addresses inner city renewal, housing and the local economy, and gentrification and other urban conflicts. The anthology breaks new ground by offering non-German speakers insight into reunification’s controversial debates and by addressing the mixed results of Berlin’s urban transformation.
What aesthetic structures, representational codes, and conventions are taking shape across transitory Egypt? Which are broken, and how is democracy envisioned? How did January 25 change the relationship among citizens, public space, and visual expression? What politics are at play when history manifests as an image?
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 137
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Dancing Archives— Archive Dances
Gender in Science and Technology
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Exploring Dance Histories at the Radcliffe College Archives
Interdisciplinary Approaches
Thom Hecht
Ilona Horwath, Editors
This book is the first in-depth archival exploration of a lost history of dance as an extracurricular activity at Radcliffe College, the women’s liberal arts college of Harvard University, during the first half of the twentieth century. Using archival storying, an innovative method that incorporates the researcher’s lived experiences at the Radcliffe College Archives into his historical discourse, the text presents three archive stories informed by the researcher’s personal encounters with the surroundings of the archive and the interpretation and reading of what he found. The result is a transporting narrative that vividly recreates the remapping of Radcliffe’s dance history.
What role does gender play in scientific research and technological development? This book shares methodological expertise, research experiences, and empirical results as they relate to gender in science and technology studies. Contributors hail from computer science, the social sciences, and philosophy and discuss how to pose questions about gender and apply such questions in interdisciplinary research, development, and teaching. Topics range from the design of information and communication technologies and the epistemologies of biology and chemistry to teaching mathematics and professional processes in engineering.
Thom Hecht
earned his Ph.D. in dance from Texas
Woman’s University and held an appointment as visiting fellow at Harvard University from 2010 to 2012. His research concerns the history of dance in higher education, dance pedagogy, and gender studies.
Waltraud Ernst and
Waltraud Ernst
teaches gender studies at the
Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria. Ilona Horwath
is assistant professor in the
Department of Women’s and Gender Studies at the Johannes Kepler University.
$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-2479-3
$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-2434-2
M a r c h 208 pages / 4 b&w illustrations
M ay 266 pages
Da n c e
gender Studies
Cr i t i c a l Da n c e S t u d i e s
Gender Studies
1 38 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
I m a ge
T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Contesting Visibility
Art History and Fetishism Abroad
Heike Behrend
Angela Stercken, Editors
Photographic Practices on the East African Coast
Heike Behrend
is a former professor of social anthropol-
ogy and African studies at the University of Cologne.
Gabriele Genge and
By focusing on the modes and media of fetishized objects, this anthology reorients the debate on “thingness” toward a new global art-historical perspective. Contributors explore the attention given to material images in both art and culture from the height of colonial expansion to today. Incorporating research in aesthetics, psychology, and ethnography, they show how “fetishes” took shape from the seventeenth to the nineteenth centuries and became vehicles and agents of transculturality. They also advance recent discourse on magical practice and its secular meanings, which requires altered art-historical approaches. Gabriele Genge
is professor and chair of art history
and theory at the University Duisburg-Essen. Her research focuses on visual culture, art and ethnography, modernism, and postcolonialism. Angela Stercken
is an art historian, curator, and writer
focusing on art from the nineteenth to the twenty-first centuries, exploring the history of exhibition and the museum, the theory of art and image, and transcultural art processes.
$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-2456-4
$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-2411-3
M a r c h 266 pages / 26 b&w and 28 color illustrations
M a r c h 340 pages / 80 b&w and 40 color illustrations
Art H i sto r y
Art H i sto r y
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e u n i t e d s tat es . , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , t h e C a r i b b e a n , A u s t r a l i a , Ne w Ze a l a n d , a n d Asi a
Since commercial studio photographers and the colonial state first introduced photography to Kenya, Muslims have debated and contested the medium on the cosmopolitan East African coast. This book not only explores the making, circulation, and consumption of popular photographs but also their rejection and obliteration. The text addresses various “social spaces of refusal” in the local Muslim milieu and the “traditional” spirit mediums in which (gendered) visibility was (and is) contested in creative ways. The study focuses on the “aesthetics of withdrawal,” the techniques of veiling, masking, and concealing through which the surface of the photographic image is theatricalized. Via a fragmented historical perspective, Heike Behrend seeks to complement, decenter, and counter the history of photography as it has been told by the West.
Global Shiftings in Media and Methods
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 139
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Current Problems of University Management
1914–1918: An Anatomy of Global Conflict
“The text presents a full range of currently
“Andrzej Chwalba’s concise account adopts an
Tadeusz Wawak, Editor
Andrzej Chwalba
discussed topics by the institutions responsible
anthropological approach set within the framework
for the functioning of the education system.
of an innovative layout designed by the author
The contributors are educational researchers
and announced in the title of his book. A highly
from the United States, Russia, Algeria, Ukraine,
recommendable book, its quality determined above
and Poland, and each presents problems existing
all by its structuralist approach to the discourse.”
in their own academic environment, based on
—Tomasz Schramm, Adam Mickiewicz University
personal experience.” —Tadeusz Grabiński, University of Economics in Krakow
F o r Sa l e T h r o u g h o u t t h e Wo r l d
The quality of teaching in higher education has been debated for years, and private universities have found it increasingly difficult to provide adequate academic staff for didactic purposes. Therefore the Department of Applied Economics at the Jagiellonian University financed an international study to investigate the issues affecting universities worldwide. The study found many similar problems among the universities and discovered pro-quality management restructuring demands the implementation of Total Quality Management principles. Tadeusz Wawak
1914–1918: An Anatomy of Global Conflict recounts a history of the First World War from an anthropological perspective. It shares the stories of individual participants, including soldiers, civilians, and women. The study revisits the events of the war through the lens of everyday life, economic affairs, migration, invasion, military occupation, civilian infrastructure, and the national question, and it undertakes a clinical analysis of various models of ground warfare. Andrzej Chwalba
is professor of history at the
Jagiellonian University and the author of more than twenty books on the local, national, and global dimensions of nineteenth- and twentieth–century history.
is a professor at the Institute of Eco-
nomics and Management, Jagiellonian University.
$42.00 / £29.00 paper 978-83-233-3638-9 $60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-83-233-3534-4
M aY 180 pages
M a r c h 220 pages
H i sto r y / C o n f l i c t S t u d i e s
E d u c at i o n / M a n ag e m e n t
Jag i e l lo n i a n S t u d i e s o f H i sto ry
140 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Health and Resilience
Tadeusz Marian Ostrowski
and Iwona Sikorska, Editors
This collection provides readers with an opportunity to consider the issue of mental health and resilience from various perspectives. It examines numerous concepts of resilience as they relate to patterns of adaptation in adverse contexts. Consequently, resilience can be conceived by readers as good adaptation, effective coping, or well-being attained despite adversity. Referring to a class of complex phenomena, resilience is not only a basic category for developmental psychopathology and positive psychology but also applies to developmental, educational, family, and health psychology, as well as to psychoneuroimmunology. The chapters in this book address the issue of resilience from either the nomothetic or the idiographic perspective. They discuss theoretical models of resilience, investigate mechanisms and processes connected with health and resilience, scrutinize various aspects of the latter (such as risk and protective factors or internal and external resources), and provide examples of support in difficult life circumstances. Tadeusz Marian Ostrowski
is associate professor at Jagiellonian
University, head of the Developmental and Health Psychology Departsecond degree of specialization in adult clinical psychology. Iwona Sikorska
is an assistant professor in the Developmental
wide audience interested in healthrelated issues, primarily psychologists, both as researchers and as practitioners. The volume is also a valuable resource for pedagogues, sociologists, philosophers, physicians, and other representatives from the medical profession. The chapters have been written in a way that is knowledgeable and interesting and address the very important yet still
and Health Psychology Department, Institute of Applied Psychology,
neglected issue of the relationship
Jagiellonian University.
between psychological resilience and health.” —Nina Ogińska-Bulik, Institute of Psychology, University of Lódź
F o r Sa l e T h r o u g h o u t t h e Wo r l d
ment of the university’s Institute of Applied Psychology, and holds a
“Health and Resilience is directed at a
$45.00 / £31.00 paper 978-83-233-3625-9 M a r c h 214 pages Ps yc h o lo g y / P u b l i c H e a lt h
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 141
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Materials for a Historical Dictionary of New Persian Loanwords in Old Anatolian and Ottoman Turkish from the Thirteenth to the Sixteenth Century Marzanna Pomorska
“Pomorska supplies a multitude of data, sorted alphabetically and therefore easily accessible, and they are dated, providing information about the chronology of forms and meanings, perhaps the most essential information in Ottoman studies today. Phonetic and semantic attestations constitute the main body of the work, excerpted from philological sources, where they lay scattered until now and so are almost impossible to find for the researcher.” F o r Sa l e T h r o u g h o u t t h e Wo r l d
—Marek Stachowski, Jagiellonian University
This historical dictionary consists of nearly 2,000 loanwords in Old Anatolian and early Ottoman Turkish. Marzanna Pomorska has extracted the vocabulary from various sources originally written in Arabic, transcribed in present times into Latin and edited by modern scholars. Marzanna Pomorska
is a Polish linguist specializing in
etymology and the historical study of Turkic languages.
Reading Comprehension in Polish and English
Evidence from an Introspective Study Monika Kusiak
This book explains the complexity of the dual-language involvement of FL/L2 reading by showing how L1 and FL/L2 factors interplay in FL/L2 reading. The book’s aim is to treat reading in English in the foreignsecond-language context as a cross-linguistic phenomenon and to present the results of a think-aloud study that investigated reading in Polish as the L1 and English as the FL of Polish learners of English. The project involved six stages, each focusing on a different aspect of reading, and explored reading strategies; problems and solutions; the way subjects construct their representations of texts; and students’ individual patterns of developing comprehension and effectiveness in identifying main ideas. The findings reveal both similarities and differences between reading in Polish and English and elucidates the usefulness of think-aloud protocols in foreign-language instruction. Monika Kusiak
is a senior lecturer at the Institute of
English Studies, Jagiellonian University.
$45.00 / £31.00 paper 978-83-233-3618-1 M a r c h 272 pages
$45.00 / £31.00 paper 978-83-233-3513-9
L i n g u i st i c s
M a r c h 278 pages
S t u d i a T u r c o lo g i c a Cr acov i e n s i a
L i n g u i st i c s
142 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Łukasz Gacek and
Ewa Trojnar, Editors “All of these essays practice proper factual and scientific analysis. They describe interesting areas in cultural studies, international relations, and military and energy safety in China today.” —Hubert Królikowski, Jagiellonian University
Łukasz Gacek
is assistant professor at the Institute of
Middle and Far East Studies, Jagiellonian University. Ewa Trojnar
is assistant professor at the Institute of
Middle and Far East Studies, Jagiellonian University.
Processes, Strategies, Images, Identities Adina Zemanek, editor
This anthology offers a complex approach to studying both media in the P. R. C. and the representation of China and the Chinese in the media of other countries. Individual chapters discuss the construction of images, the deployment of persuasive techniques, the reflection of political undertakings and official stances, and the expression of popular feeling in the Chinese official and popular press, Internet forums, the mainstream Western press, the Polish and Italian media, Zambian Internet forums, and Indonesian cinema. The study will appeal to students and scholars of media and mass communication, political studies, and cultural and gender studies, especially as they relate to Chinese media discourse, government transparency, Chinese nationalism, the Chinese diaspora, and Sino-African relations. Adina Zemanek
is assistant professor at the Institute of
Middle and Far Eastern Studies, Jagiellonian University.
F o r Sa l e T h r o u g h o u t t h e Wo r l d
China at the beginning of the twenty-first century intrigues many researchers around the world. The problems discussed in this volume provide readers with a background in modern China’s most vital issues, many related to the challenges facing Chinese society today and the political and diplomatic fallout from the state’s international skirmishes. Each article is separately concluded by the author’s findings, and, being open to criticism, the authors invite the reader to take a long, hard look at the issues presented.
Media in China, China in the Media
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
China at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century
$42.00 / £29.00 paper 978-83-233-3621-1 $40.00 / £27.50 paper 978-83-233-3590-0
M a r c h 208 pages
M a r c h 152 pages
E a st As i a n S t u d i e s / M e d i a S t u d i e s
E a st As i a n S t u d i e s / C h i n e s e H i sto r y
I n st y t u t Ko n f u c j u s z a
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 143
Electrum
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Si nc e 1 9 97, th e De pa rt m e n t o f A n c ie n t History at t he Jagiello n ia n Un iversi t y in K ra kow h a s p u b l is h e d t h e E l e c t r u m se r ies , a n t h o lo gies a n d m o n o g r a p h s t h at s t u dy t h e c u lt u r e a n d h is to ry o f G r ee c e , R o m e , a n d t h e Ne a r E a st f r o m t h e b egi n n i n g o f t h e f i r st m i l l e n n i u m B .C . to a r o u n d 4 0 0 A . D. B o o ks i n t h e E l e c t r u m se r ies a r e w r i t t e n i n E ng l is h , Ge r m an , F r e n c h , a n d I ta li a n .
The Greek World in the Fourth and Third Centuries B.C.
Colonization in the Ancient World
This volume contains eight studies written by scholars from Great Britain, Israel, Poland, and the United States. The contributors are all specialists in Greek history, and their essays deal with different aspects of the period’s history, focusing on historiography, political developments, and military actions and events.
This volume in the Electrum series is focused on various aspects of a phenomenon that is characteristic of the history of the ancient world. In several essays, contributors discuss problems relating to colonization and its effects on the Mediterranean region. These works cover the period that spans from archaic Greece to Byzantine times.
Edward Dąbrowa, Editor
F o r Sa l e T h r o u g h o u t t h e Wo r l d
Edward Dąbrowa
is a professor of history at
Jagiellonian University.
Edward Dąbrowa, Editor
Edward Dąbrowa
is a professor of history at
Jagiellonian University.
$42.00 / £29.00 paper 978-83-233-3483-5
$42.00 / £29.00 paper 978-83-233-3640-2
M a r c h 180 pages
M ay 190 pages
A n c i e n t H i sto r y `
A n c i e n t H i sto r y `
144 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
New Areas, Contexts, Practices Marko Radovan and Marek Kościelniak, Editors
Marko Radovan
is an assistant professor in Department
for Pedagogy and Andragogy, Faculty of Arts, at the University of Ljubljana. Marek Kościelniak
is an assistant professor in the
Institute of Education, Faculty of Philosophy, Jagiellonian University.
A Genre Perspective
Magdalena Szczyrbak “The data and comprehensive discussion in this volume confirm new regularities in the realization of the Concessive relation and formulate claims regarding the realization of the said relation in two Indo-European languages.” —Andrzej Łyda, University of Silesia
Along with a review of approaches to concessivity as well as legal and linguistic perspectives on argumentation, this analysis draws on genre studies and follows a genre-based view of legal language. It shows through an examination of EU and Polish judgments how the Concessive relation is deployed by last-instance courts and, in a pioneering attempt to identify tripartite Concessive patterns in written data, offers insight into the linguistic construction of judicial argumentation, seen as a “mute dialogue” with the addressee, highlighting recurrent argumentative schemata and related discourse signals and functions. Magdalena Szczyrbak
is a lecturer at the Institute of
English Studies, Jagiellonian University.
$42.00 / £29.00 paper 978-83-233-3611-2
$45.00 / £31.00 paper 978-83-233-3627-3
M a r c h 164 pages
M a r c h 236 pages
E d u c at i o n
LAw / L i n g u i st i c s
F o r Sa l e T h r o u g h o u t t h e Wo r l d
This book is the result of a cooperation between scientists from the University of Ljubljana and Jagiellonian University. The aim was to present a compilation of examples that illustrate areas worth considering, contexts and practices, and certain problems and dilemmas in the field of lifelong learning. The reality outlined in this book is selective, yet it is also “spatial” in the sense that it enables a firm grasp of the size and dynamism of development. These essays encompass not only significant issues from the standpoint of key competences but also concepts relating to social, cultural, scientific, artistic, and common schooling that lead to more comprehensive personal development and better quality of life.
The Realisation of Concession in the Discourse of Judges
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Lifelong Learning Today
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 145
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Chinese Opera
The Actor’s Craft
Siu Wang-Ngai With Peter Lovrick
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
Chinese opera embraces more than 360 different styles of theater that make one of the richest performance arts in the world. It combines music, speech, poetry, mime, acrobatics, stage fighting, vivid face painting, and exquisite costumes. First experiences of Chinese opera can be baffling because its vocabulary of stagecraft is familiar only to the seasoned aficionado. Chinese Opera: The Actor’s Craft makes the experience more accessible for everyone. This book uses breath-taking images of Chinese opera in performance by Hong Kong photographer Siu Wang-Ngai to illustrate and explain Chinese opera stage technique. The book explores costumes, gestures, mime, acrobatics, props, and stage techniques. Each explanation is accompanied by an example of its use in an opera and is illustrated by in-performance photographs. Chinese Opera: The Actor’s Craft provides the reader with a basic grammar for understanding uniquely Chinese solutions to staging drama. Siu Wang-Ngai
is a fellow of the Royal Photographic Society. He is
coauthor, with Peter Lovrick, of Chinese Opera: Images and Stories and author of The Hong Kong Ballet. Peter Lovrick
is a professor of homiletics at St. Augustine’s
Seminary at the Toronto School of Theology, University of Toronto, and a professor of English at George Brown College. He is coauthor, with Siu Wang-Ngai, of Chinese Opera: Images and Stories.
$45.00 / £31.00 cloth 978-988-8208-26-5 A p r i l 232 pages / 227 color illustrations / 10” by 10 “ T h e at e r / O p e r a
146 | S p r i n g 2 0 1 4
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Poseidon
China’s Secret Salvage of Britain’s Lost Submarine Steven R. Schwankert
“Poseidon is the gripping story of the dramatic final moments of a British submarine—the survivors’ compelling story and the awful fate of those trapped inside. Yet Poseidon is also the story of Schwankert’s dogged quest and maritime detective work to uncover the truth on that dreadful day in Royal Navy history.” —Paul French, author of Midnight in Peking
“Schwankert’s tale of a lost submarine, its discovery, and secret salvage by the Chinese is a compelling, real-life exposé. Exciting, suspenseful, filled with intrigue, Poseidon is a mustread to set lost history on the track to truth.” —Clive Cussler, author of Raise the Titanic and Poseidon’s Arrow
“Poseidon is an excellent account of a fascinating episode in naval history. I
Steven R. Schwankert
is an award-winning writer and editor
with seventeen years of experience in Greater China.
highly recommend this superb book.” —Alex Kershaw, author of Escape from the Deep and The Liberator
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-988-8208-18-0 M a r c h 256 pages / 33 b&w illustrations
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
Royal Navy submarine HMS Poseidon sank in collision with a Chinese freighter during routine exercises in 1931 off Weihaiwei. Thirty of its fiftysix-man crew scrambled out of the hatches as it went down. Of the twenty-six who remained inside, eight attempted to surface using “Davis gear,” an early form of diving equipment: six of them made it safely to the surface in the first escape of this kind in submarine history and became heroes. The incident was then forgotten, eclipsed by the greater drama that followed in World War II, until news emerged that, for obscure reasons, the Chinese government had salvaged the wrecked submarine in 1972. This lively account of the Poseidon incident tells the story of the accident and its aftermath, and of the author’s own quest to find out about the 1972 salvage.
C h i n e s e H i sto r y / M a r i t i m e H i sto r y
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 147
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
East Sails West
The Voyage of the Keying, 1846–1855 Stephen Davies
“Stephen Davies reinstates a unique— and long forgotten—voyage of a F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
Chinese junk across the Indian and Atlantic Oceans to its rightful place in global history. A remarkable scholarly achievement based on a rare combination of sharp historical analysis, meticulous research, and an encyclopedic knowledge of ships and sailing.” —Elizabeth Sinn, author of Pacific Crossing: California Gold, Chinese Migration, and the Making of Hong Kong
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-988-8208-20-3 M a r c h 368 pages / 25 color and 21 b&w illustrations C h i n e s e H i sto r y / M a r i t i m e H i sto r y
148 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
In December 1846, the Keying, a Chinese junk purchased by British investors, set sail from Hong Kong for London. Named after the Chinese Imperial Commissioner who had signed away Hong Kong to the British, manned by a Chinese and European crew, and carrying a traveling exhibition of Chinese items, the Keying had a troubled voyage. After quarrels on the way and a diversion to New York, culminating in a legal dispute over arrears of wages for Chinese members of the crew, it finally reached London in 1848, where it went on exhibition on the River Thames until 1853. It was then auctioned off, towed to Liverpool, and finally broken up. In this account of the ship, the crew and the voyage, Stephen Davies tells a story of missed opportunities with an erratic course, overambitious aims, and achievements born of lucky breaks—a microcosm, in fact, of early Hong Kong and relations between China and the West. Stephen Davies
is the Hong Kong Maritime Museum’s first China
State Shipbuilding Corporation Maritime Heritage Research Fellow.
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Villages in the City
A Guide to South China’s Informal Settlements Stefan Al, Editor With Paul Chu Hoi Shan, Claudia Juhre, Ivan Valin, and Casey Wang as Contributing Editors
Countless Chinese villages have been engulfed by modern cities. They no longer consist of picturesque farms and fengshui groves, but of high-rise buildings so close to each other they create dark claustrophobic alleys, jammed with dripping air conditioners, hanging clothes, caged balconies, and bundles of buzzing electric wires and crowned with a small strip of daylight known as “thin line sky.” At times, buildings stand so close to each other they are dubbed “kissing buildings” or “handshake houses”— you can literally reach out from one building and shake hands with your neighbor.
Villages in the City argues for the value of urban villages as places. To reveal their qualities, a series of drawings and photographs uncover the immense concentration of social life in the dense structures and provide a peek into residents’ homes and daily lives. Essays by a number of experts offer a deeper understanding of the topic and help imagine how reinstating the focus on the village could lead to a richer, more variegated pathway of urbanization. Stefan Al
is associate professor of urban design at the University
of Pennsylvania. He is the editor of Factory Towns of South China: An Illustrated Guidebook.
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-988-8208-23-4 A u g u s t 224 pages / 300 color illustrations
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
Although it is easy to see these villages as slums, a closer look reveals they provide an important, affordable, and well-located entry point for migrants into the city. They also offer a vital mixed-use, spatially diverse, and pedestrian alternative to the prevailing car-oriented, modernist planning paradigm in China. Yet most of these villages are on the brink of destruction, affecting the homes of millions of people and threatening the eradication of a unique urban fabric.
Ur b a n S t u d i e s / a s i a n st u d i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 149
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Poverty in the Midst of Affluence
How Hong Kong Mismanaged Its Prosperity Leo F. Goodstadt
“In this meticulously researched study of the causes and the course F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
of worsening poverty amid growing affluence in Hong Kong, Leo F. Goodstadt has identified the new poor as those made vulnerable through diminishing access to essential services and opportunities. The culprits are misguided policies and the callous and uncaring decisions of those in power. This compelling critique carries weight and demands a response.” —Christine Fang, chief executive of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service
Hong Kong is among the richest cities in the world. Yet over the past fifteen years, living conditions for the average family have deteriorated despite a robust economy, ample budget surpluses, and record labor productivity. Successive governments have been reluctant to invest in services for the elderly, the disabled, the long-term sick, and the poor while education has become more elite. The political system has helped entrench a mistaken consensus that social spending is a threat to financial stability and economic prosperity. In this trenchant attack on government mismanagement, Leo F. Goodstadt traces how officials have created a “new poverty” in Hong Kong and argues their misguided policies are both a legacy of the colonial era and a deliberate choice by modern governments, not the result of economic crises. This book is highly relevant to the continuing debate about the efficiency of market forces in solving welfare “problems” and the claims put forward for the superiority of the private sector in meeting housing, health, and educational needs. “In this latest volume in his series on Hong Kong’s economic, social, and political development, Goodstadt has again given us a most timely intervention in policy discussion and public debate. This is a critical reflection on Hong Kong’s path of social development and a most discerning analysis of the Third World mentality espoused by the government and the business community in the area of social welfare.” —Lui Tai-lok, the University of Hong Kong Leo F. Goodstadt
is an honorary fellow of the University of Hong
Kong and headed the Hong Kong government’s Central Policy Unit from 1989 to 1997.
$38.00 / £26.00 cloth 978-988-8208-21-0 M a r c h 276 pages As i a n st u d i e s / g ov e r n m e n t
1 50 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Minority Education in China
Balancing Unity and Diversity in an Era of Critical Pluralism
James Leibold and Chen Yangbin, Editors
“A timely and original contribution to the research of minority education in China covering language, religion, gender, and intellectual styles. A useful reference for scholars, graduate students, and policy makers in relation to minority education in particular.” —Yi Lin, Xiamen University James Leibold
is senior lecturer in politics and Asian studies at La
Trobe University, Australia. He is the author of Reconfiguring Chinese Nationalism: How the Qing Frontier and Its Indigenes Became Chinese;
“A splendid book on an important topic. It raises diverse issues on education for minorities in China, which involves pressing problems of equality, interethnic relations, gender, and others. The essays are balanced, fair, wide-ranging, and critical yet sympathetic. The contributors include leading authorities on the subject, with representatives of several of China’s ethnic groups. It is a first-rate and innovative study, which I strongly recommend.” —Colin Mackerras, Griffith University, Australia
Ethnic Policy in China: Is Reform Inevitable?; and coeditor of Critical Han Studies: The History, Representation, and Identity of China’s Majority. Chen Yangbin
is lecturer in Chinese studies at the School of
Humanities, La Trobe University, and the author of Muslim Uyghur Students in a Chinese Boarding School: Social Recapitalization as a Response to Ethnic Integration.
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-988-8208-13-5 M a r c h 416 pages / 10 b&w illustrations
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
This edited volume brings together essays by leading experts exploring different aspects of ethnic minority education in China: among these are the challenges associated with bilingual and trilingual education in Xinjiang and Tibet; Han Chinese reaction to preferential minority education; the role of inland boarding schools for minority students; and the mediation of religion and culture in multiethnic schools. The book covers these topics from a range of different perspectives: Uyghur, Tibetan, Korean, Mongolian, Han, and those of the West, combining empirical field studies with theoretical approaches. Previous scholarship has explored the pedagogical and policy challenges of minority education in China; this is the first volume to recast these problems in the light of the Chinese partystate’s efforts to create ethnic harmony and stability through a shared sense of national belonging.
As i a n st u d i e s / e d u c at i o n
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 151
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Wang Renmei
The Wildcat of Shanghai (With DVD of Wild Rose) Richard J. Meyer
Wang Renmei was on a fast track to become one of China’s leading film stars in the 1930s. Her early films were received with magnificent praise by audiences and critics alike, though she later lamented she became famous too early and never had a chance to properly study acting. The film Song of the Fishermen (1934), in which she sang and played a major role, was the first Chinese motion picture to win an International Award in Moscow in 1935.
“Meyer always writes in an accessible, jargon-free style that invites all F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
interested readers to share his enthusiasm and knowledge for the films he loves so much within their richest historical and cultural context. Thanks to this wonderful book, the Chinese actress Wang Renmei and the film Wild Rose will no longer be obscure within the English-speaking world of film scholarship.” —Peter Lehman, director of the Center for Film, Media, and Popular Culture, Arizona State University, and coauthor of Thinking About Movies: Watching, Questioning, Enjoying
Wang’s personal struggles reflected the turbulent period from the end of the Qing dynasty to the rise of Deng Xiaoping. This study explores her artistic achievements amid the prevalent anti-feminist and feudal society in China prior to the founding of the People’s Republic in 1949—attitudes which contributed to the downturn of Wang’s promising career and forced her to accept various bit parts among the more than twenty films in which she appeared. In addition, personal problems as well as the Anti-Rightist Movement and the Cultural Revolution led to her hospitalization for mental illness.
“Wang Renmei is one of the most dynamic and talented film actors in Chinese history, full of tensions and self-contradictions that revealed in part the violence and turmoil of her times and the political complexity of the film industry. This fine book on one of China’s most exciting film artists will appeal to both scholars and general readers interested in early Chinese cinema.” —Poshek Fu, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Richard J. Meyer
teaches film at Seattle University and is the
author of Ruan Ling-yu: The Goddess of Shanghai and Jin Yan: The Rudolph Valentino of Shanghai. $30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-988-8139-96-5 Ava i l a b l e N o w 204 pages / 44 b&w illustrations F i l m st u d i e s
1 52 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Reforming Law Reform
Perspectives from Hong Kong and Beyond Michael Tilbury, Simon N. M. Young, and Ludwig Ng, editors
As a special administrative region of China, Hong Kong has its own legal system rooted in the common law. Reforms to this system take into account Hong Kong’s unique conditions as an international city and draw widely on practices around the world. Since 1980, recommendations from a Law Reform Commission, chaired by the secretary for justice, have resulted in comprehensive revisions in key areas of law, ranging from commercial arbitration and interception of communications to divorce and copyright.
Michael Tilbury
is Kerry Holdings Professor in Private Law in
the Faculty of Law at the University of Hong Kong. Simon N. M. Young
is a professor in the Faculty of Law at the
University of Hong Kong and is a former director of the Centre for Comparative and Public Law. Ludwig Ng
is a partner at ONC Lawyers in Hong Kong.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-988-8208-24-1 A p r i l 272 pages
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
Recently, however, the government has been slow to act on the commission’s recommendations. Questions have also arisen about whether the commission—under-resourced, part-time, and government-led—can really meet the needs of an increasingly sophisticated society. Is law reform itself also in need of reform? This collection of essays by distinguished experts from around the world seeks answers to this question. The book explores the varied experience of law reform in Hong Kong and other common-law jurisdictions and makes recommendations for strengthening the process of law reform both in Hong Kong and elsewhere.
a s i a n st u d i e s / L aw
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 153
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Hong Kong Media Law
A Guide for Journalists and Media Professionals Expanded Second Edition Doreen Weisenhaus With Contributions by Rick Glofcheski and Yan Mei Ning
This second edition of Hong Kong Media Law is an authoritative guide to the laws most important to reporters, editors, news executives, and other professionals working in print, online, and broadcast media—and the lawyers who advise them. Topics include defamation, court reporting, privacy, access to information, copyright, newsgathering, and reporting restrictions. The book also examines legal hurdles Hong Kong and international journalists face while reporting on the mainland of the People’s Republic of China. It features chapter FAQs and checklists, a glossary of legal terms, a research guide, and key legislation texts. “When the first edition of Hong Kong Media Law came out, it met a pressing need. For the first time, all those involved in the communications industry, including the lawyers who advise them, had available in a single published text an authoritative guide—set out in clear and concise terms—to the highways and byways of the otherwise almost impenetrable landscape of statutes, regulations, and court-made jurisprudence governing the media law of Hong Kong. Seismic
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
changes have made it necessary to make very substantial changes to the first edition. This new edition covers much new ground with admirable academic rigor.” —The Hon. Mr. Justice Michael Hartmann GBS, Non-Permanent Judge of the Court of Final Appeal, Hong Kong
“Maybe Edward Snowden read the first edition of Hong Kong Media Law and that was why he knew of our ‘strong tradition of free speech’ and had ‘faith in Hong Kong’s rule of law.’ But now, after fifteen years of Chinese sovereignty, the second edition tells us these values are being tested. Post-Snowden, the world will learn more about Hong Kong’s true state of media freedom from reading this excellent book.” —Simon N. M. Young, Faculty of Law, University of Hong Kong Doreen Weisenhaus
is director of the Media Law Project at the Journalism and Media Studies Centre at the University
of Hong Kong. She is a former prosecutor and city editor for the New York Times.
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-988-8208-09-8 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-988-8208-25-8 M ay 432 pages a s i a n st u d i e s / l aw HKU Pr e ss L aw S e r i e s
1 54 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Ne w i n Pa p e r
East River Column
Tim Luard
Chan Sui-jeung
Admiral Chan Chak’s Christmas Day Dash, 1941
“Tim Luard tells this exciting and little-known story
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Escape from Hong Kong
Hong Kong Guerrillas in the Second World War and After
“Here for the first time in English is a comprehensive account of the huge contribution made by Chinese
Kong much more comfortably! Yet we missed this
guerrillas to Hong Kong’s resistance in the Second
extraordinary adventure.”
World War. In rescuing this story from oblivion, Chan
—Chris Patten, governor of Hong Kong, 1992–1997
On December 25, 1941, the day of Hong Kong’s surrender to the Japanese, Admiral Chan Chak, the Chinese government’s chief agent in Hong Kong, and more than sixty Chinese and British intelligence, naval, and marine personnel made a dramatic escape from the invading army. This gripping account draws on sources in both English and Chinese and sheds new light on the role played by the Chinese in the defense of Hong Kong, on the diplomacy behind the escape, and on the guerillas who carried the admiral in a sedan chair as they led his party over the rivers and mountains of enemyoccupied China. Tim Luard
is a former Beijing correspondent for the BBC
World Service.
Sui-jeung has rendered a major service to the history of Hong Kong and Guangdong province.” –Philip Snow, author of The Fall of Hong Kong
Hong Kong’s story in the Second World War has predominantly centered on the British forces and their defeat on Christmas Day in 1941. Yet there is another story: the Chinese guerrilla forces who harassed the Japanese throughout the occupation played a crucial part in aiding escapes from Hong Kong’s prisoner-of-war camps and in rescuing Allied airmen. This pioneering book is informed by many contacts with the participants of the guerrilla warfare. Chan Sui-jeung
was a career administrative officer of
the Hong Kong Civil Service from 1968 to 1994. From 1980 to 1984, he was district officer, Sai Kung, New Territories Administration.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-988-8083-77-0
$23.00 / £16.00 paper 978-962-209-193-1
M ay 384 pages / 68 b&w illustrations
M ay 200 pages / 23 b&w illustrations
C h i n e s e H i sto r y
C h i n e s e H i sto r y / E u r o p e a n H i sto r y
R oya l As i at i c S o c i e t y H o n g Ko n g S t u d i e s S e r i e s
R oya l As i at i c S o c i e t y H o n g Ko n g S t u d i e s S e r i e s
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
with great skill. Some of us departed from Hong
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 155
U n i v e r si t y M u se u m a n d A r t G a l l e r y
H o n g K o n g U n i v e r si t y P r ess
T h e U n i v e r si t y o f H o n g Ko n g
Ingenious Iceland
Twentieth-Century Icelandic Paintings from the Anthony J. Hardy Collection Jóhann Ágúst Hansen
Wandering Spirit
Hon Chi-Fun
Lyrical Landscapes by Li Xubai
Early Landscapes on Board
Anita Wong Yin-fong
Anita Wong Yin-fong,
and Michelle Lau Ka-yu,
and Michelle Lau Ka-yu,
Editors
Editors
and Florian Knothe, F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d s tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , South America, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, Europe, t h e Mi d d l e E a s t, A f r i c a , a n d I n d i a
Wandering Spirit is a richly illustrated publication to This publication accompanies accompany the exhibition “Wandering Spirit: Lyrical the University Museum’s Landscapes by Li Xubai,” exhibition of more than held at the University eighty Icelandic paintings, Museum and Art Gallery in sculptures, and drawings. 2013, featuring eighty-five Historically reminiscent contemporary landscape of the painterly traditions paintings dating from 1999 of the Nordic School of Scandinavia, Icelandic artists to 2012 by the Fuzhou-born painter and poet Li Xubai (b. departed from the well1940). established parameters of northern European sea and landscape painting during the twentieth century. This retrospective documents a century of creative emancipation and engagement with the island’s community, nature, beauty, and vastness. editors
Tina Yee-wan Pang,
This catalogue accompanies an exhibition at Hong Kong University’s University Museum and Art Gallery featuring early paintings by the pioneering Hong Kong artist Hon Chi-fun (b. 1922). The focus is a group of oil paintings from the late 1950s. Hon is best known for his work as an abstract artist in acrylic and mixed media. This catalogue considers the foundations of his later abstract practice through early landscapes executed in oil on board and a selection of calligraphic works and ink stones, representing Hon’s unique calligraphic style and a deeply poetic sensibility.
$23.00 / £16.00 paper 978-988-19022-5-2 $30.00 / £20.50 cloth 978-988-19022-4-5
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-988-19022-2-1
$14.00 / £9.50 paper 978-988-19022-3-8
M a r c h 188 pages / color illustrations
M a r c h 232 pages / color illustrations
M a r c h 96 pages / color illustrations
throughout / 12” by 9”
throughout / 12” by 9”
throughout
a rt / a rt h i sto r y
a rt / a rt h i sto r y
a rt / a rt h i sto r y
1 56 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Beyond Outreach
Clara Ramírez-Barat, Editor
Transitional justice processes have a fundamental public dimension: their impact depends in part on the social support they receive. For this reason, transitional justice bodies have increasingly implemented outreach programs.
“The contributors examine various forms of outreach attempted after a transition—from official press releases to participatory theater to Sesame Street— to sort through what has and has not worked and why. Together, these pieces make a powerful argument that efforts to deal with the past will fail unless they are connected to society.” —Tina Rosenberg, author of The Haunted Land: Facing Europe’s Ghosts After Communism Clara Ramírez-Barat
is a senior associate in the Research Unit at
“This unique collection addresses the breadth of communicative mechanisms, from traditional media to new media and from art to film to photography and literature. The beautifully crafted chapters bring alive the multidimensional nature of social engagement and describe how these societal processes can maim and destroy as well as contribute to survival and healing. The strength of this book lies in its attention to
For Sale Throughout the World
Yet beyond outreach, other initiatives, such as media and cultural interventions, can strengthen and, in some cases, undermine the public resonance of transitional justice. How can media and art be used to engage society in discussions about accountability and redress? How do media influence social perceptions and attitudes toward the legacy of the past? To what extent is social engagement in the public sphere necessary to advance the political transformation that transitional justice measures hope to promote? Examining the role that culture and society play in transitional justice contexts, these essays focus on the ways in which communicative practices can raise public awareness of the legacies of mass abuse.
S o c i a l S c ie n c e Rese a r c h C o u n c i l
Transitional Justice, Culture, and Society
multiple forms of creation and its appreciation of societal energies in responding to the past and addressing the future.” —Harvey M. Weinstein, Human Rights Center, University of California, Berkeley
the International Center for Transitional Justice. She earned her MA in philosophy from Columbia University and her Ph.D. in philosophy from the University Carlos III of Madrid. $30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-911400-02-1 M a r c h 560 pages P o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e / i n t e r n at i o n a l r e l at i o n s A dva n c i n g T r a n s i t i o n a l J u st i c e S e r i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 157
C h i n ese U n i v e r si t y P r ess
The Invisible Citizens of Hong Kong
Art and Stories of Vietnamese Boatpeople Sophia Suk-Mun Law
The Metamorphosis of Tianxian Pei Local Opera Under the Revolution (1949–1956) Wilt Lukas Idema
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d S tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , a n d t h e C a r i b b e a n
On May 3, 1975, Hong Kong received its first cohort of 3,743 Vietnamese boatpeople, the beginning of a twenty-five-year chain of events developing within the larger context of forced migration in the modern world. This book intertwines historical archives with personal drawings created by Vietnamese people detained in Hong Kong camps. A work of collective memory with a human face, the text shows how artistic expression, interpretation, and analysis can help traumatized souls heal while compelling society to confront a past that has vanished without any trace of reflection. By unraveling this history, the book seeks to inspire conscious review and reinterpretation of the past to elicit new insight and meaning. Sophia Suk-mun Law
is an associate professor in the
Department of Visual Studies at Lingnan University, Hong Kong. Her research focuses on art facilitation, art in community, and service learning.
This volume is the most extensive social and cultural history of twentieth-century Huangmei Opera to date. A regional Chinese theater originating in the Anqing countryside, Huangmei Opera gained popularity with the success of the 1950s play and movie Married to a Heavenly Immortal. Through a case study of this work, the author juxtaposes the complex process of rewriting and revising the play and movie against the rapidly changing cultural and ideological climate of the communist theater-reform movement. As a result, the traditional theme of filial piety becomes a struggle over class and free love. This volume features a full translation of the original play and its revision in the 1950s, as well as additional material by scriptwriters, directors, performers, and critics. Wilt Lukas Idema
is a professor of Chinese literature in
the Department of East Asian Languages and Civilizations at Harvard University.
$45.00 cloth 978-962-996-633-1
$45.00 cloth 978-962-996-593-8
J u ly 250 pages
J u n e 240 pages
E a st As i a n S t u d i e s / H i sto r y
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / E a st As i a n S t u d i e s
1 58 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Revealed by the Ghosts of Ji Xiaolan David E. Pollard, editor and translator
David E. Pollard
is a former professor of Chinese at the
University of London and former professor of translation at the Chinese University of Hong Kong.
Mirage
Anonymous Translated by Patrick Hanan
The young son of the Chinese traders’ association head, who dealt with foreign merchants in the port of Guangzhou, is suddenly burdened with the responsibility of his powerful family. A latter-day Baoyu, but with far stronger sexual impulses, this son must learn to tame his libido while conducting himself prudently in Guangzhou society. This little-known novel, titled Shenlou zhi, is translated here for the first time. Published in 1804, it is the earliest novel to deal with the opium trade and is closely connected to events that occurred in Guangzhou and Huizhou just before its publication: the arrival of a new superintendent of customs in Guangzhou and the outbreak of rebellion in Huizhou. This strikingly original work advances the culture of adolescence first depicted in Honglou meng and showcases, in its account of the rebellion, the romantic conventions of Shuihu zhuan. Patrick Hanan
is Victor S. Thomas Professor of Chinese
Literature Emeritus at Harvard University. He is the translator of many works of Chinese traditional fiction, including The Carnal Prayer Mat and The Sea of Regret.
$45.00 cloth 978-962-996-601-0
$55.00 cloth 978-962-996-581-5
J u ly 250 pages
M a r c h 450 pages
As i a n L i t e r at u r e / E a st As i a n S t u d i e s
As i a n L i t e r at u r e / E a st As i a n S t u d i e s
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d S tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , a n d t h e C a r i b b e a n
Toward the end of the eighteenth century, the scholar and wit Ji Xiaolan published five collections of anecdotes and discourses on the interaction between the mundane and the spirit worlds, incorporating earthly life stories and happenings. Containing Ji’s thoughts and others’ experiences, these tales concern peasants, servants, merchants, governors, and ministers; take place throughout the Qing empire; and recount comedy and tragedy, cruelty and kindness, corruption and integrity, and erudition and ignorance. Some stories use ghosts to satirize men and manners; others straightforwardly examine beliefs and practices. Altogether, they draw a portrait of the time unmatched in scope and variety. Selections are organized thematically and include a contextualizing preface. An introduction appraises Ji’s own career and the atmosphere in which he lived.
C h i n ese U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Real Life in China at the Height of Empire
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 159
C h i n ese U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Islands or Continents
International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong 2013 Bei Dao, Shelby K. Y. Chan,
Islands or Continents
International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong 2013 Twenty-Volume Set
Gilbert C. F. Fong, Lucas Klein,
Bei Dao, Shelby K. Y. Chan,
and Christopher Mattison, editors
Gilbert C. F. Fong, Lucas Klein, and Christopher Mattison, editors
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d S tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , a n d t h e C a r i b b e a n
This abridged volume features bilingual and trilingual selections of the choicest works produced by the internationally acclaimed poets in attendance at the 2013 International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong. Bei Dao
is a poet and cofounder of the literary magazine
Today. Shelby K. Y. Chan is assistant professor and Gilbert C. F. Fong
is professor at the School of Translation,
Hang Seng Management College. Lucas Klein is assistant
This boxed set reproduces bilingually and trilingually the extensive work of the renowned poets who attended the 2013 International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong. Bei Dao
is a poet and cofounder of the literary magazine
Today. Shelby K. Y. Chan is assistant professor and Gilbert C. F. Fong
is professor at the School of Translation,
Hang Seng Management College. Lucas Klein is assistant
professor at the School of Chinese, University of Hong Kong,
professor at the School of Chinese, University of Hong Kong,
and Christopher Mattison is assistant director at the
and Christopher Mattison is assistant director at the
Hong Kong Advanced Institute for Cross-Disciplinary Stud-
Hong Kong Advanced Institute for Cross-Disciplinary Stud-
ies, City University of Hong Kong.
ies, City University of Hong Kong.
$25.00 paper 978-962-996-604-1
$39.00 paper 978-962-996-605-8
M a r c h 240 pages
M a r c h 1,052 pages / Box Set, 11 x 7 inches
P o e tr y
P o e tr y
Eac h c h ap b ook is ava i la ble fo r i n d i v i d ua l Sa le at $5.00 each:
Adonis (Syria)
978-962-996-610-2
Jeffrey Yang (United States)
978-962-996-623-2
Aase Berg (Sweden)
978-962-996-612-6
Raúl Zurita (Chile)
978-962-996-624-9
Conchitina Cruz (Philippines)
978-962-996-613-3
Natalia Chan (Hong Kong)
978-962-996-625-6
Menna Elfyn (Wales)
978-962-996-614-0
Han Dong (China)
978-962-996-626-3
Lee Seong-bok (South Korea)
978-962-996-615-7
Lan Lan (China)
978-962-996-627-0
Tim Lilburn (Canada)
978-962-996-616-4
Un Sio San (Macau)
978-962-996-628-7
Zeyar Lynn (Myanmar)
978-962-996-617-1
Ye Mimi (Taiwan)
978-962-996-629-4
Dunya Mikhail (Iraq)
978-962-996-618-8
Peter Minter (Australia)
978-962-996-619-5
Tomasz Różycki (Poland)
978-962-996-621-8
Olvido García Valdés (Spain)
978-962-996-622-5
160 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Qualitative Examination of Financial Statements for CEOs and Board Members Second Edition
From the Treasure House
Jewels from the Library of the Chinese University of Hong Kong
Translation and Global Asia
Relocating Cultural Production Network Uganda Sze-pui Kwan and Lawrence Wangchi Wong, Editors
This collection explores the richness of non-Western discourses and practices of translation, focusing on translational exchanges among non-Western languages and Asian translation traditions. The volume provides insight into the translation traditions of various Asian countries and addresses literary translation, translation history, and translation and colonialism. Uganda Sze-pui Kwan
is assistant
professor in the Division of Chinese, Nanyang Technological University. Lawrence Wang-chi Wong
is a
professor of humanities and director of the Research Centre for Translation, the Chinese University of Hong Kong.
F o r S a l e O n ly i n t h e U n i t e d S tat es , C a n a d a , Me x i c o , Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a , S o u t h A m e r i c a , a n d t h e C a r i b b e a n
To celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the Chinese University of Hong Kong, A clear, concise reference its libraries have produced for novices and financial professionals, this standalone this commemorative volume featuring valuable guide draws on published publications, manuscripts, materials and shows readers how to decipher corporations’ and artworks. These 120 items stretch across a period complex financial stateof over 3,500 years, ranging ments. This second edition from oracle bones of the reflects changes in practice, Shang dynasty (1675–1029 guidelines, standards, and BCE) to contemporary legislation since 2008 to manuscripts. Notable titles better facilitate communicainclude the Yuan dynasty’s Yi tion between corporations benyi fulu zuanshu (Original and various stakeholders. Meaning of the Book of Benny K. B. Kwok is a renowned Changes with Commentaries) forensic accountant and expert in and Tripiţaka Koreana, the litigation support, dispute analysis, earliest complete Korean and fraud investigation. He is the edition of the Chinese author of the internationally acclaimed Buddhist canon, Da zang Forensic Accountancy and Accounting Irregularities in Financial Statements. jing, in existence. Benny K. B. Kwok
C h i n ese U n i v e r si t y P r ess
Financial Analysis in Hong Kong
$45.00 cloth 978-962-996-608-9 J u n e 300 pages
$30.00 paper 978-962-996-574-7
$49.00 cloth 978-962-996-551-8
M a r c h 288 pages
M a r c h 400 pages
B u s i n e ss / F i n a n c e
R e f e r e n c e / E a st As i a n S t u d i e s
L i t e r a r y Cr i t i c i s m / As i a n S t u d i e s S t u d i e s i n As i a n T r a n s l at i o n Traditions Series
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 161
E l e c t r o n i c Res o u r c es
Co lum b i a E l ect r o n i c Resources C o l u m b i a I n t e r n at i o n a l A f fa i r s O n l i n e [ c i a o ] w w w. c i a o n e t. o r g
Named a Best Reference Database “Best Buy” runner-up by Library Journal. Named one of the top 300 websites by the International Political Science Association. “Among the most comprehensive resources available for international affairs research. . . . One-stop shopping for researchers.” —Library Journal “So rich in content and so well suited to the needs of serious researchers that we recommend it without hesitation.” —Library Journal “Highly recommended.” —Choice
Columbia International Affairs Online (CIAO) is a full-text online database encompassing working papers, policy briefs, interviews, journal articles, and e-books in the field of international relations. CIAO is a widely recognized resource for teaching materials and features original case studies written by leading experts in their fields, as well as course packs of background readings for history and political science classes and special features such as interviews with the world’s leading international relations experts.
C o l u m b i a G r a n ge r ’ s Wo r l d o f P o e t ry O n l i n e
C o l u m b i a G a z e t t ee r o f t h e Wo r l d O n l i n e
w w w. c o l u m b i a g r a n ge r s . o r g
w w w. c o l u m b i a g a z e t t ee r . o r g
This authoritative reference features Updated daily now featuring more than 500,000 an introductory poetry citations, video on using the resource 300,000 full-text poems, and more than 5,000 commentaries on bestknown poems. It also includes biographies of popular poets and 600 glossary terms with examples of terms defined. The “My Granger’s” tool helps fashion anthologies, and our split-screen feature enables sideby-side comparisons. An advanced search engine tailors research according to gender, language, nationality, form, movements, and era.
162 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
A Booklist Editor’s Choice: Reference Sources
The Columbia Gazetteer of the World Online is an authoritative encyclopedia of geographical places and features, population data, political units, and coverage of war devastation and altered landscapes. Visit the site and discover why generations of librarians depend upon this standard resource—and are flocking to its affordable, one-time purchase price.
The Gazetteer is a robust search tool, permitting inquiries for places, metric criteria, full-text searching, and geographic coordinates. It offers advanced post-search options, such as resorting results and downloading to Excel or in XML, and the “My Gaz” feature stores links to articles.
Ruminations on Risk and Insurance Mi c h a e l R . P o w e r s
Winner of the Kulp-Wright Book Award, American Risk and Insurance Association $28.00 / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-15367-6 $49.95t / £34.95 cloth 978-0-231-15366-9 $48.99 / £34.00 ebook 978-0-231-52705-7 2011 B u s i n e ss / I n v e st i n g
Brains, Buddhas, and Believing
The Problem of Intentionality in Classical Buddhist and Cognitive– Scientific Philosophy of Mind
Making Sense of Tantric Buddhism
History, Semiology, and Transgression in the Indian Traditions C h r is t i a n K . We d e m e y e r
Sacred Kingship and Sainthood in Islam A . A z fa r M o i n
Winner of the Award for Excellence in the Study of Religion: Historical Studies, American Academy of Religion
Named Best First Book in the History of Religions, American Academy of Religion, and Winner, American Historical Association’s John F. Richards Prize in South Asian History
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-16240-1 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-53095-8
$55.00 / £38.00 cloth 978-0-231-16036-0 $54.99 / £38.00 ebook 978-0-231-50471-3
2012 R e l i g i o n / S o u t h
2012 R e l i g i o n / Is l a m i c
As i a n S t u d i e s
China’s Search for Security A n d r e w J . N at h a n and Andrew Scobell
Da n A r n o l d
FINALIST—Asia Society Bernard Schwartz Book Award
Winner of the Toshihide Numata Book Prize in Buddhism
$32.95t / £22.95 cloth 978-0-231-14050-8 $31.99 / £22.00 ebook 978-0-231-51164-3
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-14546-6 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-51821-5
The Millennial Sovereign
2012 E a st
As i a n S t u d i e s
A w a r d - Wi n n i n g t i t l es
Acts of God and Man
Studies
Howard Andrew Knox
Pioneer of Intelligence Testing at Ellis Island J o h n T. E . Ri c h a r d s o n
SHORTLIST—British Psychological Society Book Award, Academic Monograph $60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-14168-0 $59.99 / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-51211-4 2011 B i o gr a p h y / S o c i a l
Wo r k
2012 R e l i g i o n / P h i lo s o p h y
Protest with Chinese Characteristics
Demonstrations, Riots, and Petitions in the Mid-Qing Dynasty Ho-fung Hung
FINALIST—Charles Tilly Award for Best Book in Collective Behavior and Social Movements, American Sociological Association $27.00 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15203-7 $50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15202-0 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-52545-9 2011 As i a n
Evolutionary Perspectives on Pregnancy
Atlas
The Archaeology of an Imaginary City
J o h n C . Av ise
Dung Kai-cheung
SHORTLIST—The Society of Biology Book Award for Postgraduates Textbook
Winner of the Science Fiction and Fantasy Translation Award
$75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-16060-5 $74.99 / £51.50 ebook 978-0-231-53145-0
$24.50 / £17.00 cloth 978-0-231-16100-8 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-50422-5
2013 S c i e n c e / B i o lo gy
2012 As i a n
L i t e r at u r e
st u d i e s / P o l i t i c s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 163
T h e Bes t o f t h e b a c k l is t :
The Most Important Thing
The Most Important Thing Illuminated
H o wa r d M a r ks
What I Learned Losing a Million Dollars J i m Pa u l a n d B r e n da n
H o wa r d M a r ks
M oy n i h a n
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15368-3 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-52709-5
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16284-5 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-53079-8
$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16468-9 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53523-6
2011 F i n a n c e / I n v e st i n g
2013 F i n a n c e / I n v e st i n g
2013 F i n a n c e / I n v e st i n g
Business Secrets of the Trappist Monks
Strategic Intuition
Creative Strategy
Wi l l i a m
Wi l l i a m
D u gg a n
D u gg a n
August Turak
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16062-9 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-53522-9 2013 B u s i n e ss / L e a d e rs h i p
$18.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-14269-4 $27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14268-7 $17.99 / £12.50 ebook 978-0-231-51232-9
$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16052-0 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53146-7 2013 B u s i n e ss / I n n ovat i o n
2007 B u s i n e ss / I n n ovat i o n
Designing for Growth Jeanne Lie d t k a a n d
The Designing for Growth Field Book
Solving Problems with Design Thinking
J e a n n e Lie d t k a ,
J e a n n e Lie d t k a ,
Ti m Ogi lv ie ,
Andrew King,
a n d R ac h e l
and Kevin
B r o z e n ske
Be n n e t t
Ti m Ogi lv ie
$29.95t / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-15838-1 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-52796-5
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-16467-2 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-51139-1
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16356-9 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-53605-9
2011 B u s i n e ss / M a n ag e m e n t
2014 B u s i n e ss / M a n ag e m e n t
2013 B u s i n e ss / M a n ag e m e n t
Interest Rate Swaps and Other Derivatives
Investing: The Last Liberal Art, Second Edition
More Than You Know
H a gs t r o m
M a u b o u ssi n
Updated and Expanded
Robert G.
H o wa r d C o r b
$69.95t / £48.50 cloth 978-0-231-15964-7 $68.99 / £47.50 ebook 978-0-231-53036-1
$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16010-0 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53101-6
2012 F i n a n c e / I n v e st i n g
2013 F i n a n c e / I n v e st i n g
Mi c h a e l J .
$18.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-14373-8 $28.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14372-1 $17.99 / £12.50 ebook 978-0-231-51347-0 2007 B u s i n e ss
Acts of God and Man
Accounting for Value
Mi c h a e l R .
Stephen
P ow e r s
Pe n m a n
The Robin Hood Rules for Smart Giving Mi c h a e l M . Wei n s t ei n and Ralph M. Bradburd
$28.00 / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-15367-6 $49.95t / £34.95 cloth 978-0-231-15366-9 $48.99 / £34.00 ebook 978-0-231-52705-7 2011 f i n a n c e / I n s u r a n c e
164 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
$44.95t / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-15118-4 $43.99 / £30.50 ebook 978-0-231-52185-7
$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15836-7 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53524-3
2010 Ac c o u n t i n g
2013 N o n p r o f i t / s o c i a l
enterprise
Sports Analytics
J o se p h E . S t ig l i t z a n d Mary Kaldor, eds.
“In an insightful collection of contributions led by Mary Kaldor and Joseph E. Stiglitz, this wonderful book offers constructive ways of avoiding disaster with the help of global cooperation. A great book for our time.”
The Economists' Voice 2.0
A Guide for Coaches, Managers, and Other Decision Makers
The Financial Crisis, Health Care Reform, and More
Be n j a m i n C . A l a m a r
Aaron S. Edlin and
“Outstanding! This book is a serious look at the challenges of bringing analytics into the ‘actionable’ realm within an organization.”
—Amartya Sen, Harvard University
—Roland Beech, director of analytics, Dallas Mavericks
$39.50 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-15686-8 $38.99 / £27.00 ebook 978-0-231-52765-1
$24.95t / £16.95 cloth 978-0-231-16292-0 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-53525-0
2013 E c o n o m i c s / C u rr e n t
2013 B u s i n e ss / E c o n o m i c s
Affa i rs
j o se p h E . S t ig l i t z , e d s .
The second installment in the popular series that helps readers understand the financial developments shaping their world. $27.95t / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-15838-1 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-52786-6 2012
Economics
I n i t i at i v e f o r P o l i c y Di a l o g u e at C o l u m b i a : C h a l l e n ges i n De v e l o p m e n t a n d G l o b a l i z at i o n
T h e Bes t o f t h e B a c kLis t : E c o n o m i c s
The Quest for Security
The Initiative for Policy Dialogue (IPD) at Columbia University brings together academics, policy makers, and practitioners from developed and developing countries to address the most pressing issues in contemporary economic policy. The series, Initiative for Policy Dialogue at Columbia: Challenges in Development and Globalization, presents the latest academic thinking on a wide range of development topics and outlines alternative policy options and trade-offs. Written in a language accessible to policy makers and students alike, this series is unique for both shaping the academic research agenda and furthering the economic policy debate, facilitating a more democratic discussion of development policies.
Growth and Policy in Developing Countries
Taxation in Developing Countries
A Structuralist Approach
M a c a r ta n H u m p h r e y s ,
Six Case Studies and Policy Implications
J o sé A n t o n i o O c a m p o ,
R o ge r H . G o r d o n , e d i t o r
C o d r i n a R a d a , a n d L a n c e Tay l o r
“An original contribution from an unorthodox perspective.” —Nora Lustig, Tulane University $35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15014-9 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-52083-6 2009 E c o n o m i c s / I n t e r n at i o n a l
Escaping the Resource Curse
R e l at i o n s
J o se p h E . S t ig l i t z , e d i t o r s
“An essential handbook for policy makers in all oil-rich countries.”
“An accomplishment of high order.” —T. N. Srinivasan, Yale University $50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-14862-7 $49.99 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52007-2 2010 E c o n o m i c s / i n t e r n at i o n a l
J e f f r e y D. Sac h s , a n d
r e l at i o n s
—Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, minister of finance and minister of foreign affairs for Nigeria $29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14196-3 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-51210-7 2007 E c o n o m i c s / i n t e r n at i o n a l
r e l at i o n s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 165
T h e Bes t o f t h e b a c k l is t
Molecular Gastronomy
Kitchen Mysteries
The Science of the Oven
He r v é T h is
He r v é t h is
He r v é T h is
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-13313-5 $29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-13312-8 $15.99 / £11.00 ebook 978-0-231-50807-0
$16.95t / £11.50 paper 978-0-231-14171-0 $22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-14170-3 $15.99 / £11.00 ebook 978-0-231-51203-9
$16.95t / £11.50 paper 978-0-231-14707-1 $22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-14706-4 $15.99 / £11.00 ebook 978-0-231-51854-3
2006 f o o d / s c i e n c e
2007 f o o d / s c i e n c e
2009 f o o d / s c i e n c e
Bright Wings
Creamy & Crunchy
Bi l ly C o l l i n s , e d i to r
The Kitchen as Laboratory
Jon Krampner
Cés a r Veg a , Job Ubbink, a n d E r ik va n d e r Li n d e n , E d i to r s
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-15087-3 $22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-15084-2
$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-16232-6 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53093-4
2009 p o e tr y
2012 f o o d
h i sto r y
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15345-4 $29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15344-7 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-52692-0 2012 f o o d / s c i e n c e
Film Studies
Sex Trafficking
E d S iko v
Siddharth
The Top 500 Poems
Kara
Wi l l i a m Harmon, E d i to r
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14293-9 $99.50 / £68.50 cloth 978-0-231-14292-2 $28.99 / £20.00 ebook 978-0-231-51989-2
$18.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-13961-8 $29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-13960-1 $17.99 / £12.50 ebook 978-0-231-51139-1
2009 f i l m
2008 l aw
Inside Terrorism
$34.95t / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-08028-6 $27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-51725-6 1992 p o e tr y
Man, the State, and War
Revised and Expanded Edition
Evolution Donald R.
Revised Edition
P r ot h e r o
Kenneth N.
Wa lt z
Bruce
Hoffman
$24.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-12699-1 $79.50 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-12698-4 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-51046-2 2006 c u rr e n t
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-12537-6 $29.99 / £20.50 ebook 978-0-231-51591-7
$29.50 / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-13962-5 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-51142-1
2001 p o l i t i c s
2007 s c i e n c e
a ffa i rs / p o l i t i c s
Prison Notebooks: Vols. 1, 2, and 3
The Columbia Sourcebook of Muslims in the United States
A n to n i o Gramsci
Neurogastronomy Gordon M. Shepherd
E d wa r d E . C u r t is I V, E d i to r
$65.00 / £45.00 paper 978-0-231-15755-1 2007 p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e / p h i lo s o p h y
$35.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-13957-1 $105.00 / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-13956-4 2007
i s l a m i c st u d i e s / a m e r i c a n st u d i e s
$18.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-15911-1 $24.95t / £16.95 cloth 978-0-231-15910-4 $17.99 / £12.50 ebook 978-0-231-53031-6 2011 s c i e n c e
166 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Roland
D av i d F o s t e r
B a r t h es
Wa l l a c e
$26.95t / £18.95 paper 978-0-231-13617-4 $84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-13616-7 2012 l i t e r a r y
Fate, Time, and Language
criticism
Parting Ways Judith Butler
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15157-3 $60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15156-6 $18.99 / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-52707-1
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-14611-1 $27.95t / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-14610-4 $26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-51795-9
2010 p h i lo s o p h y
2012
How They Got Away With It
The Greatest Grid
S u s a n Wi l l ,
Hi l l a r y
Stephen
B a l lo n ,
Handelman,
E d i to r
r e l i g i o n / p o l i t i c s / p h i lo s o p h y
Hollywood and Hitler, 1933–1939 Thomas Doherty
a n d D av i d C . B r ot h e r to n , e d i to r s
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15691-2 $89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15690-5 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-52766-8
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-15990-6 2012 h i sto ry / n e w
yo r k
T h e Bes t o f t h e b a c k l is t
How to Live Together
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16392-7 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53514-4 2013 f i l m / h i sto r y
2012 l aw / Et h i c s
The Hockey Stick and the Climate Wars
Mankind Beyond Earth
Mi c h a e l E.
Uncreative Writing
Claude A.
Kenneth
Pi a n ta d o si
Goldsmith
Mann
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15255-6 $28.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15254-9 $27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52638-8 2012 s c i e n c e / e n v i r o n m e n ta l
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16242-5 $34.99 / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-53103-0 2013
science
$23.95t / £15.95 paper 978-0-231-14991-4 $75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-14990-7 $22.99 / £16.00 ebook 978-0-231-50472-0 2011 l i t e r a ry
policy
Sex and World Peace
China’s Search for Security
Va l e r ie
Andrew J.
M. Hudson,
N at h a n a n d
B o n n ie B a l l i f -
Andrew
S pa n v i l l , M a r y
Scobell
st u d i e s
Never Forget National Humiliation Z h e n g Wa n g
Caprioli, and C h a d F. E m m e t t
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-13183-4 $26.50 / £18.50 cloth 978-0-231-13182-7 $25.99 / £18.00 ebook 978-0-231-52009-6 2012 p o l i t i c a l
$32.95t / £22.95 cloth 978-0-231-14050-8 $31.99 / £22.00 ebook 978-0-231-51164-3
$32.50 / £22.50 cloth 978-0-231-14890-0 $27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52016-4
2012 a s i a n
2012
st u d i e s / p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e
As i a n S t u d i e s / p o l i t i c s
s c i e n c e / g e n d e r st u d i e s
Long Road Home
The Secret Financial Life of Food
K i m Yo n g , w i t h K i m S u k -Yo u n g
Margo DeMe l l o
K a r a Ne w m a n
$30.50 / £20.95 cloth 978-0-231-14746-0 $23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-51928-1
$26.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-15670-7 $25.99 / £18.00 ebook 978-0-231-52734-7
2009 a s i a n
2012
st u d i e s / m e m o i r
Animals and Society
f o o d h i sto r y / e c o n o m i c s
$34.50 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-15295-2 $105.00 / 72.50 cloth 978-0-231-15294-5 $27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52676-0 2012
A n i m a l st u d i e s
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 167
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Accounting for Value...........164 Acts of God and Man... 163, 164 Adams, Sarah LaChance....71 Aged Young Adults.............. 134 Ahmed the Philosopher........... 5 Al, Stefan..........................149 Alamar, Benjamin C. ........ 165 Albarus, Carmeta............... 50 Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn and the Modern Russo-Jewish Question......................... 128 Alienation........................... 26 Alp, The..............................104 Alternative Economies and Spaces......................129 American Showman............60 Andrews, Chris.................. 22 Anidjar, Gil.........................21 Animal Minds and Animal Ethics.......... 132 Animals and Society...........167 Anonymous...................... 159 Another View..................... 119 Arab Uprisings Explained, The.................69 Archibald, J. David............ 76 Aristotle’s Ladder, Darwin’s Tree.................. 76 Arnold, Dan................62, 163 Arrow Impossibility Theorem, The...................... 8 Art History and Fetishism Abroad...... 139 Art of Reverse Engineering, The.............130 Asian and Feminist Philosophies in Dialogue... 78 Askildsen, Kjell.................102 Assault on Social Policy, The........................ 82 Atheists in America.............. 27 Atkinson, John...................90 Atlas..................................163 Avise, John C. ...................163 Babington, Bruce............... 87
168 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Badiou, Alain....................4, 5 Baer, Josette............... 120, 128 Ballif-Spanvill, Bonnie.....167 Ballon, Hillary..................167 Balthus.............................. 101 Barnum Museum, The......... 93 Barthes, Roland................167 Baskar, Nil......................... 88 Bauman, Whitney A. ........ 73 Beheading the Virgin Mary, and Other Stories............ 116 Behrend, Heike................. 139 Bell, Joyce M. .....................81 Benezet, Delphine..............85 Bennett, Kevin..................164 Berkowitz, Natalie..............13 Berlin Reader, The.............. 137 Bernkopf Tucker, Nancy.... 56 Bernt, Matthias................ 137 Beware of the Other Side(s).................. 135 Beyond Anarchy ................ 128 Black Power Movement and American Social Work, The...................................81 Blatnik, Andrej..................113 Blood...................................21 Boltshauser, Patrick......... 106 Bonded Labor.......................51 Borderlands Into Bordered Lands............... 128 Borders and Border Regions in Europe....................... 133 Bottici, Chiara....................71 Bourdieu, Pierre..................58 Bradburd, Ralph M. .........164 Brains, Buddhas, and Believing............62, 163 Brewster, Melanie E. ......... 27 Bridging Cultures............... 128 Bright Wings.................... 166 Bromley, Bruce................. 118 Bronner, Stephen Eric..................60 Brotherton, David C. .......167
Brown, Stephen................ 123 Brown, Wendy....................31 Brozenske, Rachel............164 Brueck, Laura R. ................75 Büching, Corinne.............130 Burde, Dana....................... 68 Burns, Tom....................... 121 Business Secrets of the Trappist Monks............................164 Butler, Judith....................167 Butler, Martin....................131 Butnor, Ashby.................... 78 Cairo: Images of Transition................... 137 Camenisch, Arno..............104 Capital of Capital............... 42 Caprioli, Mary..................167 Carrie................................. 92 Carter, Sean....................... 86 Carter, Steven D. ...............80 Chan, Shelby K. Y. .......... 160 Chang, Sung-sheng Yvonne.......66 Chen, Xiaomei................... 78 China at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century....143 China’s Search for Security.............. 163, 167 China Threat, The................ 56 Chinese Opera....................146 Chocholatý, Michal..........120 Christ Without Adam.......... 72 Chwalba, Andrzej............ 140 Cinema of Agnès Varda, The...............85 Cinema of James Cameron, The..........85 Civil Society in Central and Eastern Europe............... 128 Clarke, James......................85 Cohen, Paul A................... 41 Cohen, Steven................... 76 Collapse of Western Civilization, The............... 11 Collins, Billy.................... 166 Colman, Felicity................ 86
Dąbrowa, Edward.............144 Dal, Mikala Hyldig........... 137 Dallam, Marie W. ............. 73 Dance of a Sham, The......... 106 Dancing Archives— Archive Dances............... 138 Dao, Bei........................... 160
Daughter’s Memoir of Burma, A.....................44 Davidson, Jenny................. 24 Davies, Stephen................148 Dawson, Anna...................90 Decadences.........................126 DeMello, Margo...............167 Derrida / Searle................... 28 Designing for Growth........164 Designing for Growth Field Book, The...............164 Dick, Jennifer K. .............. 128 Dicke, Marcel...................... 2 Diemberger, Hildegard...... 62 DMZ Crossing................... 79 Dodds, Klaus..................... 86 Doherty, Thomas..............167 Dolar, Mladen................... 89 Dooren, Thom van............. 34 Doublespeak....................... 121 Drinking History................ 48 Dudden, Alexis.................. 56 Duggan, William..............164 Dumper, Michael.............. 43 Dunlop, John B. ............... 122 Dunning, Benjamin H. ..... 72 East River Column.............155 East Sails West...................148 Eco, Umberto.....................52 Economists’ Voice 2.0, The.... 165 Ecosickness in Contemporary U.S. Fiction..................... 74 Edlin, Aaron S. ................. 165 Elements of Academic Style, The...........25 Emmett, Chad F. ..............167 Emond, Paul.................... 106 Enigmas of Health and Disease..................... 77 Ernst, Waltraud................ 138 Escape from Hong Kong......155 Escaping the Resource Curse................ 165 Ethnic Belonging, Gender, and Cultural Practices..... 128 Evolution......................... 166
Evolutionary Perspectives on Pregnancy..................163 Export Pipelines from the CIS Region....... 127 Fabian, Johannes................ 46 FabLab..............................130 Fan, Ming-ju.....................66 Farewell to Truth, A............ 61 Fashion Myths....................131 Fate, Time, and Language.................167 Feldman, Matthew........... 121 Filming the Unfilmable......124 Film Studies..................... 166 Film Theory........................ 86 Financial Analysis in Hong Kong................. 161 Fischer, Sabine.................. 128 Flight Ways......................... 34 Fong, Gilbert C. F. .......... 160 Formal Investigations.........126 Forshaw, Barry................... 92 Forst, Rainer.......................31 Foundations of the American Century........... 59 Foundations of the Earth..................... 32 Four Cold Chapters on the Possibility of Literature................... 118 Fox, Paul...........................126 Fragments of Lichtenberg.....111 Friesinger, Günther..........130 Fritz, Birgit....................... 128 From Microfinance to Business Planning........................ 127 From Out of the City......... 100 From the Treasure House.... 161 Fuentes, Carlos..................115
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Colonization in the Ancient World.................144 Columbia Anthology of Japanese Essays, The.........80 Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Drama, The......................78 Columbia Anthology of Modern Japanese Drama, The...................... 65 Columbia Anthology of Yuan Drama, The.............80 Columbia DeLuna Project, The.................... 14 Columbia Sourcebook of Literary Taiwan, The.......66 Columbia Sourcebook of Mormons in the United States, The............ 64 Columbia Sourcebook of Muslims in the United States, The.......... 166 Communication of Love......130 Conolly, Jez........................ 91 Contesting Visibility........... 139 Conway, Erik M................. 11 Corb, Howard...................164 Cornelsen, Elcio............... 121 Creamy and Crunchy.... 49, 166 Creating a Learning Society................ 7 Creative Strategy...............164 Cribb, Robert..................... 67 Crowded Orbits...................35 Current Problems of University Management................. 140 Curtis, Edward E., IV...... 166 Custom-Made Brain, The.... 10
Gacek, Łukasz..................143 Galloway, Janice................ 116 Gaming..............................90 Gass, William H. ........99, 117 Gender in Science and Technology............... 138 c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 169
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Genge, Gabriele................ 139 Gerber, Andri...................136 Giscombe, C. S. ................. 95 Gitterman, Alex................. 82 Givens, Terryl L. ............... 64 Globalectics......................... 59 Godlove, Terry F. ............... 46 Gogerty, Nick.....................18 Goldsmith, Kenneth.........167 Goodstadt, Leo F. ............150 Gordon, Roger H. ............ 165 Governance Failure and Reform Attempts After the Global Economic Crisis of 2008/09............ 128 Gramsci, Antonio............ 166 Greatest Grid, The..............167 Great Fire of London, The................... 109 Greek World in the Fourth and Third Centuries B.C., The........................144 Greenwald, Bruce C. ........... 7 Grell, Britta...................... 137 Growth and Policy in Developing Countries...... 165 Guénoun, Denis................20 Guilty Knowledge, Guilty Pleasure................ 23 Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich................... 47 Hagstrom, Robert G. .......164 Haller, John S., Jr. ...............33 Halloween.......................... 91 Hamm, Steve....................... 1 Handbook of Social Work Practice with Vulnerable and Resilient Populations.82 Handelman, Stephen........167 Hansen, Jóhann Ágúst...... 156 Harkness, Daniel............... 82 Harmon, William............ 166 Harris, Marian....................81 Harrison, Dave..................90 Hausmann, Albrecht.........131 Hayot, Eric.........................25
1 70 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Head Cases......................... 29 Health and Resilience......... 141 Hecht, Thom..................... 138 Heinrich, Andreas............ 127 Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung.... 133 Heist Film, The................... 87 Hellmann, Ben.................124 Herding, Maruta...............129 Here................................... 95 Hermeneutic Communism.... 61 Herwig, Jana.....................130 Hillebrand, Sebastian.......129 Historical Atlas of Northeast Asia, 1590–2010............... 67 Historical Legacies and the Radical Right in Post–Cold War Central and Eastern Europe........................... 128 History and Popular Memory....... 41 History as Therapy.............. 123 Hockey Stick and the Climate Wars, The........................167 Hoffman, Bruce............... 166 Hogan, Ciara.................... 128 Hollywood and Hitler, 1933–1939........................167 Holm, Andrej................... 137 Holmlund, Chris............... 84 Hon Chi-Fun................... 156 Hong Kong Media Law..... 154 Horwath, Ilona................. 138 Houser, Heather................ 74 Howard Andrew Knox.......163 How They Got Away With It...........................167 How to Live Together.........167 Hsia, C. T. .........................80 Hudson, Valerie M. ..........167 Hughes, Theodore..............60 Humphreys, Macartan...... 165 Hung, Ho-fung................163 Ibn Sina’s Remarks and Admonitions: Physics and Metaphysics................... 68 Idema, Wilt Lukas............ 158
Imaginal Politics..................71 Inati, Shams....................... 68 InExActArt— the Autopoietic Theatre of Augusto Boal............... 128 Informal Relations from Democratic Representation to Corruption.................. 128 Ingenious Iceland................ 156 Inner Life of the Dying Person, The............ 83 Insect Cookbook, The............... 2 Inside Terrorism................ 166 Interest Rate Swaps and Other Derivatives....................164 International Politics and Film......................... 86 Inventing the Muslim Cool.............129 Investing: The Last Liberal Art, Second Edition...... 164 Invisible Citizens of Hong Kong, The.............. 158 Iris Murdoch and Her Work................. 128 Islands or Continents......... 160 Istanbul Was a Fairytale.......................96 Jackson, Paul..................... 121 Jacques Lacan, Past and Present................4 Jaeckel, Volker.................. 121 Jaeggi, Rahel...................... 26 Jaffe, Ira............................. 84 Jaffe, Steven H. .................. 42 Jančar, Drago.....................113 Jerusalem Unbound............. 43 Joe Dante............................ 88 Kadushin, Alfred............... 82 Kahn, Jonathan.................. 54 Kai-cheung, Dung............163 Kaldor, Mary.................... 165 Kant and the Meaning of Religion........ 46 Kao, George.......................80
Lady in the Dark.................37 Lang, Robert..................... 39 Language Policy and the Discourse on Languages in Ukraine Under President Viktor Yanukovych, (25 February 2010– 28 October 2012).............. 122 Laroche, Hadrien............. 109 Larson, Nathan D. ........... 128 Laruelle, Marlene............. 128 Lassila, Jussi...................... 125 Lautin, Jessica.................... 42 Law, Sophia Suk-Mun..... 158 Law of Desire: Stories..........113
Law-Yone, Wendy.............44 Lechevalier, Arnaud.......... 133 Lee, Daryl.......................... 87 Leeder, Murray.................. 91 Leibold, James...................151 Levé, Edouard..................108 Lever Long Enough, A........ 19 Levi, Mario........................96 Li, Wai-yee........................80 Liebman, James S. ............. 14 Liedtka, Jeanne.................164 Life Dedicated to the Republic, A............120 Lifelong Learning Today.... 145 Literature and Film in Cold War South Korea..............60 Lledo, Pierre-Marie........... 10 Logan, William................. 23 Long Road Home...............167 Looks Good on Paper?...........17 Losing Control?...................53 Luard, Tim........................155 Lubitsch Can’t Wait............. 89 Lynch, Marc......................69 Machado de Assis, Joaquim Maria.............................94 Mack, Jonathan H. ............ 50 Mad Mothers, Bad Mothers, and What a “Good” Mother Would Do.........................71 Makarychev, Andrey......... 123 Making Figures................. 118 Making of Lee Boyd Malvo, The........ 50 Making Sense of Tantric Buddhism......63, 163 Malouf, Melissa................. 97 Mankind Beyond Earth.................167 Mann, Michael E..............167 Mansfeldová, Zdenka....... 128 Man, the State, and War.... 166 Marks, Howard.................164 Maskin, Eric........................ 8 Materials for a Historical Dictionary
of New Persian Loanwords in Old Anatolian and Ottoman Turkish from the Thirteenth to the Sixteenth Century...........142 Matsuura, Hisaki.............. 114 Mattison, Christopher..... 160 Mauboussin, Michael J. ....164 McCaughey, Robert........... 19 McCool, Daniel..................55 McLaughlin, Donal.......... 116 McNulty, Tracy.................. 70 McWeeny, Jennifer............ 78 Media in China, China in the Media........143 Meinhold, Roman.............131 Melikoğlu, Koray..............126 Melnick, Ross....................60 Memories of Life in Lhasa Under Chinese Rule..........57 Metamorphosis.................... 98 Metamorphosis of Tianxian Pei, The........... 158 Metaphors in Architecture and Urbanism................136 Meyer, Richard J. .............. 152 Mijnssen, Ivo.................... 125 Millennial Sovereign, The............63, 163 Miller, Elaine P.................. 29 Millhauser, Steven............. 93 Minkenberg, Michael....... 128 Minority Education in China..........................151 Mirage............................... 159 Mirbeau, Octave............... 110 Mirror Gazing................... 119 Mitchell, Neil.................... 92 Moati, Raoul...................... 28 Modernism at the Barricades..............60 Moin, A. Azfar............63, 163 Molecular Gastronomy....... 166 Moltz, James Clay..............35 Morabia, Alfredo............... 77 More Than You Know..................97, 164
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Kara, Siddharth........... 51, 166 Ka-yu, Michelle Lau......... 156 Kellehear, Allan................. 83 Kelly, John C.................... 100 Kelly, John E., III................ 1 Kenneth J. Arrow Lecture Series..................6 Khétsun, Tubten.................57 Killing the Moonlight.......... 74 Kim, Suk-Young................ 79 King, Andrew...................164 Kirca, Mustafa.................. 128 Kirchhofer, Anton.............131 Kissane, Dylan.................. 128 Kitchen as Laboratory, The.............. 166 Kitchen Mysteries.............. 166 Klaus Klump: A Man.........103 Klein, Lucas..................... 160 Klinger, Gabe..................... 88 Knothe, Florian................ 156 Kosals, Leonid.................. 128 Kościelniak, Marek........... 145 Krampner, Jon............. 49, 166 Krečič, Jela......................... 89 Kuc, Kamila....................... 84 Kuhn, Michael.................. 127 Kusiak, Monika................142 Kuznetsov, Sergey............. 112 Kwan, Uganda Sze-pui..... 161 Kwok, Benny K. B. ........... 161
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 17 1
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Mori, Mitsuya.................... 65 Moscow Bombings of September 1999, The..... 122 Moser, Michael................. 122 Mosley, Nicholas................ 98 Most Important Thing, The.......................164 Most Important Thing Illuminated, The.............164 Motte, Warren.................. 119 Mouritsen, Ole G. ..............12 Moved by the Past...............40 Moynihan, Brendan..........164 Murphy, Laura T. .............. 30 Museum of the City of New York, The.............. 42 Must We Kill the Thing We Love?......................... 38 Musume, Sugawara no Takasue no..................... 45 Narangoa, Li...................... 67 Narrating Social Work Through Autoethnography.............. 83 Nathan, Andrew J. ..... 163, 167 Nature of Value, The..............18 Neilson, Reid L. ........... 64, 73 Neurogastronomy.............. 166 Never Forget National Humiliation.............. 57, 167 Newman, Kara..................167 Newman, Michael Z. ........ 36 New Tunisian Cinema........ 39 Ng, Ludwig...................... 153 1914–1918: An Anatomy of Global Conflict.............. 140 Novak, Ivana...................... 89 O’Brien, John.................... 114 Ocampo, José Antonio...... 165 Ogilvie, Tim.....................164 Okamoto, Kazumi............ 127 Okuroglu, Sule................. 128 Õnnepalu, Tõnu................ 112 O’Pray, Michael................. 84 Oreskes, Naomi.................. 11
1 72 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Orphans............................ 109 Ostrowski, Tadeusz Marian............ 141 Our Broad Present.............. 47 Pang, Tina Yee-wan.......... 156 Pariah Problem, The............ 79 Parmar, Inderjeet............... 59 Parting Ways......................167 Patterson, Brent................136 Paul, Jim...........................164 Penman, Stephen..............164 Peter, Frank....................... 132 Peters, Susan...................... 82 Petersen, Hans-Christian.............136 Petram, Lodewijk.............. 16 Petrus, Klaus..................... 132 Piantadosi, Claude A. .......167 Picturing Algeria..................58 Plastic Reality......................75 Pleines, Heiko............ 127, 128 Pollard, David E. .............. 159 Pomorska, Marzanna........142 Poseidon............................. 147 Poulton, M. Cody.............. 65 Poverty in the Midst of Affluence.....................150 Power of Tolerance, The.........31 Powers, Michael R. ............. 163, 164 Pratch, Leslie S. ..................17 Precarious Alliances.............131 Prison Notebooks: Vols. 1, 2, and 3............... 166 Protest with Chinese Characteristics................163 Prothero, Donald R. ........ 166 Quest for an Ideal Youth in Putin’s Russia I, The........ 125 Quest for Security, The........ 165 Race in a Bottle................... 54 Racial Disproportionality in Child Welfare................81 Rada, Codrina.................. 165
Radical History and the Politics of Art....... 70 Radio................................ 112 Radovan, Marko............... 145 Ramírez-Barat, Clara........ 157 Rapids.............................. 106 Reading Comprehension in Polish and English......142 Reading Style...................... 24 Realisation of Concession in the Discourse of Judges, The...................... 145 Real Life in China at the Height of Empire............ 159 Reforming Law Reform..... 153 Religion and Ecology........... 73 Religion, Food, and Eating in North America............. 73 Rentel, Nadine.................. 128 Restless Subjects in Rigid Systems................. 135 Review of Contemporary Fiction, The..................... 114 Revolution, Modus Vivendi, or Sovereignty?............... 128 Richardson, John T. E. ......163 Rimer, J. Thomas................ 65 River Republic.....................55 Robbe-Grillet, Alain........107 Roberto Bolaño’s Fiction...... 22 Robin Hood Rules for Smart Giving, The..........164 Rockhill, Gabriel............... 70 Rocking St. Petersburg........124 Rogachevskii, Andreii.......124 Role of Women in Making and Building Peace in Liberia, The................ 128 Roth, William.................... 82 Rothman, William............. 38 Roubaud, Jacques............. 109 Roudinesco, Élisabeth.........4 Round-Dance of Water, The....................... 112 Rubel, Nora L. .................. 73 Ruiz, Pablo M. ................. 118 Runia, Eelco......................40
Sachs, Jeffrey D. ............... 165 Sarashina Diary, The........... 45 Sassen, Saskia.....................53 Scappettone, Jennifer......... 74 Scheinkman, José A. ............9 Schönenberg, Regine........ 133 Schönfelder, Christa......... 134 Schools for Conflict or for Peace in Afghanistan................. 68 Schwankert, Steven R. ...................... 147 Schwarz, Heike................. 135 Schwerter, Stephanie........ 128 Science of the Oven, The..... 166 Scobell, Andrew......... 163, 167 Secret Financial Life of Food, The.....................167 Selected Stories (Askildsen)....................102 Selected Stories (Machado de Assis)........94 Semite, A............................20 Sen, Amartya....................... 8 Senges, Pierre....................111 Sentimental Novel, A.........107 Serendipities........................52 Sex and World Peace...........167 Sex Trafficking.................. 166 Shadow Medicine.................33 Sheiko, Konstantin........... 123 Shepherd, Gordon M. .................. 166 Shinohara, Koichi.............. 72 Shugart, H. H. ................... 32 Sikorska, Iwona................ 141 Sikov, Ed......................... 166 Silence About Race?............ 132 Silence of the Lambs, The...... 92 Sitton, Robert.....................37 Slow Movies....................... 84 Smart Machines.................... 1
Smith, Andrew F. .............. 48 Solving Problems with Design Thinking.........................164 Sometimes I Lie and Sometimes I Don’t...........105 Spaces of the Poor................136 Spatial Social Thought........ 127 Speculation, Trading, and Bubbles.......................9 Spells, Images, and Mandalas................. 72 Spiegel, Nadja...................105 Splice 7.1.............................90 Sports Analytics.................. 165 Sports Film, The.................. 87 Stercken, Angela............... 139 Stiglitz, Joseph E. .................... 7, 165 Stoklosinski, Eduard......... 119 Strategic Intuition..............164 Strozier, Charles B. .............58 Struggle for Form, The......... 84 Studying The Lord of the Rings....................90 Styrbæk, Klavs....................12 Sui-jeung, Chan................155 Suk-Young, Kim...............167 Supervision in Social Work...................... 82 Survivors of Slavery............ 30 Szczyrbak, Magdalena.................... 145 Tavares, Gonçalo M. ........103 Taxation in Developing Countries........................ 165 Taylor, Lance.................... 165 Tests of Time: Essays........... 117 Theobald, Anne................ 128 Thing, The........................... 91 Thiong’o, Ngugi wa............ 59 This, Hervé...................... 166 Tilbury, Michael............... 153 Time and the Other............. 46 Top 500 Poems, The............ 166 Transitional Justice, Culture, and Society........ 157
Translation and Global Asia..................... 161 Transnational Organized Crime............ 133 Treblinka Death Camp, The......................120 Tree with No Name, The......113 Triangle............................ 114 Trick Is to Keep Breathing, The................ 116 Trojnar, Ewa.....................143 Troubled Apologies Among Japan, Korea, and the United States....... 56 Turak, August...................164 Turnock, Julie A. ................75 21 Days of a Neurasthenic................... 110 Twitchell, James B. ............. 15
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Russia and the EU in a Multipolar World......... 123 Russian Nationalism, Foreign Policy, and Identity Debates in Putin’s Russia............. 128
Ubbink, Job..................... 166 Ultimate Stallone Reader, The...................... 84 Umami................................12 Uncreative Writing............167 Understanding Environmental Policy...... 76 Until the Fires Stopped Burning...............58 van der Linden, Erik........ 166 van Gurp, Henk................... 2 van Huis, Arnold................. 2 Vattimo, Gianni................. 61 Vega, César...................... 166 Video Revolutions............... 36 Vieira, Luiz Gustavo........ 121 Villages in the City.............149 Vincent, Jean-Didier......... 10 Visconti, Roberto Moro............... 127 Viswanath, Rupa............... 79 Volodine, Antoine.............111 Wallace, David Foster.......167 Walter-Herrmann, Julia...............................130 c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 173
A u t h o r / t i t l e I n De x
Waltz, Kenneth N. .......... 166 Wandering Spirit............... 156 Wang, Zheng....................167 Wang-Ngai, Siu................146 Wang Renmei..................... 152 War and Literature............. 121 Wawak, Tadeusz.............. 140 Webb, Chris......................120 Weber, Nicholas Fox......... 101 Wedemeyer, Christian K. .............63, 163 Wegener, Susanne............. 135 Weinstein, Michael M. .....164 Weisenhaus, Doreen......... 154 What I Learned Losing a Million Dollars............164 When a Woman Becomes a Religious Dynasty............ 62 Where the Air Is Clear.........115 Wickström, David-Emil...................124 Wielgohs, Jan................... 133 Wild, Markus................... 132 Will, Susan.......................167 Willie Masters’ Lonesome Wife.................99 Winemaker’s Hand, The........13 Winnebago Nation............... 15 Witkin, Stanley L.............. 83 Wohlmann, Anita............. 134 Wong, Lawrence Wang-chi...... 161 Works.................................108 World’s First Stock Exchange, The.................. 16 World Within the Word, The.................. 117 Wounds and Words............. 134 Wrestling with the Angel......................... 70 Writers................................111 Writing Resistance................75 Wrong Carlos, The............... 14 Wyss, Eva Lia...................130 Yangbin, Chen...................151 Yeh, Michelle.....................66
1 74 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
Yin-fong, Anita Wong.................. 156 Yong, Kim.........................167 Young, Simon N. M. ................. 153 Zabala, Santiago................ 61 Zademach, Hans-Martin.................129 Zeller, Benjamin E. ........... 73 Zemanek, Adina...............143 Zhurzhenko, Tatiana........ 128 Ziemer, Ulrike.................. 128
P lease c o n tact each press d i rectly regard i n g ed i t o r i al i n qu i r i es a n d r i ghts .
american institute o f b u d d h is t s t u d ies
80 Claremont Avenue, Room 303 New York, New York 10027 www.aibs.columbia.edu
c l ie n t p r ess i n d e x
C l ie n t P r esses
H a r r i n g t o n P a r k P r ess
www.harringtonparkpress.com h o n g k o n g u n i v e r si t y p r ess
14/F Hing Wai Centre 7 Tin Wan Praya Road Aberdeen, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 2550-2703 Fax: (852) 2875-0734 uporders@hku.hk www.hkupress.org
a u s t r i a n f i l m m u se u m b o o ks
I b i d e m P r ess
The Austrian Film Museum Augustinerstrasse 1 A-1010 Wien, Austria Tel: (43) 1-533-70-54-11 www.filmmuseum.at
Melchiorstrasse 15 70439 Stuttgart, Germany Tel: (07) 11-980-7954 Fax: (07) 11-800-1889 ibidem@ibidem-verlag.de www.ibidemverlag.de
a u t e u r p u b l is h i n g
24 Hartwell Crescent Leighton Buzzard LU7 1NP, United Kingdom www.auteur.co.uk
J a gie l l o n i a n U n i v e r si t y P r ess
ul. Michałowskiego 9/2 31-126 Kraków, Poland Tel: (48) 12-631-1881 www.wuj.pl
c h i n ese u n i v e r si t y p r ess
The Chinese University of Hong Kong Sha Tin, New Territories, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 2946-5300 Fax: (852) 2603-7355, (852) 2603-6692 cup@cuhk.edu.hk www.chineseupress.com
S o c i a l S Cie n c e Rese a r c h C o u n c i l
One Pierrepont Plaza, 15th Floor 300 Cadman Plaza West Brooklyn, New York 11201 Tel: (212) 377-2700 Fax: (212) 377-2727 www.ssrc.org
D a l ke y A r c h i v e PRess
United States University of Illinois 1805 S. Wright Street, MC-011 Champaign, IL 61820 Tel: (217) 244-5700 Fax: (217) 244-9142 contact@dalkeyarchive.com www.dalkeyarchive.com United Kingdom Dalkey Archive Press Dutch House, 307-308 High Holborn London WC1V 7LL, United Kingdom Ireland Dalkey Archive Press 27 Fitzwilliam Lane Dublin 2, Ireland
S l o v e n i a n Ci n e m a t He q u e
Metelkova ulica 2a 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia www.kinoteka.si T r a n s c r i p t Ve r l a g
Hermannstrasse 26 D-33602 Bielefeld, Germany www.transcript-verlag.de Tel: (05) 21-39-37-9742 Fax: (05) 21-39-37-9734 live@transcript-verlag.de u n i v e r si t y o f t o k y o p r ess
7-3-1 Hongo, Bunkyo-ku Tokyo 113-91, Japan
european consortium f o r p o l i t i c a l r ese a r c h
University of Essex Wivenhoe Park, Colchester Essex CO4 3SQ, United Kingdom Tel: (44) 120-687-6013 Fax: (44) 120-687-2500 www.essex.ac.uk/ecpr c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u | 175
S u b a ge n t s f o r C o l u m b i a U n i v e r si t y PRess
Arabic
ge r m a n
Amélie Cherlin Dar Cherlin 162 Stanton St., Apt. 3 New York, New York 10002 Tel: (212) 614-2060 amelie@darcherlin.com
Peter Fritz Paul & Peter Fritz A.G. Postfach 1773 8032 Zurich, Switzerland Tel: (41) 1-388-4140 Fax: (41) 1-388-4130 pfritz@fritzagency.com
c h i n ese
Joanne Yang Bardon-Chinese Media Agency 3F, No. 150 Roosevelt Road Section 2 Taipei 100, Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-236-44995 Fax: (886) 2-236-41967 joanne@bardon.com.tw Whitney Hsu Andrew Nurnberg Associates International 10F, No. 170, Sec. 4 Nan-King East Rd. Tapei 105, Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-236-44995 Fax: (886) 2-236-41967 Jackie Huang Andrew Nurnberg Associates International Room 1705, Culture Square No. 59 Jia Zhongguancun Street Haidian District Beijing, 100872, P. R. China Tel: (86) 10-888-10959 Fax: (86) 10-888-19160 jhuang@nurnberg.com.cn whsu@nurnberg.com.tw dutch
Uli Rushby-Smith 72 Plimsoll Road, Islington N4 2EE London United Kingdom Tel/Fax: (44) 207-354-2718 uli.rushby-smith@btconnect.com French
Georges Hoffman Agence Hoffman 77, Bd. St. Michel 75005 Paris Tel: (33) 1-43-26-5694 gh@agence-hoffman.com
1 76 | s p r i n g 2 0 1 4
i ta l i a n
Pina von Prellwitz EULAMA International Literary Agency Via Guido de Ruggiero 28 I-00142 Rome, Italy Tel: (39) 6-540-7309 Fax: (39) 6-540-7309 pvonprellwitz@eulama.com
p o l is h
Maria Starz-Kanska GRAAL Ltd. Literary Agency ul. Radna 12/15 00-341 Warsaw, Poland Tel: (48) 22-828-1284 Fax: (48) 22-828-0880 maria@graal.com.pl p o r t u g u ese
Karin Schindler and Suely Pedro dos Santos, Literary Agents Caixa Postal 19051 04505-970 Sao Paolo, Brazil Tel: (55) 11-5041-9177 Fax: (55) 11-5041-9077 karin@agschindler.com.br suely@agschindler.com.br
j a p a n ese
Tsutomu Yawata The English Agency Sakuragi Bldg, 4F 6-7-3 Minami Aoyama, Minato-ku 107-0062 Tokyo, Japan Tel: (81) 3-3406-5385 Fax: (81) 3-3406-5387 tsutomu_yawata@eaj.co.jp ko r e a n
Danny Hong Danny Hong Agency 3F, 395-204 Seogyo-dong Mapo-gu, Seoul 121-840, Korea Tel: (82) 2-6402-8890 Fax: (82) 2-6402-8891 danny@dannyhong.co.kr Eric Yang Agency 3F, e B/D, 54-7 Banpo-dong Seocho-ku, Seoul 137-803, Korea Tel: (82) 2-529-3356 Fax: (82) 2-592-3359 ericyang@chollion.net MiSook Hong Korea Copyright Center Gyonghigung-achim Officetel Rm. 520 Compound 3, Naesu-dong 72 Chongno, Seoul 110-070, Korea Tel: (82) 2-725-3350 Fax: (82) 2-725-3612 mshong@kccseoul.com
s p a n is h
Raquel de la Concha Agencia Literaria RDC c/Fernando VI, 15, 3 derecha 28004 Madrid, Spain Tel: (34) 91-308-5585 Fax: (34) 91-308-5600 rdc@raclitera.com T u r kis h
Attila Akcali Akcali Copyright Trade Bahariye Cad. 8/6, Kadikoy 81300 Istanbul, Turkey Tel: (90) 216-338-8771 Fax: (90) 216-349-0778 attila@akcalicopyright.com